663 KiB
1 | Book | Chapter | Verse | ID | SupportReference | OrigQuote | Occurrence | GLQuote | OccurrenceNote |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2 | ACT | front | intro | mw28 | 0 | Introduction to ActsPart 1: General IntroductionOutline of the Book of Acts
What is the Book of Acts about?The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later. How should the title of this book be translated?Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.” Who wrote the Book of Acts?This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke. Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural ConceptsWhat is the Church?The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit. Part 3: Important Translation IssuesWhat are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?These are the most significant textual issues in Acts: The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets ([]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.
In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
3 | ACT | 1 | intro | vyg9 | 0 | Acts 01 General NotesStructure and formattingThis chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]]) The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20. Special concepts in this chapterBaptizeThe word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit (Acts 1:5). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]]) “He spoke about the kingdom of God”Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapterThe twelve disciplesThe following are the lists of the twelve disciples: In Matthew: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot. In Mark: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. In Luke: Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot. Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James. AkeldamaThis is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |||
4 | ACT | 1 | 1 | q9ep | τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην | 1 | The former book I wrote | The former book is the Gospel according to Luke. | |
5 | ACT | 1 | 1 | ryj5 | translate-names | ὦ Θεόφιλε | 1 | O Theophilus | Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture’s way of addressing a letter and write “Dear Theophilus” at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means “friend of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
6 | ACT | 1 | 2 | n435 | figs-activepassive | ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας…ἀνελήμφθη | 1 | until the day when he was taken up | This refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “until the day on which God took him up to heaven” or “until the day that he ascended into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
7 | ACT | 1 | 2 | a394 | ἐντειλάμενος…διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | having given commands through the Holy Spirit | The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things. | |
8 | ACT | 1 | 3 | dup3 | μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν | 1 | After his suffering | This refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. | |
9 | ACT | 1 | 3 | yc16 | οἷς…παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα | 1 | he…presented himself alive to them | Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples. | |
10 | ACT | 1 | 4 | d3kr | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word “you” in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
11 | ACT | 1 | 4 | lw3e | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead. | ||
12 | ACT | 1 | 4 | vb7g | συναλιζόμενος | 1 | meeting together with them | “When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles” | |
13 | ACT | 1 | 4 | sg4h | figs-metonymy | τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς | 1 | the promise of the Father | This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
14 | ACT | 1 | 4 | tj6r | ἣν | 1 | which | If you translated the previous phrase to include the words “Holy Spirit,” you can change the word which to “whom.” | |
15 | ACT | 1 | 5 | uu4k | Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ | 1 | John indeed baptized with water, but you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit | Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit. | |
16 | ACT | 1 | 5 | fnq5 | Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι | 1 | John indeed baptized with water | “John indeed baptized people with water” | |
17 | ACT | 1 | 5 | dzj1 | figs-activepassive | ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε | 1 | you will be baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
18 | ACT | 1 | 6 | n9wt | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the apostles. | ||
19 | ACT | 1 | 6 | f7uj | εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ | 1 | are you restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time | “will you now make Israel a great kingdom again” | |
20 | ACT | 1 | 7 | y1fu | figs-doublet | χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς | 1 | the times or the seasons | Possible meanings are (1) the words times and seasons refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” or (2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
21 | ACT | 1 | 8 | ld4k | λήμψεσθε δύναμιν,…καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες | 1 | you will receive power…and you will be my witnesses | The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you … to be my witnesses” | |
22 | ACT | 1 | 8 | vb4m | figs-idiom | ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς | 1 | to the end of the earth | Possible meanings are (1) “all over the world” or (2) “to the places on earth that are farthest away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
23 | ACT | 1 | 9 | e1q1 | figs-explicit | βλεπόντων αὐτῶν | 1 | as they were looking up | “as they watched.” The apostles were looking up at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: “as they were looking up at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
24 | ACT | 1 | 9 | l1cq | figs-activepassive | ἐπήρθη | 1 | he was raised up | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he rose up into the sky” or “God took him up into the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
25 | ACT | 1 | 9 | ug58 | νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | a cloud hid him from their eyes | “a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him” | |
26 | ACT | 1 | 10 | enu1 | ἀτενίζοντες…εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | looking intensely into heaven | “staring at the sky” or “gazing at the sky” | |
27 | ACT | 1 | 11 | gpg3 | ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι | 1 | Men, Galileans | The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee. | |
28 | ACT | 1 | 11 | cue7 | ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον | 1 | will return in the same manner | Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven. | |
29 | ACT | 1 | 12 | x2nk | τότε ὑπέστρεψαν | 1 | Then they returned | “Then the apostles returned” | |
30 | ACT | 1 | 12 | p19g | figs-explicit | Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν | 1 | a Sabbath day’s journey | This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: “about one kilometer away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
31 | ACT | 1 | 13 | vis2 | καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον | 1 | When they had arrived | Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “When they had reached their destination” | |
32 | ACT | 1 | 13 | zt12 | τὸ ὑπερῷον | 1 | the upper chamber | “the room on the upper level of the house” | |
33 | ACT | 1 | 14 | z6cf | οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν…ὁμοθυμαδὸν | 1 | They were all…with one accord | This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them. | |
34 | ACT | 1 | 14 | u4pr | προσκαρτεροῦντες…τῇ προσευχῇ | 1 | diligently continuing in prayer | This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently. | |
35 | ACT | 1 | 15 | cup2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room. | ||
36 | ACT | 1 | 15 | il8w | writing-newevent | ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις | 1 | In those days | These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: “During that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
37 | ACT | 1 | 15 | tl5m | translate-numbers | ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι | 1 | 120 | “one hundred and twenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
38 | ACT | 1 | 15 | liz1 | ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | in the midst of the brothers | Here the word brothers refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women. | |
39 | ACT | 1 | 16 | i8tl | figs-activepassive | ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν | 1 | it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that we read about in scripture had to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
40 | ACT | 1 | 16 | f3um | figs-metonymy | διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ | 1 | by the mouth of David | The word mouth refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
41 | ACT | 1 | 17 | tmv1 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
42 | ACT | 1 | 17 | tmv2 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word “us” refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
43 | ACT | 1 | 17 | q73y | 0 | Connecting Statement: | In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16. | ||
44 | ACT | 1 | 18 | dd58 | οὗτος | 1 | this man | The words this man refers to Judas Iscariot. | |
45 | ACT | 1 | 18 | w83j | figs-explicit | μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας | 1 | the wages of his unrighteousness | The words his unrighteousness refer to Judas Iscariot betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
46 | ACT | 1 | 18 | kg3q | figs-explicit | πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ | 1 | having fallen headfirst, his belly burst open, and all his inward parts were poured out | This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
47 | ACT | 1 | 19 | mxf3 | Χωρίον Αἵματος | 1 | Field of Blood | When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field. | |
48 | ACT | 1 | 20 | d7pk | 0 | General Information: | Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse. | ||
49 | ACT | 1 | 20 | mz13 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16. | ||
50 | ACT | 1 | 20 | ip5w | figs-activepassive | γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν | 1 | For it is written in the Book of Psalms | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For David wrote in the Book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
51 | ACT | 1 | 20 | mc45 | figs-parallelism | γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ | 1 | Let his dwelling place be made desolate, and do not let a person live in it | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
52 | ACT | 1 | 20 | chq4 | figs-metaphor | ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ | 1 | his dwelling place | Possible meanings are (1) that the words dwelling place refers to the field where Judas died or (2) that the words dwelling place refers to Judas’s home and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
53 | ACT | 1 | 20 | lsm2 | γενηθήτω…ἔρημος | 1 | Let…be made desolate | “Let…become empty” | |
54 | ACT | 1 | 21 | xz69 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “us” refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
55 | ACT | 1 | 21 | t916 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in Acts 1:16. | ||
56 | ACT | 1 | 21 | c5k2 | δεῖ οὖν | 1 | Therefore, it is necessary for | Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do. | |
57 | ACT | 1 | 21 | zuf7 | figs-idiom | εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς | 1 | the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us | Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
58 | ACT | 1 | 22 | mrx7 | ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων | 1 | beginning from the baptism of John to the day that he was taken up from us—one of these to become a witness with us of his resurrection | The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “it is necessary for, of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “it is necessary for” is thus “one of these.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “it is necessary for…one of these men who accompanied us…beginning from the baptism of John…to be a witness with us.” | |
59 | ACT | 1 | 22 | qb8j | figs-abstractnouns | ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου | 1 | beginning from the baptism of John | The noun baptism can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: (1) “beginning from when John baptized Jesus” or (2) “beginning from when John baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
60 | ACT | 1 | 22 | yi3a | figs-activepassive | ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν | 1 | to the day that he was taken up from us | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven” or “until the day that God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
61 | ACT | 1 | 22 | g3n9 | μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι | 1 | to become a witness with us of his resurrection | “must begin to testify with us about his resurrection” | |
62 | ACT | 1 | 23 | lz7y | figs-explicit | ἔστησαν δύο | 1 | They stood up two men | Here the word they refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: “they proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
63 | ACT | 1 | 23 | s1ff | figs-activepassive | Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος | 1 | Joseph who is called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus | This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
64 | ACT | 1 | 24 | zd1f | figs-explicit | προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν | 1 | having prayed, they said | Here the word they refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the believers prayed together and one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
65 | ACT | 1 | 24 | se6m | figs-metonymy | σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων | 1 | You, Lord, know the hearts of everyone | Here the word hearts refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
66 | ACT | 1 | 25 | mg47 | figs-doublet | λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς | 1 | to take the place of this ministry and apostleship | Here the word apostleship defines what kind of ministry this is. Alternate translation: “to take Judas’ place in this apostolic ministry” or “to take Judas’ place in serving as an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
67 | ACT | 1 | 25 | ryv6 | ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας | 1 | from which Judas turned away | Here the expression turned away means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” | |
68 | ACT | 1 | 25 | tx6n | figs-euphemism | πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον | 1 | to go to his own place | This phrase refers to Judas’ death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “to go where he belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
69 | ACT | 1 | 26 | r84c | ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς | 1 | they cast lots for them | The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias. | |
70 | ACT | 1 | 26 | w4ph | ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν | 1 | the lot fell to Matthias | The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas. | |
71 | ACT | 1 | 26 | fk4x | figs-activepassive | συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων | 1 | he was numbered with the eleven apostles | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
72 | ACT | 2 | intro | x8fr | 0 | Acts 02 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31. The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter. Special concepts in this chapterTonguesThe word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven (Acts 2:3) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them (Acts 2:4). Last daysNo one knows for sure when the “last days” (Acts 2:17) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]]) BaptizeThe word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism (Acts 2:38-41). Though the event described in Acts 2:1-11 is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in Acts 1:5, the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]]) The prophecy of JoelMany of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:17-18), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen (Acts 2:19-20). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Wonders and signsThese words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is. | |||
73 | ACT | 2 | 1 | i4sa | 0 | General Information: | This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. | ||
74 | ACT | 2 | 1 | i4sb | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in Acts 1:15. | ||
75 | ACT | 2 | 2 | jc1w | ἄφνω | 1 | suddenly | This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly. | |
76 | ACT | 2 | 2 | qjc3 | ἐγένετο…ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος | 1 | there came from heaven a sound | Possible meanings are (1) heaven refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: “a sound came from heaven” or (2) heaven refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sound came from the sky” | |
77 | ACT | 2 | 2 | jec5 | ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας | 1 | a sound like a strong, rushing wind | “a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing” | |
78 | ACT | 2 | 2 | t4y4 | ὅλον τὸν οἶκον | 1 | the whole house | This may have been a house or a larger building. | |
79 | ACT | 2 | 3 | re3t | figs-simile | ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς…γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός | 1 | there appeared to them…tongues like fire | These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are (1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or (2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
80 | ACT | 2 | 3 | xtk4 | διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν | 1 | distributed tongues like fire, and they sat upon each one of them | This means that the tongues like fire spread out so that there was one on each person. | |
81 | ACT | 2 | 4 | v7hi | figs-activepassive | ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ | 1 | they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
82 | ACT | 2 | 4 | nr9f | λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις | 1 | speak in other tongues | They were speaking in languages that they did not already know. | |
83 | ACT | 2 | 5 | dz1l | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “them” refers to the believers; the word “his” refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
84 | ACT | 2 | 5 | yft2 | ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς | 1 | godly men | Here godly men refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws. | |
85 | ACT | 2 | 5 | stq9 | figs-hyperbole | παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν | 1 | every nation that is under heaven | “every nation in the world.” The word every is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
86 | ACT | 2 | 6 | bpj7 | figs-activepassive | γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης | 1 | And when this sound happened | This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: “When they heard this sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
87 | ACT | 2 | 6 | u9hc | τὸ πλῆθος | 1 | the multitude | “the large crowd of people” | |
88 | ACT | 2 | 7 | m8kd | figs-doublet | ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον | 1 | And they were all amazed and were marveling | These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: “And they were greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
89 | ACT | 2 | 7 | wnk2 | figs-rquestion | οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι | 1 | Behold, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? | The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) |
90 | ACT | 2 | 8 | hzm8 | figs-rquestion | καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν | 1 | So how are we hearing, each in our own language in which we were born? | Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or (2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
91 | ACT | 2 | 8 | wb5t | τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν | 1 | in our own language in which we were born | “in our own languages that we have learned from birth” | |
92 | ACT | 2 | 9 | f1ve | translate-names | Πάρθοι,…Μῆδοι,…Ἐλαμεῖται | 1 | Parthians…Medes…Elamites | These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
93 | ACT | 2 | 9 | dm23 | translate-names | τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον,…Ἀσίαν; | 1 | in Mesopotamia…in Judea…in Cappadocia…in Pontus…in Asia | These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
94 | ACT | 2 | 10 | tmb4 | translate-names | Φρυγίαν,…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον,…Λιβύης…Κυρήνην | 1 | Phrygia…Pamphylia…in Egypt…of Libya…Cyrene | These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
95 | ACT | 2 | 11 | jnp7 | translate-names | Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες | 1 | Cretans…Arabians | These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
96 | ACT | 2 | 11 | w8jy | προσήλυτοι | 1 | proselytes | converts to the Jewish religion | |
97 | ACT | 2 | 12 | el2f | figs-doublet | ἐξίσταντο…καὶ διηποροῦντο | 1 | they were…amazed and were perplexed | These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “they were … surprised and were confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
98 | ACT | 2 | 13 | fg59 | figs-idiom | γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν | 1 | They are full of new wine | Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: “They are drunk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
99 | ACT | 2 | 13 | jj1n | γλεύκους | 1 | new wine | This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation. | |
100 | ACT | 2 | 14 | k5hr | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost. | ||
101 | ACT | 2 | 14 | c919 | σταθεὶς…σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα | 1 | having stood with the eleven | All the apostles stood up in support of Peter’s statement. | |
102 | ACT | 2 | 14 | d9tb | ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ | 1 | raised his voice | This is an idiom for “spoke loudly.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
103 | ACT | 2 | 14 | ei5j | figs-activepassive | τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω | 1 | let this be known to you | This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “know this” or “let me explain this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
104 | ACT | 2 | 14 | qp16 | figs-metonymy | ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου | 1 | pay attention to my words | Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
105 | ACT | 2 | 15 | h28q | figs-explicit | ἔστιν…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας | 1 | it is the third hour of the day | “it is only nine o’clock in the morning.” Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
106 | ACT | 2 | 16 | ktw9 | 0 | General Information: | Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation. | ||
107 | ACT | 2 | 16 | f9hz | figs-activepassive | τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ | 1 | this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what God told the prophet Joel to write” or “this is that which the prophet Joel spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
108 | ACT | 2 | 17 | ijl8 | ἔσται | 1 | it will be | “this is what will happen” or “this is what I will do” | |
109 | ACT | 2 | 17 | u2d1 | figs-idiom | ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα | 1 | I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh | Here the words pour out mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
110 | ACT | 2 | 18 | uwd7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel. | ||
111 | ACT | 2 | 18 | nd34 | ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου | 1 | on my servants and on my female servants | “on both my male and my female servants.” These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women. | |
112 | ACT | 2 | 18 | wz2i | figs-idiom | ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου | 1 | I will pour out my Spirit | Here the words pour out mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in Acts 2:17. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
113 | ACT | 2 | 19 | p5zi | ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ | 1 | vapor of smoke | “thick smoke” or “clouds of smoke” | |
114 | ACT | 2 | 20 | ylv7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel. | ||
115 | ACT | 2 | 20 | a6yh | figs-activepassive | ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος | 1 | The sun will be turned to darkness | This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
116 | ACT | 2 | 20 | f34k | figs-metaphor | ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα | 1 | the moon to blood | This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: “the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
117 | ACT | 2 | 20 | swb2 | figs-doublet | ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ | 1 | of the great and remarkable day | The words great and remarkable share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: “the very great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
118 | ACT | 2 | 20 | lc4g | ἐπιφανῆ | 1 | remarkable | beautiful | |
119 | ACT | 2 | 21 | vql5 | figs-activepassive | πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται | 1 | everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
120 | ACT | 2 | 22 | sa78 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16. | ||
121 | ACT | 2 | 22 | g6vj | ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους | 1 | hear these words | “listen to what I am about to say” | |
122 | ACT | 2 | 22 | f2t1 | ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις | 1 | attested to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs | This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles. | |
123 | ACT | 2 | 23 | s38b | figs-abstractnouns | τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | by the predetermined counsel and foreknowledge of God | The nouns counsel and foreknowledge can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
124 | ACT | 2 | 23 | i6un | figs-activepassive | ἔκδοτον | 1 | handed over | Possible meanings: (1) “you gave into the hands of his enemies” or (2) “Judas betrayed to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
125 | ACT | 2 | 23 | f5kn | διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων, προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε | 1 | by the hand of lawless men, you put to death, nailing him to a cross | Although lawless men actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death. | |
126 | ACT | 2 | 23 | e38a | figs-metonymy | διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων | 1 | by the hand of lawless men | Here hand refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: “through the actions of lawless men” or “by what lawless men did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
127 | ACT | 2 | 23 | f6kd | ἀνόμων | 1 | lawless men | Possible meanings are (1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or (2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus. | |
128 | ACT | 2 | 24 | ei37 | figs-idiom | ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν | 1 | He is the one whom God raised up | Here raised up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
129 | ACT | 2 | 24 | s8j3 | figs-metaphor | λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου | 1 | freeing him from the agony of death | Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ’s death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: “ending the pains of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
130 | ACT | 2 | 24 | ykq4 | figs-activepassive | κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | for him to be held by it | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
131 | ACT | 2 | 24 | vuf4 | figs-personification | κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | for him to be held by it | Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
132 | ACT | 2 | 25 | dd5a | 0 | General Information: | Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “I” and “my” refer to Jesus and the words “Lord” and “he” refer to God. | ||
133 | ACT | 2 | 25 | n2ls | figs-synecdoche | ἐνώπιόν μου | 1 | before me | Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
134 | ACT | 2 | 25 | l6xp | figs-synecdoche | ἐκ δεξιῶν μού | 1 | at my right hand | To be at someone’s right hand often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: “right beside me” or “with me to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
135 | ACT | 2 | 25 | s4yp | figs-activepassive | μὴ σαλευθῶ | 1 | I should not be moved | Here the word moved means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will not be able to cause me trouble” or “nothing will trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
136 | ACT | 2 | 26 | z8vw | figs-synecdoche | ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου | 1 | my heart was glad and my tongue exulted | People consider the heart to be the center of emotions and the tongue to voice those emotions. Alternate translation: “I was glad and rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
137 | ACT | 2 | 26 | zz6k | figs-synecdoche | ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι | 1 | my flesh…will live in hope | Possible meanings of the word flesh are (1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: “Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God” or (2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: “I will live with confidence in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
138 | ACT | 2 | 27 | whi3 | 0 | General Information: | Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “my,” “Holy One,” and “me” refer to Jesus and the words “you” and “your” refer to God. | ||
139 | ACT | 2 | 27 | m3ij | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes quoting David. | ||
140 | ACT | 2 | 27 | rld3 | figs-123person | οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν | 1 | neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay | The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words your Holy One. Alternate translation: “neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
141 | ACT | 2 | 27 | l5cd | figs-explicit | ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν | 1 | to see decay | Here the word see means to experience something. The word decay refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: “to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
142 | ACT | 2 | 28 | gsk6 | ὁδοὺς ζωῆς | 1 | the paths of life | “the ways that lead to life” | |
143 | ACT | 2 | 28 | y7gf | figs-metonymy | πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου | 1 | you will fill me with gladness with your face | Here the word face refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: “very glad when I see you” or “very glad when I am in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
144 | ACT | 2 | 28 | ej5m | εὐφροσύνης | 1 | with gladness | “with joy” or “with happiness” | |
145 | ACT | 2 | 29 | wh97 | 0 | General Information: | In verses 29 & 30, the words he,” “his,” and “him” refer to David. In verse 31, the first “He” refers to David and the words within the quote “He” and “his” refer to Christ. | ||
146 | ACT | 2 | 29 | pv1x | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 1:16 to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem. | ||
147 | ACT | 2 | 29 | ps7c | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | “my fellow Jews” | |
148 | ACT | 2 | 29 | vtc6 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη | 1 | he both died and was buried | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he died and people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
149 | ACT | 2 | 30 | hq71 | figs-metonymy | ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ | 1 | to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne | “that God would set one of David’s descendants upon David’s throne.” Alternate translation: “that God would appoint one of David’s descendants to be king in David’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
150 | ACT | 2 | 30 | x11q | figs-idiom | ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ | 1 | from the fruit of his loins | Here the word fruit refers to what his loins produces. Alternate translation: “one of his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
151 | ACT | 2 | 31 | tn4b | figs-activepassive | οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην | 1 | He was neither abandoned to Hades | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
152 | ACT | 2 | 31 | up5x | figs-explicit | οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν | 1 | nor did his flesh see decay | Here the word see means to experience something. The word decay refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in Acts 2:27. Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh decay” or “nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
153 | ACT | 2 | 32 | kw6a | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here, the second word “this” refers to the disciples’ speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word “we” refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
154 | ACT | 2 | 32 | udn1 | figs-idiom | ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός | 1 | God raised him up | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
155 | ACT | 2 | 33 | kij2 | figs-activepassive | τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς | 1 | having been exalted to the right hand of God | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
156 | ACT | 2 | 33 | c9mr | figs-idiom | τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς | 1 | having been exalted to the right hand of God | Here right hand of God is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: “Christ is in the position of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
157 | ACT | 2 | 33 | c1dr | figs-idiom | ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ | 1 | he has poured out this which | Here the words poured out mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: “he has caused to happen these things that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
158 | ACT | 2 | 33 | wsg9 | figs-idiom | ἐξέχεεν | 1 | he has poured out | Here the words poured out mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 2:17. Alternate translation: “he has given abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
159 | ACT | 2 | 34 | i8wu | 0 | General Information: | Peter again quotes one of David’s Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. “The Lord” and “my” refer to God; “my Lord” and “your” refer to Jesus the Messiah. | ||
160 | ACT | 2 | 34 | m7fy | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 1:16. | ||
161 | ACT | 2 | 34 | kvn8 | translate-symaction | κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου | 1 | Sit at my right hand | To sit at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
162 | ACT | 2 | 35 | nf1x | figs-metaphor | ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | until I make your enemies the stool for your feet | This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah’s enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: “until I make you victorious over all of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
163 | ACT | 2 | 36 | pnp5 | figs-idiom | πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | all the house of Israel | This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “every Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
164 | ACT | 2 | 37 | xan1 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. | ||
165 | ACT | 2 | 37 | w1ma | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The Jews respond to Peter’s speech and Peter answers them. | ||
166 | ACT | 2 | 37 | zls6 | ἀκούσαντες | 1 | when they heard this | “when the people heard what Peter had said” | |
167 | ACT | 2 | 37 | s85q | figs-activepassive | κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | they were pierced in the heart | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Peter’s words pierced their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
168 | ACT | 2 | 37 | l15x | figs-idiom | κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | they were pierced in the heart | This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “they were deeply troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
169 | ACT | 2 | 38 | cmb7 | figs-activepassive | βαπτισθήτω | 1 | be baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
170 | ACT | 2 | 38 | geb2 | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | in the name of Jesus Christ | Here In the name of is a metonym for “by the authority of” Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
171 | ACT | 2 | 39 | v8vi | πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν | 1 | all who are at a distance | This means either (1) “all people who live far away” or (2) “all people who are far from God.” | |
172 | ACT | 2 | 40 | k1kj | writing-endofstory | 0 | This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
173 | ACT | 2 | 40 | v6ip | figs-doublet | διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς | 1 | he testified and urged them | “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words testified and urged share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
174 | ACT | 2 | 40 | wtd5 | figs-explicit | σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης | 1 | Save yourselves from this perverse generation | The implication is that God will punish this perverse generation. Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
175 | ACT | 2 | 41 | r9qz | figs-idiom | οἱ…ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ | 1 | they received his word | Here the word received means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
176 | ACT | 2 | 41 | kz64 | figs-activepassive | οἱ…ἐβαπτίσθησαν | 1 | they were baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
177 | ACT | 2 | 41 | a47f | figs-activepassive | προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι | 1 | there were added in that day about 3,000 souls | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
178 | ACT | 2 | 41 | sv5j | figs-synecdoche | ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι | 1 | about 3,000 souls | Here the word souls refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
179 | ACT | 2 | 42 | gc59 | figs-synecdoche | τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου | 1 | in the breaking of bread | Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: “eating meals together” or (2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “eating the Lord’s Supper together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
180 | ACT | 2 | 43 | gi9v | figs-synecdoche | ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος | 1 | And fear came upon every soul | Here the word fear refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word soul refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “And each person felt a deep respect and awe for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
181 | ACT | 2 | 43 | ys3y | figs-activepassive | πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο | 1 | and many wonders and signs took place through the apostles | Possible meanings are (1) “the apostles performed many wonders and signs” or (2) “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
182 | ACT | 2 | 43 | q6dm | τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα | 1 | wonders and signs | “miraculous deeds and supernatural events.” See how you translated this in Acts 2:22. | |
183 | ACT | 2 | 44 | u8qk | πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ | 1 | And all those believing were in the same place | Possible meanings are (1) “all who believed were together in the same place” or (2) “all of them believed the same thing.” | |
184 | ACT | 2 | 44 | jy2w | εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά | 1 | had all things in common | “shared their belongings with one another” | |
185 | ACT | 2 | 45 | h8tn | τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις | 1 | their property and their possessions | “their land and the things they owned” | |
186 | ACT | 2 | 45 | f74s | figs-metonymy | διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν | 1 | distributed them to all | Here the word them refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: “distributed the proceeds to all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
187 | ACT | 2 | 45 | n9hi | καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν | 1 | as anyone might have need | They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need. | |
188 | ACT | 2 | 46 | in43 | προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν | 1 | they continued with one purpose | Possible meanings are (1) “they continued meeting together” or (2) “they all continued to have the same attitude.” | |
189 | ACT | 2 | 46 | q1ge | figs-synecdoche | κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον | 1 | breaking bread in each house | Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: “they eat meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
190 | ACT | 2 | 46 | i2yk | figs-metonymy | ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας | 1 | with exultation and sincerity of heart | Here heart is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “joyfully and humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
191 | ACT | 2 | 47 | z6ig | αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν | 1 | praising God and having favor with all the people | “praising God. All the people approved of them” | |
192 | ACT | 2 | 47 | kc42 | figs-activepassive | τοὺς σῳζομένους | 1 | those being saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the Lord saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
193 | ACT | 3 | intro | hpd9 | 0 | Acts 03 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterThe covenant God made with AbrahamThis chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter“You delivered up”The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent (Luke 3:26). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) | |||
194 | ACT | 3 | 1 | u6nu | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
195 | ACT | 3 | 1 | b5rm | 0 | Connecting Statement: | One day Peter and John go to the temple. | ||
196 | ACT | 3 | 1 | br7i | εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν | 1 | to the temple | They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” or “into the temple area” | |
197 | ACT | 3 | 2 | f227 | figs-activepassive | τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν | 1 | a certain man, being lame from the womb of his mother, was being carried, whom each day they placed at the gate of the temple that is called Beautiful | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a certain man, lame from birth. Every day, they laid him near the Beautiful gate of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
198 | ACT | 3 | 2 | j68t | χωλὸς | 1 | lame | unable to walk | |
199 | ACT | 3 | 4 | xq4u | ἀτενίσας…Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν | 1 | Peter, looking intently at him, with John, said | Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke. | |
200 | ACT | 3 | 5 | e3c6 | ὁ…ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | he looked at them | Here the word looked means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: “The lame man paid close attention to them” | |
201 | ACT | 3 | 6 | x6bm | figs-metonymy | ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον | 1 | Silver and gold | These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
202 | ACT | 3 | 6 | zi9t | figs-explicit | ὃ…ἔχω | 1 | what I have | It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
203 | ACT | 3 | 6 | t2vf | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | In the name of Jesus Christ | Here the word name refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
204 | ACT | 3 | 7 | ec6j | ἤγειρεν αὐτόν | 1 | he raised him up | “Peter caused him to stand” | |
205 | ACT | 3 | 8 | abc1 | ἐξαλλόμενος, ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν | 1 | leaping up, he stood and began to walk; and he entered | The lame man did these actions. | |
206 | ACT | 3 | 8 | zp7x | εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν | 1 | he entered…into the temple | He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered … the temple area” or “he entered … into the temple courtyard” | |
207 | ACT | 3 | 10 | zy7h | ἐπεγίνωσκον…αὐτὸν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ | 1 | they recognized him, that he was the one | “they realized that he was the man” | |
208 | ACT | 3 | 10 | p2zh | τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ | 1 | the Beautiful Gate | This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 3:2. | |
209 | ACT | 3 | 10 | j6zf | figs-doublet | ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως | 1 | they were filled with wonder and amazement | Here the words wonder and amazement share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
210 | ACT | 3 | 11 | g4y1 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
211 | ACT | 3 | 11 | eu1l | 0 | Connecting Statement: | After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people. | ||
212 | ACT | 3 | 11 | rj43 | τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος | 1 | the porch that is called Solomon’s | “Solomon’s Porch.” This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. | |
213 | ACT | 3 | 11 | rk1m | ἔκθαμβοι | 1 | marveling | “extremely surprised” | |
214 | ACT | 3 | 12 | x9m9 | ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος | 1 | But when Peter saw this | Here the word this refers to the amazement of the people. | |
215 | ACT | 3 | 12 | ndi3 | ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται | 1 | Men of Israel | “Fellow Israelites.” Peter was addressing the crowd. | |
216 | ACT | 3 | 12 | uyg1 | figs-rquestion | τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ | 1 | why do you marvel at this? | Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: “you should not be surprised at this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
217 | ACT | 3 | 12 | j6ld | figs-rquestion | ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν? | 1 | Or why do you look intently at us, as if we have made him to walk by our own power or godliness? | Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
218 | ACT | 3 | 12 | mwd9 | figs-idiom | ἀτενίζετε | 1 | look intently at us | This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: “stare at us” or “look at us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
219 | ACT | 3 | 13 | q8q2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12. | ||
220 | ACT | 3 | 13 | cp1j | figs-idiom | ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου | 1 | rejected before the face of Pilate | Here the phrase before the face of means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “rejected in Pilate’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
221 | ACT | 3 | 13 | yy96 | κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν | 1 | when he had decided to release him | “when Pilate had decided to release Jesus” | |
222 | ACT | 3 | 14 | s6qj | figs-activepassive | ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν | 1 | asked for a man, a murderer, to be handed over to you | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “asked for Pilate to release a murderer to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
223 | ACT | 3 | 15 | jwb1 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
224 | ACT | 3 | 15 | ljn8 | figs-metaphor | Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | Founder of life | This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who gives people eternal life” or (2) “the ruler of life” or (3) “the founder of life” or (4) “the one who leads people to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
225 | ACT | 3 | 16 | abc2 | ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | by faith in his name | “by faith in the name of Jesus” | |
226 | ACT | 3 | 16 | qt8w | ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | his name has made strong | “the name of Jesus has made well” | |
227 | ACT | 3 | 16 | abc3 | ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ | 1 | gave to him | “gave to the lame man” | |
228 | ACT | 3 | 17 | v45t | καὶ νῦν | 1 | And now | Here Peter shifts the audience’s attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly. | |
229 | ACT | 3 | 17 | x62k | κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε | 1 | you acted according to ignorance | Possible meanings are (1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or (2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing. | |
230 | ACT | 3 | 18 | gcc1 | ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets | When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “God foretold by speaking through all of the prophets” | |
231 | ACT | 3 | 18 | ms6d | ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν | 1 | God foretold | “God spoke about ahead of time” or “God told about before they happened” | |
232 | ACT | 3 | 18 | z3l7 | figs-metonymy | στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | the mouth of all the prophets | Here the word mouth refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
233 | ACT | 3 | 19 | cw18 | figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε | 1 | and turn | “and turn to the Lord.” Here turn is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
234 | ACT | 3 | 19 | zm6y | figs-activepassive | πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας | 1 | so that your sins may be blotted out | Here blotted out is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive you for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
235 | ACT | 3 | 20 | x3ca | καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | periods of refreshing from the face of the Lord | “times of relief from the presence of the Lord.” Possible meanings are (1) “times when God will strengthen your spirits” or (2) “times when God will revive you” | |
236 | ACT | 3 | 20 | f2wm | figs-metonymy | ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | from the face of the Lord | Here the words face of the Lord is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
237 | ACT | 3 | 20 | h3nk | ἀποστείλῃ…Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν | 1 | that he may send…Christ Jesus | “that he may again send the Christ.” This refers to Christ’s coming again. | |
238 | ACT | 3 | 20 | yzr6 | figs-activepassive | τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν | 1 | the one who has been appointed for you | This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
239 | ACT | 3 | 21 | sj21 | 0 | General Information: | In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came. | ||
240 | ACT | 3 | 21 | u33e | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues his speech that he began in Acts 3:12 to the Jews who stood in the temple area. | ||
241 | ACT | 3 | 21 | vgn8 | figs-personification | ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι | 1 | Heaven must receive him | “Heaven must welcome him.” Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
242 | ACT | 3 | 21 | y1ps | ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι | 1 | Heaven must receive him until | This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned. | |
243 | ACT | 3 | 21 | x2f3 | ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων | 1 | until the time of the restoration of all things | Possible meanings are (1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or (2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.” | |
244 | ACT | 3 | 21 | a2m8 | ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν | 1 | about which God spoke from the ages by the mouth of his holy prophets | When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them” | |
245 | ACT | 3 | 21 | a12i | figs-metonymy | στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν | 1 | the mouth of his holy prophets | Here the word mouth refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
246 | ACT | 3 | 22 | v5nf | προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει…ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ | 1 | will raise up for you a prophet like me from among your brothers | “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet for you, and everyone will know about him” | |
247 | ACT | 3 | 22 | t8di | τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | your brothers | “your nation” | |
248 | ACT | 3 | 23 | t8a5 | figs-activepassive | τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται | 1 | that prophet will be completely destroyed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
249 | ACT | 3 | 24 | y1z7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in Acts 3:12. | ||
250 | ACT | 3 | 24 | u6x3 | καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται | 1 | And indeed, all the prophets | “In fact, all the prophets.” Here the word “indeed” adds emphasis to what follows. | |
251 | ACT | 3 | 24 | xp9h | ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς | 1 | from Samuel and those after him | “beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did” | |
252 | ACT | 3 | 24 | m9pr | τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας | 1 | these days | “these times” or “the things that are happening now” | |
253 | ACT | 3 | 25 | rh2n | figs-idiom | ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης | 1 | You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant | Here the word sons refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: “You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
254 | ACT | 3 | 25 | mad5 | ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου | 1 | In your seed | “through your offspring” | |
255 | ACT | 3 | 25 | g31m | figs-activepassive | ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | will all the families of the earth be blessed | Here the word families refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the people groups in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
256 | ACT | 3 | 26 | b7tz | ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ | 1 | After God raised up his servant | “After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous” | |
257 | ACT | 3 | 26 | z5q6 | τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ | 1 | his servant | This refers to the Messiah, Jesus. | |
258 | ACT | 3 | 26 | x8ss | figs-metaphor | τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | turning each of you from your wickedness | Here turning…from is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
259 | ACT | 4 | intro | pv3a | 0 | Acts 04 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26. Special concepts in this chapterUnityThe first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help. “Signs and wonders”This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true. Important figures of speech in this chapterCornerstoneThe cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapterName“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” (Acts 4:12). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people. | |||
260 | ACT | 4 | 1 | ew3l | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame. | ||
261 | ACT | 4 | 1 | abc4 | λαλούντων…αὐτῶν | 1 | as they were speaking | “as Peter and John were speaking” | |
262 | ACT | 4 | 1 | d3tv | ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς | 1 | came up to them | “approached them” or “came to them” | |
263 | ACT | 4 | 2 | m74s | figs-explicit | διαπονούμενοι | 1 | They were deeply troubled | “They were very angry.” The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
264 | ACT | 4 | 2 | abc5 | διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς | 1 | because of their teaching | “because Peter and John were teaching” | |
265 | ACT | 4 | 2 | mg5l | καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection that is from the dead | Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows “the resurrection” to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. | |
266 | ACT | 4 | 2 | np5g | τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | that is from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. | |
267 | ACT | 4 | 3 | zla7 | ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | they laid hands on them | “the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John” | |
268 | ACT | 4 | 3 | h5f9 | ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη | 1 | since it was already evening | It was common practice not to question people at night. | |
269 | ACT | 4 | 4 | bm1f | ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν | 1 | the number of the men | This refers only to men who believed and does not include how many women or children believed. | |
270 | ACT | 4 | 4 | qd8g | ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε | 1 | was about 5,000 | “grew to about 5,000” | |
271 | ACT | 4 | 5 | j6p8 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “their” refers to the Jewish people as a whole. | ||
272 | ACT | 4 | 5 | i9tj | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear. | ||
273 | ACT | 4 | 5 | lw2d | ἐγένετο | 1 | It came about | This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
274 | ACT | 4 | 5 | cdj1 | figs-synecdoche | αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς | 1 | their rulers, and the elders, and the scribes | This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
275 | ACT | 4 | 6 | l44n | Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος | 1 | John, and Alexander | These two men were members of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. | |
276 | ACT | 4 | 7 | abc6 | στήσαντες αὐτοὺς | 1 | having set them | “when they had set Peter and John” | |
277 | ACT | 4 | 7 | t1eq | ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει | 1 | By what power | “Who gave you power” | |
278 | ACT | 4 | 7 | jc21 | figs-metonymy | ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι | 1 | in what name | Here the word name refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by whose authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
279 | ACT | 4 | 8 | su5x | figs-activepassive | τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit | This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Acts 2:4. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
280 | ACT | 4 | 9 | pq85 | figs-rquestion | εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα…ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται | 1 | if we this day are being questioned…by what means he was made well | Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “you are asking us this day … by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
281 | ACT | 4 | 9 | je6d | figs-activepassive | ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα | 1 | we this day are being questioned | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
282 | ACT | 4 | 9 | b92n | figs-activepassive | ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται | 1 | by what means he was made well | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what means we have made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
283 | ACT | 4 | 10 | snd5 | figs-activepassive | γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may all of you and all of the people of Israel know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
284 | ACT | 4 | 10 | j3px | πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | to you all and to all the people of Israel | “to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel” | |
285 | ACT | 4 | 10 | khn7 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου | 1 | in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth | Here the word name refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
286 | ACT | 4 | 10 | jyj6 | figs-idiom | ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | whom God raised from the dead, | Here raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
287 | ACT | 4 | 11 | tdw8 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
288 | ACT | 4 | 11 | nwg6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in Acts 4:8. | ||
289 | ACT | 4 | 11 | w195 | figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος…ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας | 1 | He is the stone…which has been made into the head head of the corner | Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
290 | ACT | 4 | 11 | f1nx | κεφαλὴν | 1 | the head | Here the word head means “most important” or “vital.” | |
291 | ACT | 4 | 11 | c1bh | ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων | 1 | which was rejected by you, the builders | “which you as the builders rejected” or “which you as builders rejected as worth nothing” | |
292 | ACT | 4 | 12 | tq3z | figs-abstractnouns | οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία | 1 | And there is no salvation in anyone else | The noun salvation can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he is the only person who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
293 | ACT | 4 | 12 | l66w | figs-activepassive | οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις | 1 | for there is no other name under heaven given among men | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God has not given among men any other name under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
294 | ACT | 4 | 12 | iz7k | figs-metonymy | οὐδὲ…ὄνομά…ἕτερον…δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις | 1 | no other name…given among men | The phrase name…given among men refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
295 | ACT | 4 | 12 | jm25 | figs-idiom | ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | under heaven | This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: “in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
296 | ACT | 4 | 12 | gg8h | figs-activepassive | ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς | 1 | by which we must be saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which can save us” or “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
297 | ACT | 4 | 13 | xn39 | 0 | General Information: | Here the second instance of “they” refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word “they” in this section refer to the Jewish leaders. | ||
298 | ACT | 4 | 13 | t6kc | figs-explicit | τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου | 1 | the boldness of Peter and John | Here the abstract noun boldness refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
299 | ACT | 4 | 13 | p9pq | παρρησίαν | 1 | boldness | lack of fear | |
300 | ACT | 4 | 13 | qaa5 | figs-explicit | καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται | 1 | realizing that they were uneducated and ordinary men | The Jewish leaders realized this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
301 | ACT | 4 | 13 | r6d6 | καὶ καταλαβόμενοι | 1 | and realizing | “and understanding” | |
302 | ACT | 4 | 13 | erv7 | figs-doublet | ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται | 1 | they were uneducated and ordinary men | The words uneducated and ordinary share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
303 | ACT | 4 | 14 | h3cy | figs-activepassive | τόν…ἄνθρωπον…τὸν τεθεραπευμένον | 1 | the man who was healed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
304 | ACT | 4 | 14 | fq4w | οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν | 1 | they had nothing to say in opposition | “they had nothing to say against Peter and John’s healing of the man” | |
305 | ACT | 4 | 15 | ql31 | αὐτοὺς | 1 | them | This refers to Peter and John. | |
306 | ACT | 4 | 16 | p4g6 | figs-rquestion | τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις? | 1 | What should we do to these men? | The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that we can do with these men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
307 | ACT | 4 | 16 | nh5s | figs-activepassive | ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν | 1 | For it is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem that a notable sign has happened through them | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
308 | ACT | 4 | 16 | jn12 | figs-hyperbole | πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ | 1 | everyone who lives in Jerusalem | This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: “many of the people who live in Jerusalem” or “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
309 | ACT | 4 | 17 | f71l | figs-explicit | ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ | 1 | in order that it might not spread further | Here the word it refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: “so that that news of this miracle spreads no further” or “in order that no more people hear about this miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
310 | ACT | 4 | 17 | w52j | figs-metonymy | μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων | 1 | no longer to speak in this name to any man | Here the word name refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
311 | ACT | 4 | 19 | hf3u | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
312 | ACT | 4 | 19 | jf1d | figs-metonymy | εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Whether it is right before God | Here the phrase before God refers to God’s opinion. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
313 | ACT | 4 | 21 | gy8d | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
314 | ACT | 4 | 21 | y5y1 | οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι | 1 | So after further warning them | The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John. | |
315 | ACT | 4 | 21 | z2bx | μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς | 1 | They found nothing for which they might punish them | Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot. | |
316 | ACT | 4 | 21 | jbl6 | figs-activepassive | ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι | 1 | for what had happened | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for what Peter and John had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
317 | ACT | 4 | 22 | ju4w | ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως | 1 | the man to whom this sign of healing had happened | “the man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” | |
318 | ACT | 4 | 23 | j3ap | 0 | General Information: | Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word “they” refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John. | ||
319 | ACT | 4 | 23 | j2cx | figs-explicit | ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους | 1 | they came to their own people | The phrase their own people refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: “they went to the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
320 | ACT | 4 | 24 | zu28 | ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | they raised their voices together to God | To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. “they began speaking together to God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
321 | ACT | 4 | 25 | vc5z | ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών | 1 | The mouth of our father David, your servant, by the Holy Spirit, spokeYou spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David | This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said. | |
322 | ACT | 4 | 25 | ka83 | figs-metonymy | ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου | 1 | The mouth of our father David, your servant | Here the word mouth refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: “The words of your servant, our father David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
323 | ACT | 4 | 25 | kat6 | τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…Δαυεὶδ | 1 | of our father David | Here father refers to “ancestor.” | |
324 | ACT | 4 | 25 | f1x6 | figs-rquestion | ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? | 1 | Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? | This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: “The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
325 | ACT | 4 | 25 | w622 | figs-explicit | λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά | 1 | the peoples imagine useless things | These useless things consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: “the peoples imagine useless things against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
326 | ACT | 4 | 25 | h6rc | λαοὶ | 1 | peoples | people groups | |
327 | ACT | 4 | 26 | fb5a | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in Acts 4:25. | ||
328 | ACT | 4 | 26 | w2by | figs-parallelism | παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | The kings of the earth took their stand, and the rulers were gathered to the same place against the Lord | These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth’s rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
329 | ACT | 4 | 26 | w64b | figs-metonymy | παρέστησαν…συνήχθησαν | 1 | took their stand…were gathered | These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “brought out their armies … gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
330 | ACT | 4 | 26 | yv19 | κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | against the Lord, and against his Christ | Here the word Lord refers to God. In the Psalms, the word Christ refers to the Messiah or God’s anointed one. | |
331 | ACT | 4 | 27 | b1g9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The believers continue praying. | ||
332 | ACT | 4 | 27 | nuc1 | ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ | 1 | in this city | this city refers to Jerusalem. | |
333 | ACT | 4 | 27 | ca33 | τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν | 1 | your holy servant Jesus | “Jesus who serves you faithfully” | |
334 | ACT | 4 | 28 | yz7m | figs-metonymy | ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν | 1 | to do all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined | Here the word hand is used to mean God’s power. Additionally, the phrase your hand and your counsel had predetermined shows God’s power and plan. Alternate translation: “to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
335 | ACT | 4 | 29 | b38z | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The believers complete their prayer that they began in Acts 4:24. | ||
336 | ACT | 4 | 29 | t5qm | figs-idiom | ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν | 1 | look upon their threats | Here the words look upon are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: “notice how they threaten to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
337 | ACT | 4 | 29 | zh7j | figs-metonymy | μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου | 1 | to speak your word with all boldness | The word word here is a metonym for God’s message. The abstract noun boldness can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: “speak your message boldly” or “be bold when we speak your message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
338 | ACT | 4 | 30 | x9r1 | figs-metonymy | τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν | 1 | you stretch out your hand to heal | Here the word hand refers to God’s power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: “while you show your power by healing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
339 | ACT | 4 | 30 | t5uw | figs-metonymy | διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ | 1 | through the name of your holy servant Jesus | Here the word name refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power of your holy servant Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
340 | ACT | 4 | 30 | txb5 | τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ | 1 | of your holy servant Jesus | “of Jesus who serves you faithfully.” See how you translated this in Acts 4:27. | |
341 | ACT | 4 | 31 | x9b3 | figs-activepassive | ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος | 1 | the place…was shaken | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place … shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
342 | ACT | 4 | 31 | ps3m | figs-activepassive | ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος | 1 | they were all filled with the Holy Spirit | This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in Acts 2:4. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
343 | ACT | 4 | 32 | xu3j | figs-metonymy | ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία | 1 | were one in heart and soul | Here the word heart refers to the thoughts and the word soul refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and wanted the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
344 | ACT | 4 | 32 | zyp5 | ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά | 1 | everything was in common to them | “they shared their belongings with one another.” See how you translated this in Acts 2:44. | |
345 | ACT | 4 | 33 | d8dr | χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς | 1 | and abundant grace was upon them all | Possible meanings are: (1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or (2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem. | |
346 | ACT | 4 | 34 | gw3v | figs-hyperbole | ὅσοι…κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον | 1 | all who were owners of lands or houses | The word all here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many people who owned lands or houses” or “people who owned title to lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
347 | ACT | 4 | 34 | ti1h | κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον | 1 | were owners of lands or houses | “owned land or houses” | |
348 | ACT | 4 | 34 | l938 | figs-activepassive | τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων | 1 | the price of the things that were sold | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things that they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
349 | ACT | 4 | 35 | vv4z | figs-idiom | ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων | 1 | laid it at the feet of the apostles | This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
350 | ACT | 4 | 35 | ps4s | figs-activepassive | διεδίδετο…ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν | 1 | it was distributed to each one according to whatever need anyone had | The noun need can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they distributed the money to each believer as they needed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
351 | ACT | 4 | 36 | uc2a | writing-participants | 0 | General Information: | Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
352 | ACT | 4 | 36 | nr4v | figs-idiom | υἱὸς παρακλήσεως | 1 | Son of Encouragement | The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. Son of is an idiom used to describe a person’s behavior or character. Alternate translation: “Encourager” or “One who Encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
353 | ACT | 4 | 37 | gtv5 | figs-idiom | ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων | 1 | laid it at the feet of the apostles | This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in Acts 4:35. Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
354 | ACT | 5 | intro | k2uh | 0 | Acts 05 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapter“Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (Acts 5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan. When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers. | |||
355 | ACT | 5 | 1 | v27a | writing-background | 0 | Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | ||
356 | ACT | 5 | 1 | ysl9 | δέ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story. | |
357 | ACT | 5 | 2 | xm1t | συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός | 1 | his wife also knew it | “his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money” | |
358 | ACT | 5 | 2 | dy8b | figs-idiom | παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν | 1 | and laid it at the feet of the apostles | This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in Acts 4:35. Alternate translation: “and presented it to the apostles” or “and gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
359 | ACT | 5 | 3 | y7j6 | 0 | General Information: | If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements. | ||
360 | ACT | 5 | 3 | grr9 | figs-rquestion | διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου | 1 | why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land? | Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
361 | ACT | 5 | 3 | pqd4 | figs-metonymy | ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου | 1 | has Satan filled your heart | Here the word heart is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase has Satan filled your heart is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are (1) “has Satan completely controlled you” or (2) “has Satan convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
362 | ACT | 5 | 3 | zz5u | figs-explicit | ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς | 1 | for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part from the price | This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
363 | ACT | 5 | 4 | vu7g | figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? | 1 | While it remained, did it not remain yours, and after it was sold, was it not in your authority? | Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained, it remained yours, and after it was sold, it was in your authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
364 | ACT | 5 | 4 | vi8w | ἔμενεν | 1 | While it remained | “Before you sold it” | |
365 | ACT | 5 | 4 | wm2r | figs-rquestion | πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? | 1 | after it was sold, was it not in your authority? | Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
366 | ACT | 5 | 4 | k7nc | figs-activepassive | πραθὲν | 1 | after it was sold | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
367 | ACT | 5 | 4 | i5dw | figs-rquestion | τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? | 1 | How is it that you placed of this thing in your heart? | Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word “heart” refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: “You should not have thought of doing this thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
368 | ACT | 5 | 5 | cc5y | figs-euphemism | πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν | 1 | fell down and breathed his last | Here breathed his last means “breathed his final breath” and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
369 | ACT | 5 | 7 | ry54 | ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ…εἰσῆλθεν | 1 | his wife came in | “Ananias’ wife came in” or “Sapphira came in” | |
370 | ACT | 5 | 7 | k3c9 | τὸ γεγονὸς | 1 | what had happened | “that her husband had died” | |
371 | ACT | 5 | 8 | bcf6 | τοσούτου | 1 | for this much | “for this much money.” This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. | |
372 | ACT | 5 | 9 | w1lb | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
373 | ACT | 5 | 9 | vym8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. | ||
374 | ACT | 5 | 9 | v7sw | figs-rquestion | τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? | 1 | How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? | Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
375 | ACT | 5 | 9 | hc22 | συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν | 1 | you have agreed together | “the two of you have agreed together” | |
376 | ACT | 5 | 9 | pg1e | πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου | 1 | to test the Spirit of the Lord | Here the word test means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment. | |
377 | ACT | 5 | 9 | xj1l | figs-synecdoche | οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου | 1 | the feet of those who buried your husband | Here the phrase the feet refers to the men. Alternate translation: “the men who have buried your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
378 | ACT | 5 | 10 | nwb9 | ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ | 1 | she fell down at his feet | This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person’s feet as a sign of humility. | |
379 | ACT | 5 | 10 | s7en | figs-euphemism | ἐξέψυξεν | 1 | breathed her last | Here breathed her last means “breathed her final breath” and is a polite way of saying “she died.” See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 5:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
380 | ACT | 5 | 12 | aud2 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “They” and “they” refer to the believers. | ||
381 | ACT | 5 | 12 | c2e7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church. | ||
382 | ACT | 5 | 12 | lde1 | figs-activepassive | διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ | 1 | And many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And the apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
383 | ACT | 5 | 12 | ux3n | σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα | 1 | signs and wonders | “supernatural events and miraculous deeds.” See how you translated these terms in Acts 2:22 | |
384 | ACT | 5 | 12 | sri8 | figs-synecdoche | διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων | 1 | through the hands of the apostles | Here the word hands refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
385 | ACT | 5 | 12 | k99k | Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος | 1 | Porch of Solomon | This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated the porch that is called Solomon’s in Acts 3:11. | |
386 | ACT | 5 | 14 | l9bs | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. | ||
387 | ACT | 5 | 14 | m9wx | figs-activepassive | μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ | 1 | more believers were being added to the Lord | This could be stated in active form. See how you translated were added in Acts 2:41. Alternate translation: “more people were believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
388 | ACT | 5 | 15 | y2ev | figs-explicit | ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν | 1 | his shadow might fall on some of them | It is implied that God would heal them if Peter’s shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
389 | ACT | 5 | 16 | fu1a | ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων | 1 | those afflicted with unclean spirits | “those whom unclean spirits had afflicted” | |
390 | ACT | 5 | 16 | lyc7 | figs-activepassive | οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες | 1 | who were all healed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and God healed them all” or “and the apostles healed them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
391 | ACT | 5 | 17 | p4ta | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The religious leaders began to persecute the believers. | ||
392 | ACT | 5 | 17 | x2ed | δὲ | 1 | But | This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative. | |
393 | ACT | 5 | 17 | f9ye | figs-idiom | ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς | 1 | the high priest rose up | Here the phrase rose up means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the high priest took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
394 | ACT | 5 | 17 | pc45 | figs-activepassive | ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου | 1 | and they were filled with jealousy | The abstract noun jealousy can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
395 | ACT | 5 | 18 | j58p | figs-idiom | ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους | 1 | laid hands on the apostles | This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: “had the guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
396 | ACT | 5 | 19 | wd37 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “them” and “they” refer to the apostles. | ||
397 | ACT | 5 | 20 | qm16 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ | 1 | in the temple | This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
398 | ACT | 5 | 20 | z1x3 | figs-metonymy | πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης | 1 | all the words of this life | The word words here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are (1) “all this message of eternal life” or (2) “the whole message of this new way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
399 | ACT | 5 | 21 | df1u | figs-explicit | εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν | 1 | into the temple | They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
400 | ACT | 5 | 21 | l7uf | ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον | 1 | about daybreak | “as it began to be light.” Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard. | |
401 | ACT | 5 | 21 | li6a | figs-ellipsis | ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς | 1 | sent to the prison to bring the apostles | This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
402 | ACT | 5 | 23 | ld7d | figs-explicit | ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν | 1 | we found no one inside | The words no one refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: “we did not find them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
403 | ACT | 5 | 24 | a8dz | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
404 | ACT | 5 | 24 | k5g6 | διηπόρουν | 1 | they were perplexed | “they were puzzled” or “they were confused” | |
405 | ACT | 5 | 24 | baw2 | περὶ αὐτῶν | 1 | concerning them | “concerning the words they had just heard” or “concerning these things” | |
406 | ACT | 5 | 24 | p78m | τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο | 1 | as to what might have happened | “and concerning what had happened to the apostles” | |
407 | ACT | 5 | 25 | c1am | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες | 1 | standing in the temple | They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
408 | ACT | 5 | 26 | f7pz | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The word “they” in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase “feared that the people might stone them” the word “them” refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of “them” in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
409 | ACT | 5 | 26 | e24h | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council. | ||
410 | ACT | 5 | 26 | i2v5 | ἐφοβοῦντο | 1 | they feared | “they were afraid” | |
411 | ACT | 5 | 27 | iq7w | ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς | 1 | the high priest interrogated them | “the high priest questioned them.” The word interrogated means to intensely question someone to find out what is true. | |
412 | ACT | 5 | 28 | g2hi | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ | 1 | in this name | Here the word name refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in Acts 4:17. Alternate translation: “about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
413 | ACT | 5 | 28 | j4kr | figs-metaphor | πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν | 1 | you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching | Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him” or “you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
414 | ACT | 5 | 28 | ym1k | figs-metonymy | βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου | 1 | desire to bring upon us the blood of this man | Here the word blood is a metonym for death, and to bring someone’s blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person’s death. Alternate translation: “desire to make us responsible for this man’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
415 | ACT | 5 | 29 | y211 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “We” refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
416 | ACT | 5 | 29 | di9u | ἀποκριθεὶς…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν | 1 | answering, Peter and the apostles said | Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words. | |
417 | ACT | 5 | 30 | r7av | figs-idiom | ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν | 1 | The God of our fathers raised up Jesus | Here raised up is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
418 | ACT | 5 | 30 | pu5j | figs-metonymy | κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου | 1 | by hanging him on a tree | Here Peter uses the word tree to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “by hanging him on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
419 | ACT | 5 | 31 | uh2d | translate-symaction | τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς…ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | God exalted him to his right hand | To be at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “God exalted him to the place of honor beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
420 | ACT | 5 | 31 | mr1d | figs-abstractnouns | τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins | The words repentance and forgiveness can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “to give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
421 | ACT | 5 | 31 | q1il | figs-metonymy | τῷ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | to Israel | The word Israel refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
422 | ACT | 5 | 32 | yml6 | τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ | 1 | to those obeying him | “those submitting to God’s authority” | |
423 | ACT | 5 | 33 | ekh2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Gamaliel addresses the council members. | ||
424 | ACT | 5 | 33 | abx6 | ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς | 1 | to kill them | “to kill the apostles” | |
425 | ACT | 5 | 34 | i2rr | writing-participants | Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ | 1 | Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, honored by all the people | Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
426 | ACT | 5 | 34 | fpr4 | figs-activepassive | τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ | 1 | honored by all the people | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
427 | ACT | 5 | 34 | xk6g | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω…τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι | 1 | and commanded the apostles to be put outside | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and commanded the guards to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
428 | ACT | 5 | 35 | ae1u | προσέχετε | 1 | pay close attention to | “think carefully about” or “be cautious about.” Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret. | |
429 | ACT | 5 | 36 | uaj6 | ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς | 1 | Theudas rose up | Possible meanings are (1) “Theudas rebelled” or (2) “Theudas appeared.” | |
430 | ACT | 5 | 36 | b3nl | λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν | 1 | claiming himself to be somebody | “claiming that he was somebody important” | |
431 | ACT | 5 | 36 | ie3x | figs-activepassive | ὃς ἀνῃρέθη | 1 | He was killed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
432 | ACT | 5 | 36 | juz1 | figs-activepassive | πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν | 1 | all, as many as were persuaded by him, were scattered | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the people who had been obeying him scattered” or “everyone who had been obeying him went in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
433 | ACT | 5 | 36 | rzg5 | ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν | 1 | came to nothing | This means that they did not do what they had planned to do. | |
434 | ACT | 5 | 37 | f33y | μετὰ τοῦτον | 1 | After him | “After Theudas” | |
435 | ACT | 5 | 37 | p56f | ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς | 1 | in the days of the census | “during the time of the census” | |
436 | ACT | 5 | 37 | kz4s | figs-idiom | ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ | 1 | drew away people after him | This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “caused many people to follow him” or “caused some people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
437 | ACT | 5 | 38 | i4bw | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach. | ||
438 | ACT | 5 | 38 | wz89 | figs-explicit | ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς | 1 | keep away from these men and release them | Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders not to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
439 | ACT | 5 | 38 | zh1d | ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο | 1 | if this plan or work is from men | “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work” | |
440 | ACT | 5 | 38 | uql8 | figs-activepassive | καταλυθήσεται | 1 | it will be overthrown | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will overthrow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
441 | ACT | 5 | 39 | j819 | figs-ellipsis | εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν | 1 | if it is from God | Here the word it refers to “this plan or work.” Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
442 | ACT | 5 | 39 | cyp1 | figs-activepassive | ἐπείσθησαν δὲ | 1 | And they were persuaded | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
443 | ACT | 5 | 40 | z31c | 0 | General Information: | Here first word “they” refers to the council members. The rest of the words “them,” “They,” and “they” refer to the apostles. | ||
444 | ACT | 5 | 40 | p6lz | figs-metonymy | προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες | 1 | summoning and beating the apostles | The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
445 | ACT | 5 | 40 | fca9 | figs-metonymy | λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | to speak in the name of Jesus | Here name refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 4:18. Alternate translation: “to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
446 | ACT | 5 | 41 | cv8y | figs-activepassive | κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι | 1 | they had been counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name | The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
447 | ACT | 5 | 41 | lk82 | figs-metonymy | ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος | 1 | for the Name | Here the Name refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
448 | ACT | 5 | 42 | jj94 | πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν | 1 | And every day | “And each day after that day.” This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days. | |
449 | ACT | 5 | 42 | kyp6 | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον | 1 | in the temple and in each house | They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard and in different people’s houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
450 | ACT | 6 | intro | z5r5 | 0 | Acts 06 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterThe distribution to the widowsThe believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter“His face was like the face of an angel”No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this. | |||
451 | ACT | 6 | 1 | ky47 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
452 | ACT | 6 | 1 | f8br | writing-newevent | ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις | 1 | Now in those days | Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
453 | ACT | 6 | 1 | t94s | πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | when the disciples were multiplying | “when the number of disciples was greatly increasing” | |
454 | ACT | 6 | 1 | e7vb | τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν | 1 | by the Hellenists | The Hellenists were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel. Alternate translation: “Grecian Jews” | |
455 | ACT | 6 | 1 | ftz8 | τοὺς Ἑβραίους | 1 | the Hebrews | These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far. Alternate translation: “the Hebrew-speaking Jews” | |
456 | ACT | 6 | 1 | s4qy | figs-activepassive | παρεθεωροῦντο…αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν | 1 | their widows were being overlooked | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
457 | ACT | 6 | 1 | e1z9 | αἱ χῆραι | 1 | widows | women whose husband has died | |
458 | ACT | 6 | 1 | k4jg | παρεθεωροῦντο | 1 | being overlooked | “being ignored” or “being forgotten.” There were so many who needed help that some were missed. | |
459 | ACT | 6 | 1 | rde8 | διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ | 1 | daily serving | The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows. Alternate translation: “ daily distribution of food” | |
460 | ACT | 6 | 2 | jr1y | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” refers to the believers. The words “us” and “we” here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
461 | ACT | 6 | 2 | n5r4 | οἱ δώδεκα | 1 | the twelve | This refers to the eleven apostles plus Matthias, who was selected in Acts 1:26. | |
462 | ACT | 6 | 2 | g56w | τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | the multitude of the disciples | “all of the disciples” or “all the believers” | |
463 | ACT | 6 | 2 | jm17 | figs-hyperbole | καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | to leave behind the word of God | This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: “to stop preaching and teaching the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
464 | ACT | 6 | 2 | fwk6 | figs-metonymy | διακονεῖν τραπέζαις | 1 | to serve tables | This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
465 | ACT | 6 | 3 | y3bm | ἄνδρας…μαρτυρουμένους…πλήρεις Πνεύματος καὶ σοφίας | 1 | men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom | Possible meanings are (1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or (2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom . | |
466 | ACT | 6 | 3 | p1yz | ἄνδρας…μαρτυρουμένους | 1 | men of good reputation | “men that people know are good” or “men whom people trust” | |
467 | ACT | 6 | 3 | i27a | ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης | 1 | over this task | “to be responsible to do this task” | |
468 | ACT | 6 | 4 | b3bj | figs-ellipsis | τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου | 1 | the ministry of the word | It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: “the ministry of teaching and preaching the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
469 | ACT | 6 | 5 | wh9t | ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους | 1 | the statement was pleasing before the whole multitude | “all the disciples liked their suggestion” | |
470 | ACT | 6 | 5 | ajq1 | figs-explicit | Στέφανον,…Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα | 1 | Stephen…Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor | These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
471 | ACT | 6 | 5 | qas9 | προσήλυτον | 1 | proselyte | a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion | |
472 | ACT | 6 | 6 | wu1y | translate-symaction | ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | and placed their hands upon them | This represented giving a blessing and imparting responsibility and authority for the work to the seven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
473 | ACT | 6 | 7 | x48w | 0 | General Information: | This verse gives an update on the church’s growth. | ||
474 | ACT | 6 | 7 | wu4l | figs-metaphor | λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν | 1 | word of God kept spreading | The writer speaks of the growing number of people who believed the word as if the word of God itself were covering a larger area. Alternate translation: “the number of people who believed the word of God increased” or “the number of people who believed the message from God increased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
475 | ACT | 6 | 7 | jg8y | ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει | 1 | became obedient to the faith | “followed the teaching of the new belief” | |
476 | ACT | 6 | 7 | qq3l | τῇ πίστει | 1 | to the faith | Possible meanings of faith here are (1) the gospel message of trust in Jesus or (2) the teaching of the church or (3) the Christian teaching. | |
477 | ACT | 6 | 8 | wn1t | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
478 | ACT | 6 | 8 | n3re | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the beginning of a new part of the story. | ||
479 | ACT | 6 | 8 | et2j | writing-participants | Στέφανος δὲ | 1 | Now Stephen | This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
480 | ACT | 6 | 8 | h8sg | figs-explicit | Στέφανος…πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει | 1 | Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing | The words grace and power here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “God was giving Stephen power to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
481 | ACT | 6 | 9 | k88n | συναγωγῆς, τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων | 1 | synagogue that is called Freedmen | Freedmen were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen. | |
482 | ACT | 6 | 9 | j8pq | συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ | 1 | They were debating with Stephen | “They were arguing with Stephen” | |
483 | ACT | 6 | 10 | s2cl | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “We” refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word “they” refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen in Acts 6:9. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
484 | ACT | 6 | 10 | fp41 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The background information that began in Acts 6:8 continues through verse 10. | ||
485 | ACT | 6 | 10 | v5ia | figs-idiom | οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι | 1 | they were not able to stand against | This phrase means they could not prove false what he said. Alternate translation: “they could not argue against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
486 | ACT | 6 | 10 | fnb2 | Πνεύματι | 1 | Spirit | this refers to the Holy Spirit | |
487 | ACT | 6 | 11 | ren5 | figs-explicit | ἄνδρας λέγοντας | 1 | men to say | They were given money to give false testimony. Alternate translation: “some men to lie and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
488 | ACT | 6 | 11 | x747 | ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς | 1 | blasphemous words against | “bad things about” | |
489 | ACT | 6 | 12 | tqk9 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Each use of word “they” most likely refers back to the people from the synagogue of the Freedmen in Acts 6:9. They were responsible for the false witnesses and for inciting the council, the elders, the scribes, and the other people. Here the word “we” refers only to the false witness that they brought to testify. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
490 | ACT | 6 | 12 | l251 | συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς | 1 | They also stirred up the people, the elders, and the scribes | “They also caused the people, the elders, and the scribes to be very angry at Stephen” | |
491 | ACT | 6 | 12 | j3wd | συνήρπασαν αὐτὸν | 1 | they seized him | “they grabbed him and held him so he could not get away” | |
492 | ACT | 6 | 13 | zv6s | οὐ παύεται λαλῶν | 1 | does not stop speaking | “continually speaks” | |
493 | ACT | 6 | 14 | vak4 | figs-idiom | παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν | 1 | handed down to us | The phrase handed down means “passed on.” Alternate translation: “taught our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
494 | ACT | 6 | 15 | k8rw | figs-simile | ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου | 1 | as the face of an angel | This phrase compares his face to that of an angel but does not say specifically what they have in common. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) |
495 | ACT | 7 | intro | p9h4 | 0 | Acts 07 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 7:42-43 and 49-50. It appears that 8:1 is part of the narrative of this chapter. Special concepts in this chapter“Stephen said”Stephen told the history of Israel very briefly. He paid special attention to the times that the Israelites had rejected the people God had chosen to lead them. At the end of the story, he said that the Jewish leaders he was talking to had rejected Jesus just as the evil Israelites had always rejected the leaders God had appointed for them. “Full of the Holy Spirit”The Holy Spirit completely controlled Stephen so that he said only and all of what God wanted him to say. ForeshadowingWhen an author speaks of something that is not important at that time but will be important later in the story, this is called foreshadowing. Luke mentions Saul, also known as Paul, here, even though he is not an important person in this part of the story. This is because Paul is an important person in the rest of the Book of Acts. Important figures of speech in this chapterImplied informationStephen was talking to Jews who knew the law of Moses well, so he did not explain things that his hearers already knew. But you may need to explain some of these things so that your readers will be able to understand what Stephen was saying. For example, you may need to make explicit that when Joseph’s brothers “sold him into Egypt” (Acts 7:9), Joseph was going to be a slave in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MetonymyStephen spoke of Joseph ruling “over Egypt” and over all of Pharaoh’s household. By this he meant that Joseph ruled over the people of Egypt and of the people and possessions in Pharaoh’s household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapterBackground knowledgeThe Jewish leaders to whom Stephen spoke already knew much about the events he was telling them about. They knew what Moses had written in the Book of Genesis. If the Book of Genesis has not been translated into your language, it may be difficult for your readers to understand what Stephen said. | |||
496 | ACT | 7 | 1 | pt4h | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The word “our” includes both Steven, the Jewish council to whom he spoke, and the entire audience. The word “your” is singular refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
497 | ACT | 7 | 1 | hy9r | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The part of the story about Stephen, which began in Acts 6:8, continues. Stephen begins his response to the high priest and the council by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. Most of this history comes from Moses’ writings. | ||
498 | ACT | 7 | 2 | abc7 | ὁ δὲ ἔφη | 1 | Then he said | Stephen is speaking. | |
499 | ACT | 7 | 2 | v5si | ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε | 1 | brothers, and fathers, listen to me | Stephen was being very respectful to the council in greeting them as extended family. | |
500 | ACT | 7 | 4 | pfg3 | 0 | General Information: | In verse 4 the words “he,” “his,” and “him” refer to Abraham. In verse 5 the words “He” and “he” refer to God, but the word “him” refers to Abraham. | ||
501 | ACT | 7 | 4 | pfg4 | figs-you | ὑμεῖς | 1 | you | Here the word you refers to the Jewish council and audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) |
502 | ACT | 7 | 5 | ax1j | οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ | 1 | he did not give him an inheritance in it | “he did not give any of it to him as an inheritance” | |
503 | ACT | 7 | 5 | qff6 | figs-idiom | οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός | 1 | not even a stride of a foot | Possible meanings for this phrase are (1) enough ground to stand on or (2) enough ground to take a step. Alternate translation: “not even a very tiny piece of ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
504 | ACT | 7 | 5 | u6iw | αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν…καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν | 1 | to him for a possession, and to his seed after him | “for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants” | |
505 | ACT | 7 | 6 | tn6b | ἐλάλησεν…οὕτως ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | God spoke to him like this | It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Later God told Abraham” | |
506 | ACT | 7 | 6 | t1h9 | translate-numbers | ἔτη τετρακόσια | 1 | 400 years | “four hundred years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
507 | ACT | 7 | 7 | f7fw | figs-metonymy | τὸ ἔθνος…κρινῶ ἐγώ | 1 | I will judge the nation | Here nation refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of the nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
508 | ACT | 7 | 7 | q7y6 | τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν | 1 | the nation that will enslave him | “the nation that they will serve” | |
509 | ACT | 7 | 8 | mwc9 | figs-explicit | ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς | 1 | God gave him the covenant of circumcision | The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: “made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
510 | ACT | 7 | 8 | g4bb | οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ | 1 | so he became the father of Isaac | The story transitions to Abraham’s descendants. | |
511 | ACT | 7 | 8 | ams1 | figs-ellipsis | Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας | 1 | Jacob of the 12 patriarchs | “Jacob became the father of the 12 patriarchs.” Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
512 | ACT | 7 | 9 | n981 | οἱ πατριάρχαι | 1 | the patriarchs | “Jacob’s older sons” or “Joseph’s older brothers” | |
513 | ACT | 7 | 9 | tik7 | figs-explicit | ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον | 1 | sold him into Egypt | The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: “sold him as a slave in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
514 | ACT | 7 | 9 | w1is | figs-idiom | ἦν…μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | was with him | This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: “helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
515 | ACT | 7 | 10 | yr7m | figs-metonymy | ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον | 1 | over Egypt | This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “over all the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
516 | ACT | 7 | 10 | pb4p | figs-metonymy | ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ | 1 | over all his household | This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: “over everything he owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
517 | ACT | 7 | 11 | p42j | ἦλθεν…λιμὸς | 1 | came a famine | “a famine came.” The ground stopped producing food. | |
518 | ACT | 7 | 11 | p37v | figs-explicit | οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | our fathers | This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
519 | ACT | 7 | 12 | pia8 | σιτία | 1 | grain | Grain was the most common food at that time. | |
520 | ACT | 7 | 12 | mbg8 | τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν | 1 | our fathers | Here this phrase refers to Jabob’s sons, Joseph’s older brothers. | |
521 | ACT | 7 | 13 | ce2b | translate-ordinal | ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ | 1 | On their second time | “On their next trip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) |
522 | ACT | 7 | 13 | m37e | ἀνεγνωρίσθη | 1 | was made known | Joseph revealed to his brothers his identity as their brother. | |
523 | ACT | 7 | 13 | jxk8 | figs-activepassive | φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος Ἰωσήφ | 1 | the family of Joseph became known to Pharaoh | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh learned that they were Joseph’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
524 | ACT | 7 | 14 | aam5 | ἀποστείλας | 1 | sending them back | “after sending his brothers back to Canaan” or “after sending his brothers back home” | |
525 | ACT | 7 | 15 | w2sm | ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | he and our fathers died | Make sure it does not sound as though he died as soon as he arrived in Egypt. Alternate translation: “eventually Jacob and our ancestors died” | |
526 | ACT | 7 | 15 | fe56 | αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | he and our fathers | “Jacob and his sons who became our ancestors” | |
527 | ACT | 7 | 16 | slg3 | figs-activepassive | μετετέθησαν…καὶ ἐτέθησαν | 1 | they were carried over…and laid | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jacob’s descendants carried Jacob’s body and his son’s bodies over … and buried them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
528 | ACT | 7 | 16 | la8a | τιμῆς ἀργυρίου | 1 | for a price in silver | “with money” | |
529 | ACT | 7 | 17 | np3u | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The word “our” includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
530 | ACT | 7 | 17 | tuq2 | καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας…ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη | 1 | And as the time of the promise…approached, the people increased and multiplied | In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived. | |
531 | ACT | 7 | 17 | tlh9 | ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας | 1 | the time of the promise…approached | It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham. | |
532 | ACT | 7 | 18 | whe7 | ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον | 1 | there arose over Egypt another king | “another king began to rule over Egypt” | |
533 | ACT | 7 | 18 | g2wq | figs-metonymy | ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον | 1 | over Egypt | Here Egypt refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
534 | ACT | 7 | 18 | e2y6 | figs-metonymy | ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ | 1 | who did not know Joseph | Here Joseph refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: “who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
535 | ACT | 7 | 20 | q66s | writing-participants | ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωϋσῆς | 1 | At that time Moses was born | This introduces Moses into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
536 | ACT | 7 | 20 | cd5z | figs-idiom | ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | he was beautiful to God | This phrase is an idiom that means Moses was very beautiful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
537 | ACT | 7 | 20 | pnb1 | figs-activepassive | ἀνετράφη | 1 | was nourished | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his parents nourished him” or “his parents cared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
538 | ACT | 7 | 21 | w3iu | figs-activepassive | ἐκτεθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ | 1 | But when he was exposed | Moses was exposed because of Pharaoh’s command. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When his parents placed him outside” or “When they abandoned him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
539 | ACT | 7 | 21 | url3 | ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραὼ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν | 1 | the daughter of Pharaoh…and raised him for herself as a son | She did for him every good thing a mother would do for her own son. Use your language’s normal word for what a mother does to make sure her son becomes a healthy adult. | |
540 | ACT | 7 | 21 | mbp7 | εἰς υἱόν | 1 | as a son | “as if he were her own son” | |
541 | ACT | 7 | 22 | c9nw | figs-activepassive | ἐπαιδεύθη Μωϋσῆς | 1 | Moses was educated | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Egyptians educated Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
542 | ACT | 7 | 22 | att9 | figs-hyperbole | πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων | 1 | in all the wisdom of the Egyptians | This is an exaggeration to emphasize that he was trained in the best schools in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
543 | ACT | 7 | 22 | m3dm | δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ | 1 | mighty in his words and works | “effective in his speech and actions” or “influential in what he said and did” | |
544 | ACT | 7 | 23 | fj9s | figs-metonymy | ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ | 1 | it came into his heart | Here heart is a metonym for “mind.” The phrase it came into his heart is an idiom that means to decide something. Alternate translation: “it came into his mind” or “he decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
545 | ACT | 7 | 23 | x493 | figs-explicit | ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ | 1 | to visit his brothers, the sons of Israel | This refers to his people, and not just to his family. Alternate translation: “to see how his own people, the children of Israel, were doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
546 | ACT | 7 | 24 | l4zv | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον | 1 | And seeing a certain one being mistreated, he defended him and made vengeance for the one being oppressed by striking the Egyptian | This can be stated in active form by rearranging the order. Alternate translation: “Seeing an Egyptian mistreating an Israelite, Moses defended and avenged the Israelite by striking the Egyptian who was oppressing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
547 | ACT | 7 | 24 | abc8 | ἠμύνατο | 1 | he defended him | Moses defended the Israelite who was being mistreated. | |
548 | ACT | 7 | 24 | r2e8 | πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον | 1 | by striking the Egyptian | Moses hit the Egyptian so hard that he died. | |
549 | ACT | 7 | 25 | wm3j | ἐνόμιζεν | 1 | he thought | “he imagined” | |
550 | ACT | 7 | 25 | nhb9 | figs-metonymy | διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς | 1 | by his hand was giving salvation to them | Here hand refers to the actions of Moses. Alternate translation: “was rescuing them through what Moses was doing” or “was using the actions of Moses to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
551 | ACT | 7 | 26 | t1hw | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “us” refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
552 | ACT | 7 | 26 | t2vc | figs-explicit | αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις | 1 | to them as they were quarreling | The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two Israelite men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
553 | ACT | 7 | 26 | mpc7 | συνήλλασσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην | 1 | he urged them to peace | “urged them to stop fighting” | |
554 | ACT | 7 | 26 | zzt4 | ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε | 1 | Men, you are brothers | Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting. | |
555 | ACT | 7 | 26 | k1ku | figs-rquestion | ἱνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους? | 1 | Why is it that you are hurting each other? | Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: “You should not hurt each other!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
556 | ACT | 7 | 27 | q2r4 | figs-rquestion | τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? | 1 | Who appointed you a ruler and a judge over us? | The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: “You have no authority over us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
557 | ACT | 7 | 28 | hk1g | μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον? | 1 | You do not want to kill me in the same way you killed the Egyptian yesterday, do you? | The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian. | |
558 | ACT | 7 | 29 | l149 | figs-explicit | 0 | General Information: | Stephen’s audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
559 | ACT | 7 | 29 | q8qv | figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ | 1 | at this statement | The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before (Acts 7:28). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
560 | ACT | 7 | 30 | zx1c | figs-explicit | καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | And when 40 years were past | “And after 40 years had passed.” This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: “And 40 years after Moses fled from Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
561 | ACT | 7 | 30 | f7yu | figs-explicit | ὤφθη…ἄγγελος | 1 | an angel appeared | Stephen’s audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
562 | ACT | 7 | 31 | q6w6 | figs-explicit | ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα | 1 | he marveled at the sight | Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen’s audience. Alternate translation: “because the bush was not burning up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
563 | ACT | 7 | 31 | uk7u | προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι | 1 | and as he approached to look at it | This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate. | |
564 | ACT | 7 | 32 | b4q6 | ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου | 1 | I am the God of your fathers | “I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped” | |
565 | ACT | 7 | 32 | tdr7 | ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι | 1 | And becoming terrified, Moses did not dare to look | This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice. | |
566 | ACT | 7 | 32 | e19k | figs-explicit | ἔντρομος…γενόμενος, Μωϋσῆς | 1 | becoming terrified, Moses | Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: “And Moses trembled with fear and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
567 | ACT | 7 | 33 | x7cd | translate-symaction | λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα | 1 | Untie the sandals | God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
568 | ACT | 7 | 33 | clk4 | figs-explicit | ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐφ’ ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν | 1 | for the place on which you are standing is holy ground | The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
569 | ACT | 7 | 34 | yz7b | ἰδὼν, εἶδον | 1 | I have certainly seen | “I gave seen for sure.” The word certainly adds emphasis to seen. | |
570 | ACT | 7 | 34 | x5bg | τοῦ λαοῦ μου | 1 | of my people | The word my emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: “of the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” | |
571 | ACT | 7 | 34 | j32c | κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς | 1 | I have come down to rescue them | “I will personally cause their release” | |
572 | ACT | 7 | 34 | sq8y | νῦν δεῦρο | 1 | now come | “get ready.” God uses an order here. | |
573 | ACT | 7 | 35 | x4p2 | 0 | General Information: | Verses 35-38 contains a series of connected phrases referring to Moses. Each phrase begins with statements such as “This Moses” or “This same Moses” or “This is the man” or “It is the same Moses.” If possible, use similar statements to emphasize Moses. After the Israelites left Egypt, they spent 40 years wandering around the wilderness before God led them into the land he had promised them. | ||
574 | ACT | 7 | 35 | gn6e | τοῦτον τὸν Μωϋσῆν, ὃν ἠρνήσαντο | 1 | This same Moses, whom they rejected | This refers back to the events recorded in Acts 7:27-28. | |
575 | ACT | 7 | 35 | vp7e | λυτρωτὴν | 1 | a redeemer | “a rescuer” | |
576 | ACT | 7 | 35 | yjz9 | figs-metonymy | σὺν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ | 1 | with the hand of the angel who appeared to him in the bush | Here hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: “by the action of the angel” or “by having the angel … bush command him to return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
577 | ACT | 7 | 35 | abc9 | ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ | 1 | appeared to him | The angel appeared to Moses. | |
578 | ACT | 7 | 36 | gz9r | figs-explicit | ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | during 40 years | Stephen’s audience knew about the 40 years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
579 | ACT | 7 | 37 | b4sg | προφήτην…ἀναστήσει | 1 | will raise up a prophet | “will cause a man to be a prophet” | |
580 | ACT | 7 | 37 | j2rx | ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | from among your brothers | “from among your own people” | |
581 | ACT | 7 | 38 | l8u7 | 0 | General Information: | The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses. | ||
582 | ACT | 7 | 38 | e8qu | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ | 1 | This is the one who was in the assembly | “This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites” | |
583 | ACT | 7 | 38 | fd25 | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος | 1 | This is the one | The phrase This is the one throughout this passage refers to Moses. | |
584 | ACT | 7 | 38 | y2zu | ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ὑμῖν | 1 | who received living words to give to us | God was the one who gave those words. Alternate translation: “to whom God spoke living words to give to us” | |
585 | ACT | 7 | 38 | p3xk | figs-metonymy | λόγια ζῶντα | 1 | living words | Possible meanings are (1) “a message that endures” or (2) “words that give life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
586 | ACT | 7 | 39 | mvz8 | figs-metaphor | ἀπώσαντο | 1 | they pushed him away | This metaphor emphasizes their rejection of Moses. Alternate translation: “they rejected him as their leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
587 | ACT | 7 | 39 | z3ze | figs-metonymy | ἐστράφησαν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν | 1 | turned back in their hearts | Here hearts is a metonym for people’s thoughts. To do something in the heart means to desire to do something. Alternate translation: “they desired to turn back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
588 | ACT | 7 | 41 | w38i | 0 | General Information: | Stephen’s quotation here is from the prophet Amos. | ||
589 | ACT | 7 | 41 | ux1j | figs-explicit | ἐμοσχοποίησαν | 1 | they made an image of a calf | Stephen’s audience knew the image of a calf they made was a statue to be used as an idol. Alternate translation: “they made as an idol a statue that looked like a calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
590 | ACT | 7 | 41 | hh77 | ἐμοσχοποίησαν…τῷ εἰδώλῳ…τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | they made an image of a calf…to the idol…the work of their hands | These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf. | |
591 | ACT | 7 | 42 | d3dd | translate-symaction | ἔστρεψεν…ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | God turned away | This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: “God stopped correcting them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
592 | ACT | 7 | 42 | rag5 | παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς | 1 | gave them up | “abandoned them” | |
593 | ACT | 7 | 42 | u7lx | τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | the host of heaven | Possible meanings for the original phrase are (1) the stars in the sky or (2) the sun, moon, and stars. | |
594 | ACT | 7 | 42 | f314 | βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | the book of the prophets | This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amos. | |
595 | ACT | 7 | 42 | gd1b | figs-rquestion | μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι, ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ? | 1 | You did not offer to me slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness, did you, O house of Israel? | God asked this question to show Israel they did not worship Him with their sacrifices. Alternate translation: “You did not honor me when you offered slain beasts and sacrifices for 40 years in the wilderness O house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
596 | ACT | 7 | 42 | j4q8 | figs-metonymy | οἶκος Ἰσραήλ | 1 | O house of Israel | This refers to the whole nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “all you Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
597 | ACT | 7 | 43 | zek5 | 0 | General Information: | The quotation from the prophet Amos continues here. | ||
598 | ACT | 7 | 43 | fs4q | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Stephen continues his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2. | ||
599 | ACT | 7 | 43 | rk4z | figs-explicit | ἀνελάβετε | 1 | you took up | It is implied that they took these idols with them as they traveled in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “you carried with you from place to place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
600 | ACT | 7 | 43 | im7e | τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολὸχ | 1 | the tabernacle of Molech | the tent that housed the false god Molech | |
601 | ACT | 7 | 43 | cq47 | τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν Ῥαιφάν | 1 | the star of your god Rephan | the star that is identified with the false god Rephan | |
602 | ACT | 7 | 43 | gm4g | τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε | 1 | and the images that you made | They made statues or images of the gods Molech and Rephan in order to worship them. | |
603 | ACT | 7 | 43 | zgq6 | μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος | 1 | I will carry you away beyond Babylon | “I will remove you to places even farther than Babylon.” This would be God’s act of judgment. | |
604 | ACT | 7 | 44 | m9gw | ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου | 1 | The tabernacle of the testimony | The tent that housed the ark (a box) with the 10 commandments carved in stone inside it | |
605 | ACT | 7 | 45 | n2sc | ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον, διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Our fathers, under Joshua, received it and brought it with them | The phrase under Joshua means that their ancestors did these things in obedience to Joshua’s direction. Alternate translation: “Our fathers, in accordance with Joshua’s instructions, received the tabernacle and brought it with them” | |
606 | ACT | 7 | 45 | n1pp | ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν | 1 | when they took possession of the nations who God drove out from the face of our fathers | This sentence tells why the ancestors were able to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “when God forced the nations to leave the land before the face of our fathers so they could live in it” | |
607 | ACT | 7 | 45 | spm5 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν | 1 | when they took possession of the nations who God drove out from the face of our fathers | Here the face of our fathers refers to the presence of their ancestors. Possible meanings are (1) “when God took the land from the nations and drove them out as our ancestors watched” or (2) “when our ancestors came, God took the land from the nations and drove them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
608 | ACT | 7 | 45 | c2fb | figs-metonymy | τῶν ἐθνῶν | 1 | of the nations | This refers to the people who lived in the land before Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people who previously lived here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
609 | ACT | 7 | 45 | m9ib | ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | whom God drove out | “whom God forced to leave the land” | |
610 | ACT | 7 | 46 | w3cu | σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ | 1 | a dwelling place for the house of Jacob | “a house for the ark where the God of Jacob could stay.” David wanted a permanent place for the ark to reside in Jerusalem, not in a tent. | |
611 | ACT | 7 | 47 | a7bx | 0 | General Information: | In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself. | ||
612 | ACT | 7 | 48 | c822 | figs-synecdoche | χειροποιήτοις | 1 | houses made with hands | Here hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “houses made by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
613 | ACT | 7 | 49 | k2vn | ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου | 1 | Heaven is my throne, and the earth is the footstool for my feet | The prophet is comparing the greatness of God’s presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet. | |
614 | ACT | 7 | 49 | wc9m | figs-rquestion | ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? | 1 | What kind of house will you build for me? | God asks this question to show how useless man’s efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: “You can not build a house adequate enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
615 | ACT | 7 | 49 | u1ft | figs-rquestion | ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου? | 1 | or what is the place for my rest? | God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: “and there is no place of rest good enough for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
616 | ACT | 7 | 50 | rfk1 | figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα? | 1 | Did my hand not make all these things? | God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: “My hand made all these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
617 | ACT | 7 | 51 | zei2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in Acts 7:2. | ||
618 | ACT | 7 | 51 | umq6 | σκληροτράχηλοι | 1 | O stiff-necked | Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them. | |
619 | ACT | 7 | 51 | vn7h | figs-idiom | σκληροτράχηλοι | 1 | O stiff-necked | This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were “stubborn.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
620 | ACT | 7 | 51 | zp55 | figs-metonymy | ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν | 1 | uncircumcised in heart and ears | The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses heart and ears to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: “you refuse to obey and hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
621 | ACT | 7 | 52 | x7kf | figs-rquestion | τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? | 1 | Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? | Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
622 | ACT | 7 | 52 | q8wb | τοῦ Δικαίου | 1 | of the Righteous One | This refers to the Christ, the Messiah. | |
623 | ACT | 7 | 52 | agd9 | οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς ἐγένεσθε | 1 | of whom you have now become betrayers and murderers | “you have also betrayed and murdered him” | |
624 | ACT | 7 | 53 | euw5 | τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων | 1 | the law as ordained by angels | “the law that God caused angels to give to our ancestors” | |
625 | ACT | 7 | 54 | t4u2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The council reacts to Stephen’s words. | ||
626 | ACT | 7 | 54 | ef2g | ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα | 1 | Now hearing these things | This is the turning point; the sermon ends and the council members react. | |
627 | ACT | 7 | 54 | u4l7 | figs-idiom | διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν | 1 | they were cut to their hearts | Here “cut to their hearts” is an idiom for making them extremely angry. Alternate translation: “they became extremely angry” or “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
628 | ACT | 7 | 54 | ae9s | translate-symaction | ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | they ground their teeth at him | This action expressed their strong anger at Stephen or hatred of Stephen. Alternate translation: “they became so angry that they ground their teeth together” or “they moved their teeth back and forth as they looked at Stephen”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
629 | ACT | 7 | 55 | ntp4 | ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | and looking intently into heaven | “and staring up into heaven.” It appears that only Stephen saw this vision and not anyone else in the crowd. | |
630 | ACT | 7 | 55 | bl2j | figs-explicit | εἶδεν δόξαν Θεοῦ | 1 | he saw the glory of God | People normally experienced the glory of God as a bright light. Alternate translation: “he saw a bright light from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
631 | ACT | 7 | 55 | vyz3 | translate-symaction | καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | and Jesus standing at the right hand of God | To stand at the right hand of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “and he saw Jesus standing in the place of honor and authority beside God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
632 | ACT | 7 | 56 | aqp8 | Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Son of Man | Stephen refers to Jesus by the title “Son of Man.” | |
633 | ACT | 7 | 57 | p4cg | translate-symaction | συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν | 1 | they covered their ears | “they put their hands on their ears.” They did this to show that they did not want to hear any more of what Stephen said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
634 | ACT | 7 | 58 | ks1u | ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως | 1 | throwing him outside the city | “seizing Stephen, they forcefully took him out of the city” | |
635 | ACT | 7 | 58 | wy7n | τὰ ἱμάτια | 1 | outer garments | These are cloaks or robes they would wear outside to stay warm, similar in function to a jacket or coat. | |
636 | ACT | 7 | 58 | sx2p | παρὰ τοὺς πόδας | 1 | at the feet | “in front of.” They were placed there so Saul could watch them. | |
637 | ACT | 7 | 58 | e2vl | νεανίου | 1 | of a young man | Saul was probably around 30 years old at the time. | |
638 | ACT | 7 | 59 | le7k | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends the story of Stephen. | ||
639 | ACT | 7 | 59 | k2el | δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου | 1 | receive my spirit | “take my spirit.” It may be helpful to add “please” to show that this was a request. Alternate translation: “please receive my spirit” | |
640 | ACT | 7 | 60 | u86q | translate-symaction | θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα | 1 | But having knelt down on his knees | This is an act of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
641 | ACT | 7 | 60 | tvf8 | figs-litotes | μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν | 1 | do not hold this sin against them | This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “forgive them for this sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
642 | ACT | 7 | 60 | r9vi | figs-euphemism | ἐκοιμήθη | 1 | he fell asleep | Here to fall asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
643 | ACT | 8 | intro | q9d9 | 0 | Acts 08 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 8:32-33. The first sentence of verse 1 ends the description of the events in chapter 7. Luke begins a new part of his history with the words “So there began.” Special concepts in this chapterReceiving the Holy SpiritIn this chapter for the first time Luke speaks of people receiving the Holy Spirit (Acts 8:15-19). The Holy Spirit had already enabled the believers to speak in tongues, to heal the sick, and to live as a community, and he had filled Stephen. But when the Jews started putting believers in prison, those believers who could leave Jerusalem did leave, and as they went, they told people about Jesus. When the people who heard about Jesus received the Holy Spirit, the church leaders knew that those people had truly become believers. ProclaimedThis chapter more than any other in the Book of Acts speaks of the believers proclaiming the word, proclaiming the good news, and proclaiming that Jesus is the Christ. The word “proclaim” translates a Greek word that means to tell good news about something. | |||
644 | ACT | 8 | 1 | tp9e | translate-versebridge | 0 | General Information: | It may be helpful to your audience to move these parts of the story about Stephen together by using a verse bridge as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) | |
645 | ACT | 8 | 1 | a7uc | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses. | ||
646 | ACT | 8 | 1 | ez88 | writing-background | ἐγένετο…ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις. πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων | 1 | there began on that day a great persecution against the church that was in Jerusalem, and they all were scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles | This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen’s death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
647 | ACT | 8 | 1 | vc8x | ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | that day | This refers to the day that Stephen died (Acts 7:59-60). | |
648 | ACT | 8 | 1 | u5pi | figs-hyperbole | πάντες…διεσπάρησαν | 1 | they were all scattered | The word all is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
649 | ACT | 8 | 1 | k5a2 | figs-explicit | πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων | 1 | except the apostles | This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
650 | ACT | 8 | 2 | sjc8 | ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς | 1 | devout men | “God-fearing men” or “men who feared God” | |
651 | ACT | 8 | 2 | a38x | ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ | 1 | made great lamentation over him | “greatly mourned his death” | |
652 | ACT | 8 | 3 | nz28 | σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας | 1 | dragging out both men and women | Saul forcefully took Jewish believers out of their home and put them into prison. | |
653 | ACT | 8 | 3 | yd2i | κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους | 1 | according to the houses | “houses one by one” or “from house to house” | |
654 | ACT | 8 | 3 | w6vk | figs-explicit | ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας | 1 | men and women | This refers to men and women who believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
655 | ACT | 8 | 4 | dh3x | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins the story of Philip, whom the people had chosen as a deacon (Acts 6:5). | ||
656 | ACT | 8 | 4 | ymy5 | figs-activepassive | διασπαρέντες | 1 | had been scattered | The cause for the scattering, the persecution, was stated previously. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had fled the great persecution and had gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
657 | ACT | 8 | 4 | su6i | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον | 1 | the word | This is a metonym for “the message.” You may need to make explicit that the message was about Jesus. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
658 | ACT | 8 | 5 | gz5m | κατελθὼν εἰς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας | 1 | went down to the city of Samaria | The phrase went down is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. | |
659 | ACT | 8 | 5 | f45b | τὴν πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας | 1 | the city of Samaria | Possible meanings are (1) Luke expected the readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “the main city in Samaria” or (2) Luke did not expect his readers to know which city he was writing about. Alternate translation: “a city in Samaria” | |
660 | ACT | 8 | 5 | pk1l | figs-metonymy | ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν | 1 | proclaimed to them the Christ | The title Christ refers to Jesus, the Messiah. Alternate translation: “told them that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
661 | ACT | 8 | 6 | cnt9 | δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι | 1 | And the crowds | “And the people in the city of Samaria.” The location was specified in Acts 8:5. | |
662 | ACT | 8 | 6 | wm83 | προσεῖχον | 1 | were paying attention to | The reason people paid attention was because of all the healing Philip did. | |
663 | ACT | 8 | 7 | xb2n | ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα | 1 | having unclean spirits | “who were controlled by unclean spirits” | |
664 | ACT | 8 | 8 | z5z3 | figs-metonymy | ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ | 1 | And there was much joy in that city | The phrase that city refers to the people who were rejoicing. Alternate translation: “So the people of the city were rejoicing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
665 | ACT | 8 | 9 | jm7n | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse gives the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
666 | ACT | 8 | 9 | bed1 | writing-participants | ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων | 1 | But…a certain man named Simon | This is a way of introducing a new person into the story. Your language may use different wording to introduce a new person into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
667 | ACT | 8 | 9 | cx7a | τῇ πόλει | 1 | the city | “the city in Samaria” (Acts 8:5) | |
668 | ACT | 8 | 10 | kb9b | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
669 | ACT | 8 | 10 | evt7 | figs-hyperbole | προσεῖχον πάντες | 1 | they all…were paying attention | The word all is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many of the Samaritans… were paying attention” or “the Samaritans in the city… were paying attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
670 | ACT | 8 | 10 | ibl1 | figs-merism | ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου | 1 | from least to greatest | These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: “no matter how important they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
671 | ACT | 8 | 10 | j3d8 | οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη | 1 | This man is the power of God which is called Great | People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as “The Great Power.” | |
672 | ACT | 8 | 10 | yw5v | ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη | 1 | the power of God which is called Great | Possible meanings are (1) the powerful representative of God or (2) God or (3) the most powerful man or (4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as “the Great power of God” . | |
673 | ACT | 8 | 11 | pxj8 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
674 | ACT | 8 | 12 | yiw3 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus. | ||
675 | ACT | 8 | 12 | vsy8 | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίζοντο | 1 | they were baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip baptized them” or “Philip baptized the new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
676 | ACT | 8 | 13 | k2th | figs-rpronouns | ὁ…Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν | 1 | Simon himself also believed | The word himself is here used to emphasize that Simon believed. Alternate translation: “Simon was also one of those who believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
677 | ACT | 8 | 13 | v91t | figs-activepassive | βαπτισθεὶς | 1 | having been baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Philip had baptized Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
678 | ACT | 8 | 14 | q8wx | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke continues the news of what was happening in Samaria. | ||
679 | ACT | 8 | 14 | s7lr | writing-newevent | ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι | 1 | Now when the apostles in Jerusalem heard | This marks the beginning of a new part of the story of the Samaritan’s becoming believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
680 | ACT | 8 | 14 | ju21 | figs-synecdoche | ἡ Σαμάρεια | 1 | Samaria | This refers to the many people, who had become believers, throughout the district of Samaria. Alternate translation: “the Samaritans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
681 | ACT | 8 | 14 | e682 | δέδεκται | 1 | had received | “had believed” or “had accepted” | |
682 | ACT | 8 | 15 | af1n | οἵτινες καταβάντες | 1 | who, having come down | This refers to Peter and John. | |
683 | ACT | 8 | 15 | hk1m | καταβάντες | 1 | having come down | This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. | |
684 | ACT | 8 | 15 | bun9 | προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν | 1 | prayed for them | “prayed for the Samaritan believers” | |
685 | ACT | 8 | 15 | n7vc | ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον | 1 | so that they might receive the Holy Spirit | “so that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit” | |
686 | ACT | 8 | 16 | rn3c | figs-metonymy | μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus | Here name represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: “they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
687 | ACT | 8 | 16 | m1nw | figs-activepassive | μόνον…βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον | 1 | they had only been baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
688 | ACT | 8 | 17 | fwh8 | ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς | 1 | they were laying their hands on them | Peter and John placed their hands on the Samaritan people who had believed Stephen’s message of the gospel. | |
689 | ACT | 8 | 17 | q7gd | translate-symaction | ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς | 1 | they were laying their hands on them | This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
690 | ACT | 8 | 18 | rh79 | figs-activepassive | διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | the Holy Spirit was being given through the laying on of the hands of the apostles | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
691 | ACT | 8 | 19 | fbw9 | ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον | 1 | so that whoever I lay my hands on may receive the Holy Spirit | “so that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands” | |
692 | ACT | 8 | 20 | df1j | 0 | General Information: | Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon. | ||
693 | ACT | 8 | 20 | jju3 | τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν | 1 | Your silver with you is for destruction | “May you and your money be destroyed” | |
694 | ACT | 8 | 20 | gh12 | τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the gift of God | Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone. | |
695 | ACT | 8 | 21 | p2ev | figs-doublet | οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ | 1 | There is to you no part or share in this matter | The words part and share mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “You may not participate in this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
696 | ACT | 8 | 21 | xbh2 | figs-metonymy | ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα | 1 | because your heart is not right | Here heart is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: “because you are not right in your heart” or “because the motives of your mind are not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
697 | ACT | 8 | 22 | ppk5 | figs-metonymy | ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου | 1 | the intention of your heart | Here heart is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “what you intended to do” or “what you were thinking of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
698 | ACT | 8 | 22 | sa6s | τῆς κακίας…ταύτης | 1 | this wickedness | “these evil thoughts” | |
699 | ACT | 8 | 22 | pe2u | εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου | 1 | if therefore the intention of your heart will be forgiven to you | “If he may be willing to forgive you for the desires you had” | |
700 | ACT | 8 | 23 | d3v7 | figs-metaphor | εἰς…χολὴν πικρίας | 1 | in the poison of bitterness | Here in the poison of bitterness is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: “very envious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
701 | ACT | 8 | 23 | j696 | figs-metaphor | σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας | 1 | the bond of unrighteousness | The phrase bond of unrighteousness is spoken of as if unrighteousness can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: “because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner” or “you are like a prisoner to unrighteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
702 | ACT | 8 | 24 | n5cw | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” refers to Peter and John. | ||
703 | ACT | 8 | 24 | u1a4 | ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε | 1 | so that nothing of which you have spoken may happen to me | This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: “so that the things you have said may not happen to me” | |
704 | ACT | 8 | 24 | sk5w | μηδὲν…ὧν εἰρήκατε | 1 | nothing…of which you have spoken | This refers to Peter’s rebuke about Simon’s silver perishing along with him. | |
705 | ACT | 8 | 25 | dl9f | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans. | ||
706 | ACT | 8 | 25 | uz15 | οἱ…διαμαρτυράμενοι | 1 | when they had testified | Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans. | |
707 | ACT | 8 | 25 | ww9k | figs-metonymy | λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | spoken the word of the Lord | Here word is a metonym for “message.” Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
708 | ACT | 8 | 25 | eu66 | figs-synecdoche | πολλάς…κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν | 1 | to many villages of the Samaritans | Here villages refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: “to the people in many Samaritan villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
709 | ACT | 8 | 26 | zkc5 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
710 | ACT | 8 | 26 | rnh4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. | ||
711 | ACT | 8 | 26 | mbj9 | writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | Now | This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
712 | ACT | 8 | 26 | w1nk | ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου | 1 | Arise and go | These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: “Get ready to travel” | |
713 | ACT | 8 | 26 | le2c | τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν | 1 | that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza | The phrase “goes down” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza. | |
714 | ACT | 8 | 26 | a18y | writing-background | αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος | 1 | This is desert | Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
715 | ACT | 8 | 27 | xy7x | writing-participants | ἰδοὺ | 1 | behold | The word behold alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
716 | ACT | 8 | 27 | s1uf | εὐνοῦχος | 1 | a eunuch | The emphasis of eunuch here is that the Ethiopian was a high government official, not that his physical state was being castrated. | |
717 | ACT | 8 | 27 | t5t1 | translate-names | Κανδάκης | 1 | of Candace | This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
718 | ACT | 8 | 27 | v8q7 | figs-explicit | ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | who had come to Jerusalem to worship | This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: “who had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
719 | ACT | 8 | 28 | d3kv | τοῦ ἅρματος | 1 | chariot | Possibly “wagon” or “carriage” is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots. | |
720 | ACT | 8 | 28 | bx2j | figs-metonymy | ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν | 1 | was reading the prophet Isaiah | This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “was reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
721 | ACT | 8 | 29 | llh1 | figs-metonymy | κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ | 1 | be joined to this chariot | Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: “accompany the man in this chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
722 | ACT | 8 | 30 | ffh7 | figs-metonymy | ἀναγινώσκοντος Ἠσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην | 1 | reading Isaiah the prophet | This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: “reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
723 | ACT | 8 | 30 | x98i | ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις | 1 | Do you understand what you are reading? | The Ethiopian was intelligent and could read, but he lacked spiritual discernment. Alternate translation: “Do you understand the meaning of what you are reading?” | |
724 | ACT | 8 | 31 | r5g2 | figs-rquestion | πῶς…ἂν δυναίμην ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσει με? | 1 | how would I be able, unless someone will guide me? | This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: “I cannot understand unless someone guides me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
725 | ACT | 8 | 31 | zx9h | figs-explicit | παρεκάλεσέν…τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ | 1 | he summoned Philip, having come up, to sit with him | It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
726 | ACT | 8 | 32 | nd93 | 0 | General Information: | This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words “he” and “his” refer to the Messiah. | ||
727 | ACT | 8 | 32 | lu3j | ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος | 1 | like a lamb before its shearer is silent | A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used. | |
728 | ACT | 8 | 33 | y2a1 | figs-activepassive | ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει, ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη | 1 | In humiliation his justice was taken away | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly” or “He allowed his accusers to humble him and he suffered injustice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
729 | ACT | 8 | 33 | k3uz | figs-rquestion | τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται? | 1 | Who can fully describe his generation? | This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: “No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
730 | ACT | 8 | 33 | idk8 | figs-activepassive | αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his life was taken from the earth | This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “men killed him” or “men took his life from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
731 | ACT | 8 | 34 | htb2 | δέομαί σου | 1 | I am begging you | “Please tell me” | |
732 | ACT | 8 | 35 | uw21 | figs-metonymy | τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης | 1 | this scripture | This refers to Isaiah’s writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the writings of Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
733 | ACT | 8 | 36 | ip13 | ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | they were going along the road | “they continued to travel along the road” | |
734 | ACT | 8 | 36 | muz2 | figs-rquestion | τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι? | 1 | What is preventing me from being baptized? | The eunuch uses this question as a way of asking Philip for permission to be baptized. Alternate translation: “Please allow me to be baptized.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
735 | ACT | 8 | 38 | l8wl | ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα | 1 | he commanded the chariot to stop | “the eunich told the driver of the chariot to stop” | |
736 | ACT | 8 | 39 | tz5u | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea. | ||
737 | ACT | 8 | 39 | xp52 | οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος | 1 | the eunuch did not see him anymore | “the eunuch did not see Philip again” | |
738 | ACT | 8 | 40 | r1x7 | Φίλιππος…εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον | 1 | Philip was found at Azotus | There was no indication of Philip’s traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus. | |
739 | ACT | 8 | 40 | arh5 | διερχόμενος | 1 | passed through | Philip preached in the area around the town of Azotus. | |
740 | ACT | 8 | 40 | zfn6 | τὰς πόλεις πάσας | 1 | to all the cities | “to all the cities in that region” | |
741 | ACT | 9 | intro | jm6x | 0 | Acts 09 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapter“The Way”No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. “Letters for the synagogues in Damascus”The “letters” Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapterWhat Saul saw when he met JesusIt is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he “fell upon the ground.” Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, “I have seen the Lord Jesus” because it was a human form that he saw here. | |||
742 | ACT | 9 | 1 | r4n5 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | These verses give background information telling us what Saul has been doing since the stoning of Stephen. Here the word “him” refers to the high priest and “he” refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
743 | ACT | 9 | 1 | yt9e | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The story shifts back to Saul and his salvation. | ||
744 | ACT | 9 | 1 | anb6 | figs-abstractnouns | ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς | 1 | still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples | The noun murder can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
745 | ACT | 9 | 2 | v9lw | figs-metonymy | πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς | 1 | to the synagogues | This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: “to the people in the synagogues” or “to the leaders in the synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
746 | ACT | 9 | 2 | y8f6 | ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ | 1 | if he might find anyone | “whenever he found anyone” | |
747 | ACT | 9 | 2 | pk19 | τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας | 1 | being of the Way | “who belonged to the Way” or “who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ” | |
748 | ACT | 9 | 2 | n94s | τῆς ὁδοῦ | 1 | of the Way | This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time. | |
749 | ACT | 9 | 2 | a6z4 | figs-explicit | δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | having bound them, he might bring them to Jerusalem | “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
750 | ACT | 9 | 3 | lv9q | 0 | Connecting Statement: | After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus. | ||
751 | ACT | 9 | 3 | jf4g | ἐν…τῷ πορεύεσθαι | 1 | as he was traveling | Saul had left Jerusalem and was traveling to Damascus. | |
752 | ACT | 9 | 3 | by55 | writing-newevent | ἐγένετο | 1 | it happened that | This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
753 | ACT | 9 | 3 | dm6c | αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | there shone on him a light from heaven | “a light from heaven shone all around him” | |
754 | ACT | 9 | 3 | gua8 | ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | from heaven | Possible meanings are (1) heaven, where God lives or (2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. | |
755 | ACT | 9 | 4 | y4u4 | πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν | 1 | he fell to the ground | Possible meanings are that (1) “Saul threw himself to the ground” or (2) “The light caused him to fall to the ground” or (3) “Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell.” Saul did not fall accidentally. | |
756 | ACT | 9 | 4 | c9l4 | figs-rquestion | τί με διώκεις? | 1 | why are you persecuting me? | This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): “You are persecuting me!” or a command (AT): “Stop persecuting me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
757 | ACT | 9 | 5 | q8ge | 0 | General Information: | Every occurrence of the word “you” here is singular. | ||
758 | ACT | 9 | 5 | jaq2 | τίς εἶ, κύριε? | 1 | Who are you, Lord? | Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power. | |
759 | ACT | 9 | 5 | abc0 | ὁ | 1 | he | Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “he replied” | |
760 | ACT | 9 | 6 | i1kj | ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν | 1 | get up and enter into the city | “get up and go into Damascus” | |
761 | ACT | 9 | 6 | fbi6 | figs-activepassive | λαληθήσεταί σοι | 1 | it will be told to you | This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “someone will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
762 | ACT | 9 | 7 | xu7c | ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες | 1 | hearing the voice, but seeing no one | “they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone” | |
763 | ACT | 9 | 7 | f9fe | μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες | 1 | but seeing no one | “but saw no one.” Apparently only Saul experienced the light. | |
764 | ACT | 9 | 8 | puw3 | figs-explicit | ἀνεῳγμένων…τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | his eyes being opened | This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
765 | ACT | 9 | 8 | dgg8 | οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν | 1 | he was seeing nothing | “he could not see anything.” Saul was blind. | |
766 | ACT | 9 | 9 | fhn6 | ἦν…μὴ βλέπων | 1 | he was…without sight | “he was…blind” or “he…could not see anything” | |
767 | ACT | 9 | 9 | t8uc | οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν | 1 | neither ate nor drank | It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason. | |
768 | ACT | 9 | 10 | kgn9 | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3. You may translate this name the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
769 | ACT | 9 | 10 | j847 | writing-participants | ἦν δέ | 1 | Now there was | This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
770 | ACT | 9 | 10 | vl8k | ὁ…εἶπεν | 3 | he said | “Ananias said” | |
771 | ACT | 9 | 11 | mn24 | πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν | 1 | go to the street which is called Straight | “go to Straight Street” | |
772 | ACT | 9 | 11 | ie1l | οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα | 1 | the house of Judas | This Judas is not the disciple who betrayed Jesus. This Judas was owner of a house in Damascus where Saul was staying. | |
773 | ACT | 9 | 11 | u5j8 | Σαῦλον ὀνόματι Ταρσέα | 1 | a man named Saul, from Tarsus | “a man from the city of Tarsus named Saul” or “Saul of Tarsus” | |
774 | ACT | 9 | 12 | jk46 | translate-symaction | ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρας | 1 | laying hands on him | This was a symbol of giving a spiritual blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
775 | ACT | 9 | 12 | nx5q | ἀναβλέψῃ | 1 | he might see again | “he might regain his ability to see” | |
776 | ACT | 9 | 13 | la9t | ἁγίοις σου | 1 | to your saints | Here saints refers to Christians. Alternate translation: “the people in Jerusalem who believe in you” | |
777 | ACT | 9 | 14 | ptd6 | figs-explicit | ἔχει ἐξουσίαν…δῆσαι πάντας | 1 | he has authority…to bind all | It is implied that the extent of the power and authority granted Saul was limited to the Jewish people at this point in time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
778 | ACT | 9 | 14 | t3fl | figs-metonymy | τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | who call upon your name | Here your name refers to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
779 | ACT | 9 | 15 | jmt7 | figs-metonymy | σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς ἐστίν μοι οὗτος | 1 | this one is a chosen instrument of mine | Here chosen instrument refers to something that is set apart for service. Alternate translation: “I have chosen him to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
780 | ACT | 9 | 15 | z5fj | figs-metonymy | τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | who will carry my name | This is an expression for identifying or speaking out for Jesus. Alternate translation: “in order that he might speak about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
781 | ACT | 9 | 16 | kty3 | figs-metonymy | ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου | 1 | for my name | This is an expression meaning “for telling people about me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
782 | ACT | 9 | 17 | q61x | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The word “you” here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
783 | ACT | 9 | 17 | j2pf | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul. | ||
784 | ACT | 9 | 17 | s8ms | ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν | 1 | And Ananias departed, and entered into the house | It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: “So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it” | |
785 | ACT | 9 | 17 | my6m | translate-symaction | ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | having laid his hands on him | Ananias laid his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
786 | ACT | 9 | 17 | a89q | figs-activepassive | ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | so that you might see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
787 | ACT | 9 | 18 | m1hx | ἀπέπεσαν…ὡς λεπίδες | 1 | something like scales fell | “something that appeared like fish scales fell” | |
788 | ACT | 9 | 18 | efs9 | figs-activepassive | ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη | 1 | rising up, he was baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he got up and Ananias baptized him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
789 | ACT | 9 | 20 | rc49 | 0 | General Information: | Here only the second “he” refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first “he” and the other ones refer to Saul. | ||
790 | ACT | 9 | 20 | w65r | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Son of God | This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
791 | ACT | 9 | 21 | xid8 | figs-hyperbole | πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες | 1 | all who were hearing | The word allis a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who heard him” or “many who heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
792 | ACT | 9 | 21 | f4fd | figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο | 1 | Is not this the one who destroyed those in Jerusalem who call on this name? | This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: “This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
793 | ACT | 9 | 21 | ctg3 | figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο | 1 | this name | Here name refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
794 | ACT | 9 | 22 | r1np | συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους | 1 | was stirring up the Jews | They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul’s arguments that Jesus was the Christ. | |
795 | ACT | 9 | 23 | g6gw | 0 | General Information: | The word “him” in this section refers to Saul. | ||
796 | ACT | 9 | 23 | g74c | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
797 | ACT | 9 | 24 | lv62 | figs-activepassive | ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν | 1 | But their plan became known to Saul | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But someone told their plan to Saul” or “But Saul learned about their plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
798 | ACT | 9 | 24 | cy9n | παρετηροῦντο…καὶ τὰς πύλας | 1 | indeed they were watching the gates | This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates. | |
799 | ACT | 9 | 25 | lc8m | οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | his disciples | people who believed Saul’s message about Jesus and were following his teaching | |
800 | ACT | 9 | 25 | u8g8 | διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι | 1 | let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket | “used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall” | |
801 | ACT | 9 | 26 | j1el | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Saul all but one time. “And ‘he’ told them how” in verse 27 refers to Barnabas. | ||
802 | ACT | 9 | 26 | e38m | figs-hyperbole | καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν | 1 | but they were all afraid of him | Here they were all is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: “but they were afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
803 | ACT | 9 | 27 | abca | διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς | 1 | told them | “Barnabas told the apostles” | |
804 | ACT | 9 | 27 | abcb | εἶδεν | 1 | he had seen | “Saul had seen” | |
805 | ACT | 9 | 27 | abcc | ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ | 1 | he had spoken to him | “the Lord had spoken to Saul” | |
806 | ACT | 9 | 27 | n9f1 | figs-metonymy | ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | he had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus | This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: “had openly preached the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
807 | ACT | 9 | 28 | m5rs | ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | he was with them | Here the word he refers to Paul. The word them probably refers to the apostles and other disciples in Jerusalem. | |
808 | ACT | 9 | 28 | fbb7 | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | in the name of the Lord | Possible meanings are (1) this simply refers to the Lord Jesus and tells who Paul spoke about. Alternate translation: “about the Lord Jesus” or (2) name is a metonym for authority. Alternate translation: “under the authority of the Lord Jesus” or “with the authority that the Lord Jesus gave him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
809 | ACT | 9 | 29 | d7lm | συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς | 1 | debated with the Hellenists | Saul tried to reason with the Jews who spoke Greek. | |
810 | ACT | 9 | 30 | uz9a | οἱ ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | the brothers | The words the brothers refers to the believers in Jerusalem. | |
811 | ACT | 9 | 30 | j4mt | κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν | 1 | they brought him down to Caesarea | The phrase brought him down is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. | |
812 | ACT | 9 | 30 | aqn6 | figs-explicit | ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν | 1 | sent him away to Tarsus | Caesarea was a seaport. They brothers probably sent Saul to Tarsus by ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
813 | ACT | 9 | 31 | vk8y | 0 | General Information: | Verse 31 is a statement that gives an update on the church’s growth. | ||
814 | ACT | 9 | 31 | n7c5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | In verse 32, the story shifts from Saul to a new part of the story about Peter. | ||
815 | ACT | 9 | 31 | s4bn | ἡ…ἐκκλησία καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Σαμαρείας | 1 | the church throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria | This is the first use of the singular church to refer to more than one local congregation. Here it refers to all the believers in all the groups throughout Israel. | |
816 | ACT | 9 | 31 | fh2g | εἶχεν εἰρήνην | 1 | had peace | “lived peacefully.” This means the persecution that started with the murder of Stephen was finished. | |
817 | ACT | 9 | 31 | elq7 | figs-activepassive | οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη | 1 | being built up and going on | The agent was either God or the Holy Spirit. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God helped them grow and to go on” or “the Holy Spirit built them up and they continued on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
818 | ACT | 9 | 31 | j8c9 | figs-metaphor | πορευομένη τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | walking in the fear of the Lord | Traveling is here a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “living in obedience to the Lord” or “continuing to honor the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
819 | ACT | 9 | 31 | hl24 | τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος | 1 | in the comfort of the Holy Spirit | “with the Holy Spirit strengthening and encouraging them” | |
820 | ACT | 9 | 32 | w68g | writing-newevent | ἐγένετο δὲ | 1 | Now it happened that | This phrase is used to mark a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
821 | ACT | 9 | 32 | m9sg | figs-hyperbole | διὰ πάντων | 1 | throughout the whole region | This is an generalization for Peter’s visiting the believers in many places in the region of Judea, Galilee, and Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
822 | ACT | 9 | 32 | ad7g | κατελθεῖν | 1 | to come down | The phrase come down is used here because Lydda is lower in elevation than the other places where he was traveling. | |
823 | ACT | 9 | 32 | g5c4 | Λύδδα | 1 | in Lydda | Lydda is a city located about 18 kilometers southeast of Joppa. This city was called Lod in the Old Testament and in modern Israel. | |
824 | ACT | 9 | 33 | hzd7 | εὗρεν…ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα | 1 | he found there a certain man | Peter was not intentionally searching for a paralyzed person, but happened upon him. Alternate translation: “There Peter met a man” | |
825 | ACT | 9 | 33 | jnc4 | writing-participants | ἄνθρωπόν τινα ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν | 1 | a certain man named Aeneas | This introduces Aeneas as a new character in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
826 | ACT | 9 | 33 | uj5f | writing-background | κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραβάττου, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος | 1 | lying in a bed…who was paralyzed | This is background information about Aeneas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
827 | ACT | 9 | 33 | k7hw | παραλελυμένος | 1 | paralyzed | unable to walk, probably unable to move below the waist | |
828 | ACT | 9 | 34 | ff2a | στρῶσον σεαυτῷ | 1 | make your bed | “roll up your mat” | |
829 | ACT | 9 | 35 | z3fp | figs-hyperbole | πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα | 1 | all who were living in Lydda and in Sharon | This is a generalization referring to many of the people there. Alternate translation: “those who lived in Lydda and in Sharon” or “many people who lived in Lydda and Sharon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
830 | ACT | 9 | 35 | qkv4 | Λύδδα καὶ τὸν Σαρῶνα | 1 | in Lydda and in Sharon | The city of Lydda was located in the Plain of Sharon. | |
831 | ACT | 9 | 35 | pf23 | εἶδαν αὐτὸν | 1 | saw him | It may be helpful to state that they saw that the man was healed. Alternate translation: “saw the man whom Peter had healed” | |
832 | ACT | 9 | 35 | x9yw | figs-metaphor | οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον | 1 | and they turned to the Lord | Here turned to the Lord is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
833 | ACT | 9 | 36 | gy8u | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
834 | ACT | 9 | 36 | du3s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter. | ||
835 | ACT | 9 | 36 | zgq5 | writing-newevent | δέ…ἦν | 1 | Now there was | This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
836 | ACT | 9 | 36 | gwr4 | translate-names | Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται, Δορκάς | 1 | Tabitha, which is translated to say “Dorcas.” | Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean “gazelle.” Alternate translation: “Tabitha, which was Dorcas in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
837 | ACT | 9 | 36 | q2rn | πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν | 1 | full of good works | “doing many good things” | |
838 | ACT | 9 | 37 | mg72 | figs-explicit | ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις | 1 | And it happened that in those days | This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “And it came about while Peter was nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
839 | ACT | 9 | 37 | y8sx | λούσαντες…αὐτὴν | 1 | having washed her | This was washing to prepare for her burial. | |
840 | ACT | 9 | 37 | znj4 | ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ | 1 | they laid her in an upper room | This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process. | |
841 | ACT | 9 | 39 | k1se | εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον | 1 | to the upper room | “to the upstairs room where Dorcas’ body was lying” | |
842 | ACT | 9 | 39 | me79 | πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι | 1 | all the widows | It is possible that all the widows of the town were there since it was not a large town. | |
843 | ACT | 9 | 39 | piu7 | χῆραι | 1 | widows | women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help | |
844 | ACT | 9 | 39 | y6q5 | μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα | 1 | while being with them | “while she was still alive with the disciples” | |
845 | ACT | 9 | 40 | ek9c | writing-endofstory | 0 | The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
846 | ACT | 9 | 40 | yp2u | ἐκβαλὼν…ἔξω πάντας | 1 | put out all of them | “told them all to leave the room.” Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha. | |
847 | ACT | 9 | 41 | r7n6 | δοὺς…αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν | 1 | having given his hand to her, he raised her up | Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up. | |
848 | ACT | 9 | 41 | b73s | τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας | 1 | the saints and the widows | The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them. | |
849 | ACT | 9 | 42 | nda9 | figs-activepassive | γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης | 1 | And this became known throughout all Joppa | This refers to the miracle of Peter’s raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
850 | ACT | 9 | 42 | fyz4 | ἐπίστευσαν…ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον | 1 | believed on the Lord | “believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus” | |
851 | ACT | 9 | 43 | k9ik | writing-newevent | ἐγένετο | 1 | Now it happened that | This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
852 | ACT | 9 | 43 | qar2 | Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ | 1 | Simon, a tanner | “a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins” | |
853 | ACT | 10 | intro | ym7z | 0 | Acts 10 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterUncleanThe Jews believed that they could become unclean in God’s sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God’s people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Baptism and the Holy SpiritThe Holy Spirit “fell on” those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized. | |||
854 | ACT | 10 | 1 | m1vx | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | These verses give background information about Cornelius. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
855 | ACT | 10 | 1 | nfy5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the beginning of the part of the story about Cornelius. | ||
856 | ACT | 10 | 1 | wtb9 | writing-participants | ἀνὴρ δέ τις | 1 | Now there was a certain man | This was a way of introducing a new person to this part of the historical account. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
857 | ACT | 10 | 1 | x476 | ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς | 1 | named Cornelius, a centurion from the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ | “whose name was Cornelius. He was an officer in charge of 100 soldiers from the Italian section of the Roman army. | |
858 | ACT | 10 | 1 | abcd | Σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς | 1 | the regiment that was called ‘Italian.’ | “the Italian Regiment” | |
859 | ACT | 10 | 2 | s6rh | εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | devout and fearing God | “believing in God and seeking to honor and worship God in his life” | |
860 | ACT | 10 | 2 | n8i3 | φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | fearing God | The word fearing here has the sense of deep respect and awe. | |
861 | ACT | 10 | 2 | abce | τῷ λαῷ | 1 | to the people | This here refers to Jewish people who were in need. | |
862 | ACT | 10 | 2 | w2kx | figs-hyperbole | δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός | 1 | praying to God through all | The phrase through all is a generalization. Alternate translation: “he prayed to God a lot” or “he prayed to God regularly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
863 | ACT | 10 | 3 | up3j | ὥραν ἐνάτην | 1 | the ninth hour | “three o’clock in the afternoon.” This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews. | |
864 | ACT | 10 | 3 | g3lv | εἶδεν…φανερῶς | 1 | he clearly saw | “Cornelius clearly saw” | |
865 | ACT | 10 | 4 | abcf | ὁ δὲ, ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ | 1 | But he stared at him | Cornelius looked intently at the angel. | |
866 | ACT | 10 | 4 | abcg | εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ | 1 | And he said to him | “Then the angel said to Cornelius” | |
867 | ACT | 10 | 4 | p5ml | figs-explicit | αἱ προσευχαί σου, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου, ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Your prayers and your alms have gone up for a memorial offering before God | It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: “God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts that have gone up to him as a memorial offering to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
868 | ACT | 10 | 6 | lt9n | βυρσεῖ | 1 | a tanner | a person who makes leather from animal skins | |
869 | ACT | 10 | 7 | g6lq | ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν αὐτῷ | 1 | And when the angel who spoke to him had left | “When Cornelius’ vision of the angel had ended.” | |
870 | ACT | 10 | 7 | i3x7 | στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ | 1 | a devout soldier of those who served him | “one of the soldiers who served him, who also worshiped God.” This soldier worshiped God. That was rare in the Roman army, so Cornelius’ other soldiers probably did not worship God. | |
871 | ACT | 10 | 7 | yg7g | εὐσεβῆ | 1 | devout | An adjective to describe a person who worshiped God and served him. | |
872 | ACT | 10 | 8 | pcg2 | ἐξηγησάμενος ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς | 1 | having told them everything | Cornelius explained his vision to his two servants and to one of his soldiers. | |
873 | ACT | 10 | 8 | d2p3 | ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην | 1 | he sent them to Joppa | “he sent two of his two servants and the one soldier to Joppa” | |
874 | ACT | 10 | 9 | ey9n | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Cornelius’ two servants and the soldier under Cornelius’ command (Acts 10:7). | ||
875 | ACT | 10 | 9 | w3g4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter. | ||
876 | ACT | 10 | 9 | tu7n | περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην | 1 | at about the sixth hour | “at around noon” | |
877 | ACT | 10 | 9 | r6l8 | ἀνέβη…ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα | 1 | went up to the housetop | The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them. | |
878 | ACT | 10 | 10 | slq7 | παρασκευαζόντων…αὐτῶν | 1 | while they were preparing | “before the people finished cooking the food” | |
879 | ACT | 10 | 10 | im7x | figs-activepassive | ἐγένετο ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις | 1 | a vision came upon him | “God gave him a vision” or “he saw a vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
880 | ACT | 10 | 11 | n4hi | θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον | 1 | he sees the sky having been opened | This was the beginning of Peter’s vision. It can be a new sentence. | |
881 | ACT | 10 | 11 | u9u4 | ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς | 1 | like a large sheet…by four corners | The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. | |
882 | ACT | 10 | 11 | jh1m | τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιέμενον | 1 | being let down by four corners | “suspended by its four corners” | |
883 | ACT | 10 | 12 | ua3j | figs-explicit | πάντα τὰ τετράποδα, καὶ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς, καὶ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | all the four-footed animals and creeping things on the earth, and birds of the sky | From Peter’s response in the next verse, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. Alternate translation: “every kind of animal and reptile and bird that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
884 | ACT | 10 | 13 | a2z4 | figs-synecdoche | ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | a voice came to him | The person speaking is not specified. The voice was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
885 | ACT | 10 | 14 | z7r5 | μηδαμῶς | 1 | Not at all | “I will not do that” | |
886 | ACT | 10 | 14 | a2jj | figs-explicit | οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον | 1 | I have never eaten anything defiled and unclean | It is implied that some the animals in the container were unclean as defined by the law of Moses and were not to be eaten by believers who lived before Christ died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
887 | ACT | 10 | 15 | xs5s | figs-123person | ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν | 1 | What God has cleansed | If God is the speaker, he is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “What I, God, have cleansed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
888 | ACT | 10 | 16 | rlr9 | τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς | 1 | this happened three times | It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “This happened three times.” | |
889 | ACT | 10 | 17 | d4zi | διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος | 1 | Peter was very confused…about | This means that Peter was having difficulty understanding what the vision meant. | |
890 | ACT | 10 | 17 | n6da | ἰδοὺ | 1 | behold | The word behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows, in this case, the two men standing at the gate. | |
891 | ACT | 10 | 17 | e62m | figs-explicit | ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα | 1 | stood before the gate | “stood before the gate to the house.” It is implied that this house had a wall with a gate in it to enter the property. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
892 | ACT | 10 | 17 | h72m | διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν | 1 | having found by inquiry the house | This happened before they arrived at the house. This could be stated earlier in the verse, as the UST does. | |
893 | ACT | 10 | 18 | qe9d | φωνήσαντες | 1 | they called out | Cornelius’ men remained outside the gate while asking about Peter. | |
894 | ACT | 10 | 19 | e8ai | διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος | 1 | while…was still thinking about the vision | “as…was still wondering about the meaning of the vision” | |
895 | ACT | 10 | 19 | d9q8 | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | the Spirit | “the Holy Spirit” | |
896 | ACT | 10 | 19 | iqx5 | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Behold | “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: three” | |
897 | ACT | 10 | 19 | va39 | translate-textvariants | ἄνδρες τρεῖς ζητοῦσιν σε | 1 | three men are looking for you | Cornelius sent two of his servants and one soldier. Some ancient texts have a different number of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
898 | ACT | 10 | 20 | ym1x | κατάβηθι | 1 | go down | “go down from the roof of the house” | |
899 | ACT | 10 | 20 | wx4n | πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος | 1 | go with them. Do not hesitate | It would be natural for Peter not to want to go with them, because they were strangers and they were Gentiles. | |
900 | ACT | 10 | 21 | lj1f | ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε | 1 | I am he whom you are seeking | “I am the man you are looking for” | |
901 | ACT | 10 | 22 | i4zh | 0 | General Information: | The words “They” and “them” here refer to the two servants and the soldier from Cornelius (Acts 10:7). | ||
902 | ACT | 10 | 22 | baa3 | figs-activepassive | Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἀνὴρ δίκαιος, καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου, μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ | 1 | Cornelius, a centurion, a man righteous and fearing God, and well-testifed to by the whole nation of the Jews, was instructed by a holy angel to summon you to his house and to hear a word from you | This can be divided into several sentences and stated in active form as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
903 | ACT | 10 | 22 | wvl1 | φοβούμενος τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | fearing God | The word fearing here has the sense of deep respect and awe. | |
904 | ACT | 10 | 22 | gv91 | figs-hyperbole | ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | the whole nation of the Jews | This number of people is exaggerated with the word whole to emphasize how widely this was known among the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
905 | ACT | 10 | 23 | jlc7 | εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν | 1 | Therefore, having invited them in, he hosted them | The journey to Caesarea was too long for them to begin that afternoon. | |
906 | ACT | 10 | 23 | shs5 | ἐξένισεν | 1 | he hosted them | “he invited them to be his guests” | |
907 | ACT | 10 | 23 | t7cz | τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης | 1 | some of the brothers who were from Joppa | This refers to believers who lived in Joppa. | |
908 | ACT | 10 | 24 | c3s6 | τῇ…ἐπαύριον | 1 | the following day | This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day. | |
909 | ACT | 10 | 24 | g2up | ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς | 1 | And Cornelius was waiting for them | “And Cornelius expected them” | |
910 | ACT | 10 | 25 | wxt8 | ὡς…τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον | 1 | as Peter entered | “when Peter entered the house” | |
911 | ACT | 10 | 25 | b4pn | translate-symaction | πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας | 1 | and falling down at his feet | “and kneeling down and putting his face close to Peter’s feet.” He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
912 | ACT | 10 | 25 | u2x5 | πεσὼν | 1 | and falling down | He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping. | |
913 | ACT | 10 | 26 | s7n5 | ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι | 1 | Get up! I too am a man myself | This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: “Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are” | |
914 | ACT | 10 | 27 | f9x6 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The word “him” here refers to Cornelius. Here the words “You” and “you” are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
915 | ACT | 10 | 27 | bg7b | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius’ house. | ||
916 | ACT | 10 | 27 | twp9 | figs-explicit | συνεληλυθότας πολλούς | 1 | many people gathered together | “many Gentile people gathered together.” It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
917 | ACT | 10 | 28 | g7j7 | ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε | 1 | You yourselves know | Peter is addressing Cornelius and his invited guests. | |
918 | ACT | 10 | 28 | iyx6 | ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ | 1 | how unlawful it is for a Jewish man | “that it is forbidden for a Jewish man.” This refers to the Jewish religious law. | |
919 | ACT | 10 | 28 | k3we | ἀλλοφύλῳ | 1 | a foreigner | This refers to people who were not Jews and not specifically to where they lived. | |
920 | ACT | 10 | 30 | krz8 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | In verses 31 and 32 Cornelius quotes what the angel had said to him when he appeared to him at the ninth hour. The words “you” and “your” are all singular. The word “we” here does not include Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
921 | ACT | 10 | 30 | n5fs | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Cornelius responds to Peter’s question. | ||
922 | ACT | 10 | 30 | na4u | ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας | 1 | Four days ago | Cornelius is referring to the day before the third night before he is speaking to Peter. Biblical culture counts the current day, so the day before three nights ago is four days ago. Current Western culture does not count the current day, so many Western translations read, “three days ago.” | |
923 | ACT | 10 | 30 | mqv8 | translate-textvariants | προσευχόμενος | 1 | praying | Some ancient authorities say “fasting and praying” instead of simply praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) |
924 | ACT | 10 | 30 | yy6e | τὴν ἐνάτην | 1 | at the ninth hour | The normal afternoon time when the Jews pray to God. | |
925 | ACT | 10 | 31 | heh3 | figs-activepassive | εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ | 1 | your prayer has been heard | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has heard your prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
926 | ACT | 10 | 31 | s6nz | ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | have been remembered before God | “brought you to God’s attention.” This does not imply that God had forgotten. | |
927 | ACT | 10 | 32 | ci31 | μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα, ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος | 1 | summon Simon who is called Peter | “tell Simon who is also called Peter to come to you” | |
928 | ACT | 10 | 33 | p5ee | ἐξαυτῆς | 1 | immediately | “right away” | |
929 | ACT | 10 | 33 | ruf3 | σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος | 1 | and you did well in coming | This expression is a polite way of thanking Peter for coming. Alternate translation: “and I certainly thank you for coming” | |
930 | ACT | 10 | 33 | ry21 | ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | before God | This refers to the presence of God. | |
931 | ACT | 10 | 33 | xt4x | figs-activepassive | τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | that you have been instructed by the Lord | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Lord has told you to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
932 | ACT | 10 | 34 | ku8u | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter begins speaking to everyone in the house of Cornelius. | ||
933 | ACT | 10 | 34 | cyn8 | ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν | 1 | And Peter opened his mouth and said | “And Peter began to speak to them” | |
934 | ACT | 10 | 34 | ha31 | ἐπ’ ἀληθείας | 1 | In truth | This means that what he is about to say is especially important to know. | |
935 | ACT | 10 | 34 | iii7 | οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήμπτης ὁ Θεός | 1 | God is not one who shows partiality | “God does not favor certain people” | |
936 | ACT | 10 | 35 | j78e | ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν | 1 | the one who fears him and works righteous deeds is acceptable to him | “he accepts anyone who worships him and does righteous deeds” | |
937 | ACT | 10 | 35 | b5cr | φοβούμενος | 1 | fears | The word fears here has the sense of deep respect and awe. | |
938 | ACT | 10 | 36 | bjk7 | 0 | General Information: | The word “him” here refers to Jesus. | ||
939 | ACT | 10 | 36 | sv4s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter continues to talk to Cornelius and his guests. | ||
940 | ACT | 10 | 36 | md1l | οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων Κύριος | 1 | he is Lord of all | Here all means “all people.” | |
941 | ACT | 10 | 37 | ch65 | figs-hyperbole | καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας | 1 | throughout all Judea | The word all is a generalization. Alternate translation: “throughout Judea” or “in many places in Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
942 | ACT | 10 | 37 | sq2i | μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης | 1 | after the baptism that John proclaimed | “after John preached to the people to repent and then baptized them” | |
943 | ACT | 10 | 38 | jtr3 | Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει; ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus who is from Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power, who went about doing good and healing all who were oppressed by the devil, for God was with him | This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. | |
944 | ACT | 10 | 38 | ku82 | figs-metaphor | ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει | 1 | God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power | The Holy Spirit and God’s power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
945 | ACT | 10 | 38 | y5ya | figs-hyperbole | πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου | 1 | all who were oppressed by the devil | The word all is a generalization. Alternate translation: “those who were oppressed by the devil” or “many people who were oppressed by the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
946 | ACT | 10 | 38 | tj3u | figs-idiom | ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | God was with him | The idiom was with him means “was helping him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
947 | ACT | 10 | 39 | kal7 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The words “We” and “we” here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words “he” and “him” here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
948 | ACT | 10 | 39 | sx3a | ἔν…τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | in the country of the Jews | This refers mainly to Judea at that time. | |
949 | ACT | 10 | 39 | z4dt | κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου | 1 | by hanging him on a tree | This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: “by nailing him to a wooden cross” | |
950 | ACT | 10 | 40 | cxj5 | figs-idiom | τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν | 1 | but God raised up this one | Here raised up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “but God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
951 | ACT | 10 | 40 | w8kv | τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | on the third day | “on the third day after he died” | |
952 | ACT | 10 | 40 | iz8l | ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι | 1 | caused him to be seen | “permitted many people to see him after he was raised from the dead” | |
953 | ACT | 10 | 41 | q7d1 | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. | |
954 | ACT | 10 | 42 | ik96 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “us” includes Peter and believers. It excludes his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
955 | ACT | 10 | 42 | zne5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes his speech to everyone in the house of Cornelius, which he began in Acts 10:34. | ||
956 | ACT | 10 | 42 | c1ak | figs-activepassive | ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | that he is the one who has been chosen by God | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God chose this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
957 | ACT | 10 | 42 | ws4t | figs-nominaladj | ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν | 1 | of the living and the dead | This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: “of the people who are alive and the people who are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
958 | ACT | 10 | 43 | ub5d | τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν | 1 | To this one, all the prophets bear witness that | “All the prophets bear witness to Jesus that” | |
959 | ACT | 10 | 43 | vq6l | figs-activepassive | ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins through his name | This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
960 | ACT | 10 | 43 | y6d1 | figs-metonymy | διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | through his name | Here his name refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: “through what Jesus has done for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
961 | ACT | 10 | 44 | cz7x | ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον | 1 | the Holy Spirit fell | Here the word fell means “happened suddenly.” Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit suddenly came” | |
962 | ACT | 10 | 44 | wf7u | πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας | 1 | all of those who were listening | Here all refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter. | |
963 | ACT | 10 | 45 | j6wt | ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος | 1 | the gift of the Holy Spirit | This refers to the Holy Spirit himself who was given to them. | |
964 | ACT | 10 | 45 | g161 | figs-activepassive | ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται | 1 | the gift of the Holy Spirit was poured out | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God poured out the Holy Spirit as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
965 | ACT | 10 | 45 | mqs8 | figs-metaphor | ἐκκέχυται | 1 | was poured out | The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: “was generously given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
966 | ACT | 10 | 45 | f33n | καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | also on the Gentiles | Here also refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers. | |
967 | ACT | 10 | 46 | w58d | 0 | General Information: | The words “he” and “him” refer to Peter. | ||
968 | ACT | 10 | 46 | mpg5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius. | ||
969 | ACT | 10 | 46 | p6pa | λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν | 1 | speaking with tongues and praising God | These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God. | |
970 | ACT | 10 | 47 | u5d5 | figs-rquestion | μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ δύναται κωλῦσαί τις τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔλαβον, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς? | 1 | No one is able to withhold water, is he, that these are not baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as we also did? | Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: “No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received the Holy Spirit just as we did!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
971 | ACT | 10 | 48 | t2y9 | figs-explicit | προσέταξεν…αὐτοὺς…βαπτισθῆναι | 1 | he commanded them to be baptized | It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: “Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them” or “Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
972 | ACT | 10 | 48 | ax6x | figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι | 1 | be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ | Here in the name of Jesus Christ expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: “be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
973 | ACT | 11 | intro | hva5 | 0 | Acts 11 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapter“The Gentiles also had received the word of God”Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to “receive the word of God.” Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit. | |||
974 | ACT | 11 | 1 | uw5m | 0 | General Information: | This is the beginning of a new event in the story. | ||
975 | ACT | 11 | 1 | j7f7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there. | ||
976 | ACT | 11 | 1 | ab75 | writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | Now | This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
977 | ACT | 11 | 1 | f1md | οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ | 2 | the brothers | The phrase the brothers here refers to the believers in Judea. | |
978 | ACT | 11 | 1 | q8wl | οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν | 1 | who were throughout Judea | “who were throughout the province of Judea” | |
979 | ACT | 11 | 1 | w3rx | figs-metonymy | ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | had received the word of God | This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “had believed the message of God about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
980 | ACT | 11 | 2 | kb4m | ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | came up to Jerusalem | Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it. | |
981 | ACT | 11 | 2 | yar6 | figs-metonymy | οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς | 1 | those from the circumcision | This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
982 | ACT | 11 | 3 | ah7v | figs-metonymy | ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας | 1 | uncircumcised men | The phrase uncircumcised men refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
983 | ACT | 11 | 3 | t9e1 | συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | ate with them | It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles. | |
984 | ACT | 11 | 4 | lrh6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius’ house. | ||
985 | ACT | 11 | 4 | bfp5 | ἀρξάμενος…Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο | 1 | Peter began to explain | Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner. | |
986 | ACT | 11 | 4 | nuy6 | καθεξῆς | 1 | in an orderly manner | “exactly what happened” | |
987 | ACT | 11 | 5 | j37p | ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην | 1 | like a large sheet | The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in Acts 10:11. | |
988 | ACT | 11 | 5 | axu6 | τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς | 1 | by its four corners | “suspended by its four corners.” See how you translated this in Acts 10:11. | |
989 | ACT | 11 | 6 | lbh4 | figs-explicit | τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς, καὶ τὰ θηρία, καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | the four-legged animals of the earth, and the wild beasts, and the creeping animals, and the birds of the sky | From Peter’s response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 10:12. Alternate translation: “many kinds of animals and reptiles and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
990 | ACT | 11 | 6 | ew64 | θηρία | 1 | wild beasts | This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control. | |
991 | ACT | 11 | 6 | t36i | ἑρπετὰ | 1 | creeping animals | These are reptiles. | |
992 | ACT | 11 | 7 | i5ic | figs-synecdoche | ἤκουσα…φωνῆς | 1 | I heard…a voice | The person speaking is not specified. The voice was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated a voice in Acts 10:13. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
993 | ACT | 11 | 8 | m4mu | μηδαμῶς | 1 | By no means | “I will not do that.” See how you translated this in Acts 10:14. | |
994 | ACT | 11 | 8 | m5p5 | figs-metonymy | κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου | 1 | the profane or unclean has never entered into my mouth | Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
995 | ACT | 11 | 8 | kj91 | ἀκάθαρτον | 1 | unclean | In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually unclean in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals. | |
996 | ACT | 11 | 9 | n2gn | figs-metonymy | ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου | 1 | What God has cleansed, do not call unclean | This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
997 | ACT | 11 | 10 | xrq6 | τοῦτο…ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς | 1 | this happened three times | It is possible that everything Peter saw happened did not happen three times, but that the phrase, “What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled,” was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say “this happened three times.” See how you translated This happened three times in Acts 10:16. | |
998 | ACT | 11 | 11 | ias8 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here “we” refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
999 | ACT | 11 | 11 | b2qv | ἰδοὺ | 1 | behold | This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. | |
1000 | ACT | 11 | 11 | k44j | ἐξαυτῆς | 1 | right away | “immediately” or “at that exact moment” | |
1001 | ACT | 11 | 11 | qwn5 | figs-activepassive | ἀπεσταλμένοι | 1 | having been sent | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1002 | ACT | 11 | 12 | lf6m | μηδὲν διακρίναντα | 1 | not making any distinction | “not being concerned that they were Gentiles” | |
1003 | ACT | 11 | 12 | cf8x | ἦλθον…σὺν ἐμοὶ | 1 | went with me | went with me to Caesarea” | |
1004 | ACT | 11 | 12 | xrc6 | οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι | 1 | these six brothers | “these six Jewish believers” | |
1005 | ACT | 11 | 12 | w6ia | εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός | 1 | into the house of the man | This refers to the house of Cornelius. | |
1006 | ACT | 11 | 13 | few6 | Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον | 1 | Simon, who is called Peter | “Simon, who is also called Peter.” See how you translated the same phrase in Acts 10:32. | |
1007 | ACT | 11 | 14 | hpr2 | figs-metonymy | πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου | 1 | all your household | This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: “everyone who lives in your house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1008 | ACT | 11 | 15 | qy12 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “us” refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1009 | ACT | 11 | 15 | a8jw | ἐν…τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς | 1 | as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit came on them | This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more. | |
1010 | ACT | 11 | 15 | ak2p | figs-ellipsis | ἐπέπεσεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ | 1 | the Holy Spirit came on them, just as also on us in the beginning | Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he also came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1011 | ACT | 11 | 15 | th4m | ἐν ἀρχῇ | 1 | in the beginning | Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost. | |
1012 | ACT | 11 | 16 | v116 | figs-activepassive | ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ | 1 | you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1013 | ACT | 11 | 17 | pe42 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The word “them” refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word “they” refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word “us” includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1014 | ACT | 11 | 17 | e576 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes his speech (which he began in Acts 11:4) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius. | ||
1015 | ACT | 11 | 17 | u3nu | figs-rquestion | εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς, ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν Θεόν? | 1 | If, therefore, God gave to them the same gift as also to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, who was I, able to oppose God? | Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: “Since God gave to them the same gift as he also gave to us when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, I decided that I could not oppose God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1016 | ACT | 11 | 17 | y7ag | τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν | 1 | the same gift | Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit. | |
1017 | ACT | 11 | 18 | nr7g | ἡσύχασαν | 1 | they became quiet | “they did not argue with Peter” | |
1018 | ACT | 11 | 18 | z3fy | figs-abstractnouns | καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν | 1 | God has given repentance unto life to the Gentiles also | “God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also.” Here **life** refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns **repentance** and **life** can be translated as the verbs “repent” and “live.” Alternate translation: “God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1019 | ACT | 11 | 19 | zck4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen. | ||
1020 | ACT | 11 | 19 | bwb8 | writing-newevent | οὖν | 1 | Then | This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
1021 | ACT | 11 | 19 | m3i7 | οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον | 1 | those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen spread | The Jews began persecuting Jesus’ followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus’ followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places. | |
1022 | ACT | 11 | 19 | whm6 | figs-activepassive | οἱ…διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ | 1 | those who had been scattered from the persecution that happened over Stephen | This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jews had been persecuting after they killed Stephen, who had left Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1023 | ACT | 11 | 19 | vx4b | τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ | 1 | the persecution that arose over Stephen | the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done | |
1024 | ACT | 11 | 19 | w5jn | διῆλθον | 1 | spread | “went in many different directions” | |
1025 | ACT | 11 | 19 | c8ha | μόνον Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | only to Jews | The believers thought God’s message was for the Jewish people, and not for the Gentiles. | |
1026 | ACT | 11 | 20 | mww9 | figs-explicit | ἐλάλουν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς | 1 | and spoke also to Greeks | These Greek-speaking people were Gentiles, not Jews. Alternate translation: “and also spoke to Gentiles who spoke Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1027 | ACT | 11 | 21 | aj5g | figs-metonymy | ἦν χεὶρ Κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | The hand of the Lord was with them | God’s **hand** signifies his powerful help. Alternate translation: “God was powerfully enabling those believers to preach effectively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1028 | ACT | 11 | 21 | n9pq | figs-metaphor | ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον | 1 | turned to the Lord | Here **turned to the Lord** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and they repented of their sins and began to obey the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1029 | ACT | 11 | 22 | mrg9 | 0 | General Information: | In these verses, the word “he” refers to Barnabas. The word “they” refers to the believers of the church at Jerusalem. The words “them” and “their” refer to the new believers (Acts 11:20). | ||
1030 | ACT | 11 | 22 | i7vs | figs-metonymy | τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας | 1 | the ears of the church | Here **ears** refers to the believers’ hearing about the event. Alternate translation: “the believers in the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1031 | ACT | 11 | 23 | b7w7 | ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | saw the grace that is of God | “saw how God acted kindly toward the believers” | |
1032 | ACT | 11 | 23 | m1q9 | παρεκάλει πάντας | 1 | exhorted them all | “kept on encouraging them” | |
1033 | ACT | 11 | 23 | qlu4 | προσμένειν τῷ Κυρίῳ | 1 | to remain with the Lord | “to remain faithful to the Lord” or “to continue to trust in the Lord” | |
1034 | ACT | 11 | 23 | bz6w | figs-metonymy | τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας | 1 | with purpose of heart | Here the **heart** refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “with all their will” or “with complete commitment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1035 | ACT | 11 | 24 | he5z | πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | full of the Holy Spirit | The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit. | |
1036 | ACT | 11 | 24 | e57t | figs-metonymy | προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ | 1 | a considerable crowd was added to the Lord | Here **added** means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: “many more people also believed in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1037 | ACT | 11 | 25 | yhl6 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Barnabas and “him” refers to Saul. | ||
1038 | ACT | 11 | 25 | dm92 | ἐξῆλθεν…εἰς Ταρσὸν | 1 | he went out to Tarsus | “he went out to the city of Tarsus” | |
1039 | ACT | 11 | 26 | hu2g | καὶ εὑρὼν | 1 | and when he found him | It probably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul. | |
1040 | ACT | 11 | 26 | wf5l | writing-newevent | ἐγένετο | 1 | It happened that | This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
1041 | ACT | 11 | 26 | w4dz | αὐτοῖς…συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ | 1 | they were gathered together with the church | “Barnabas and Saul were gathered together with the church” | |
1042 | ACT | 11 | 26 | x8gx | figs-activepassive | χρηματίσαι τε πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς, Χριστιανούς | 1 | And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch | This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The people of Antioch were the first to call the disciples Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1043 | ACT | 11 | 26 | r6sl | πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ | 1 | first in Antioch | “for the first time in Antioch” | |
1044 | ACT | 11 | 27 | pz7y | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1045 | ACT | 11 | 27 | h6zw | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line. | |
1046 | ACT | 11 | 27 | d8bb | κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων…εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν | 1 | came down from Jerusalem to Antioch | Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it. | |
1047 | ACT | 11 | 28 | wyk8 | ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος | 1 | named Agabus | “whose name was Agabus” | |
1048 | ACT | 11 | 28 | q3tl | ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος | 1 | and indicated by the Spirit that | “and the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy that” | |
1049 | ACT | 11 | 28 | l3iz | λιμὸν μεγάλην μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι | 1 | a great famine was about to occur | “a great shortage of food would happen” | |
1050 | ACT | 11 | 28 | pd2t | figs-hyperbole | ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην | 1 | over the whole world | This was a generalization referring to the part of the world that they were interested in. Alternate translation: “all over the inhabited world” or “throughout the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1051 | ACT | 11 | 28 | jmc5 | figs-explicit | ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου | 1 | in the days of Claudius | Luke’s audience would know that Claudius was the emperor of Rome at that time. Alternate translation: “when Claudius was the Roman emperor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1052 | ACT | 11 | 29 | lhp8 | 0 | General Information: | The words “They” and “they” refer to the believers in the church in Antioch (Acts 11:27). | ||
1053 | ACT | 11 | 29 | de92 | δὲ | 1 | So | This word means marks an event that happened because of something else that happened first. In this case, they sent money because of Agabus’ prophesy or the famine. | |
1054 | ACT | 11 | 29 | rk9z | καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις | 1 | just as anyone prospered | The richer people sent more; the poorer people sent less. | |
1055 | ACT | 11 | 29 | up7a | τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς | 1 | to the brothers living in Judea | “to the believers in Judea” | |
1056 | ACT | 11 | 30 | l8i8 | figs-idiom | διὰ χειρὸς Βαρναβᾶ καὶ Σαύλου | 1 | by the hand of Barnabas and Saul | Here **hand** is a synecdoche for the action of the whole person. Alternate translation: “by having Barnabas and Saul take to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1057 | ACT | 12 | intro | f66j | 0 | Acts 12 General NotesStructure and formattingChapter 12 tells what happened to King Herod while Barnabas was bringing Saul back from Tarsus and they were delivering money from Antioch Jerusalem (11:25-30). He killed many of the leaders of the church, and he put Peter in prison. After God helped Peter escape the prison, Herod killed the prison guards, and then God killed Herod. In the last verse of the chapter, Luke tells how Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch. Important figures of speech in this chapterPersonificationThe “word of God” is spoken of as if it were a living thing that could grow and become many. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |||
1058 | ACT | 12 | 1 | u4w7 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | This is background information about Herod’s killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1059 | ACT | 12 | 1 | ua9p | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins the new persecution, first of James’ death and then of Peter’s imprisonment and then release. | ||
1060 | ACT | 12 | 1 | ti1y | writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | Now | This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
1061 | ACT | 12 | 1 | f2gr | κατ’ ἐκεῖνον…τὸν καιρὸν | 1 | about that time | This refers to the time of the famine. | |
1062 | ACT | 12 | 1 | zy6y | figs-idiom | ἐπέβαλεν…τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | laid hands on | This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in Acts 5:18. Alternate translation: “sent soldiers to arrest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1063 | ACT | 12 | 1 | u1gv | figs-explicit | τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας | 1 | some of those from the church | Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1064 | ACT | 12 | 1 | s7lc | κακῶσαί | 1 | to harm them | “in order to cause the believers to suffer” | |
1065 | ACT | 12 | 2 | aw4t | ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον, τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου, μαχαίρῃ | 1 | And he killed James, the brother of John, with the sword | This tells the manner in which James was killed. | |
1066 | ACT | 12 | 2 | r1zv | figs-metonymy | ἀνεῖλεν…Ἰάκωβον | 1 | he killed James | Possible meanings are (1) Herod himself killed James or (2) Herod ordered someone to kill James. Alternate translation: “Herod gave the order and they killed James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1067 | ACT | 12 | 3 | pms7 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Herod (Acts 12:1). | ||
1068 | ACT | 12 | 3 | v4ag | ἰδὼν δὲ ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | And when he saw that this is pleasing to the Jews | “And when Herod realized that putting James to death pleased the Jewish leaders” | |
1069 | ACT | 12 | 3 | cu7s | ὅτι…ἐστιν | 1 | that this is | “that Herod did this” or “that this happened” | |
1070 | ACT | 12 | 3 | wpm1 | ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | this is pleasing to the Jews | “made the Jewish leaders happy” | |
1071 | ACT | 12 | 3 | ly66 | ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων | 1 | the days of unleavened bread | This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: “the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast” | |
1072 | ACT | 12 | 4 | pps1 | τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν | 1 | to four squads of soldiers | “to four groups of soldiers.” Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24-hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance. | |
1073 | ACT | 12 | 4 | i23a | βουλόμενος…ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ | 1 | he was intending to bring him out to the people | “Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people” or “Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people” | |
1074 | ACT | 12 | 5 | v2yz | figs-activepassive | ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ | 1 | So Peter was kept in the prison | This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1075 | ACT | 12 | 5 | f8qc | figs-activepassive | προσευχὴ…ἦν ἐκτενῶς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | prayer was being made earnestly to God for him by the church | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1076 | ACT | 12 | 5 | g189 | ἐκτενῶς | 1 | earnestly | continuously and with dedication | |
1077 | ACT | 12 | 6 | km83 | figs-explicit | ἤμελλεν προαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἡρῴδης τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ | 1 | Herod was going to bring him out for trial, that night | That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: “the same night before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1078 | ACT | 12 | 6 | g2bh | δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν | 1 | bound with two chains | “tied with two chains” or “fastened with two chains.” Each chain would have been attached to one of the two guards who stayed beside Peter. | |
1079 | ACT | 12 | 6 | aqv1 | ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν | 1 | were keeping watch over the prison | “were guarding the prison doors” | |
1080 | ACT | 12 | 7 | kk4i | 0 | General Information: | The words “him” and “his” refer to Peter. | ||
1081 | ACT | 12 | 7 | i7g3 | ἰδοὺ | 1 | behold | This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. | |
1082 | ACT | 12 | 7 | lu25 | ἐπέστη | 1 | appeared by him | “appeared next to him” or “suddenly stood beside him” | |
1083 | ACT | 12 | 7 | z2i1 | ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι | 1 | in the prison cell | “in the prison room” | |
1084 | ACT | 12 | 7 | dc5b | πατάξας…τοῦ Πέτρου | 1 | he struck Peter | “the angel tapped Peter” or “the angel poked Peter.” Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him. | |
1085 | ACT | 12 | 7 | dqn9 | ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν | 1 | his chains fell away from his hands | The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them. | |
1086 | ACT | 12 | 8 | hxt9 | ἐποίησεν…οὕτως | 1 | he did thus | “Peter did what the angel told him to do” or “Peter obeyed” | |
1087 | ACT | 12 | 8 | abch | λέγει αὐτῷ | 1 | he said to him | “the angel said to Peter” | |
1088 | ACT | 12 | 9 | gx77 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “He” refers to Peter. The words “they” and “They” refer to Peter and the angel. | ||
1089 | ACT | 12 | 9 | abci | ἠκολούθει | 1 | he followed him | “Peter followed the angel” | |
1090 | ACT | 12 | 9 | sh8k | οὐκ ᾔδει | 1 | he did not know | “he did not understand” | |
1091 | ACT | 12 | 9 | p9ty | figs-activepassive | ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου | 1 | what is done by the angel is real | This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: “the actions of the angel were real” or “what the angel did truly happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1092 | ACT | 12 | 10 | r7gy | figs-explicit | διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν | 1 | But when they had passed by the first guard and the second | It is implied that the soldiers were not able to see Peter and the angel as they walked by. Alternate translation: “The first and second guards did not see them as they passed by, and then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1093 | ACT | 12 | 10 | c18q | διελθόντες | 1 | when they had passed by | “when they had walked by” | |
1094 | ACT | 12 | 10 | e36s | figs-ellipsis | καὶ δευτέραν | 1 | and the second | The word **guard** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and the second guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1095 | ACT | 12 | 10 | y86k | ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν | 1 | they came to the iron gate | “Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate” | |
1096 | ACT | 12 | 10 | if3c | τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν | 1 | that led into the city | “that opened to the city” or “that went from the prison to the city” | |
1097 | ACT | 12 | 10 | i3st | figs-rpronouns | ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς | 1 | it opened for them by itself | Here **by itself** means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: “the gate swung open for them” or “the gate opened itself for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
1098 | ACT | 12 | 10 | j268 | προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν | 1 | they went down a street | “they walked along a street” | |
1099 | ACT | 12 | 10 | fl89 | εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | right away the angel went away from him | “the angel left Peter suddenly” or “suddenly the angel disappeared” | |
1100 | ACT | 12 | 11 | wlb6 | figs-idiom | καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος | 1 | And when Peter had come to himself | This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “And when Peter became fully awake and alert” or “And when Peter became aware that what had happened was real” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1101 | ACT | 12 | 11 | ue4k | figs-metonymy | ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου | 1 | delivered me from the hand of Herod | Here **the hand of Herod** refers to “Herod’s power” or “Herod’s plans.” Alternate translation: “brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1102 | ACT | 12 | 11 | hw63 | ἐξείλατό με | 1 | delivered me | “rescued me” | |
1103 | ACT | 12 | 11 | p739 | figs-synecdoche | πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | from all the expectations of the Jewish people | Here “the people of the Jews” probably referred mainly to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “from all that the Jewish leaders thought would happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1104 | ACT | 12 | 12 | tfh3 | συνιδών | 1 | having realized this | He became aware that God had rescued him. | |
1105 | ACT | 12 | 12 | ux4v | figs-activepassive | Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου | 1 | of John, who was called Mark | John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John, whom people also called Mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1106 | ACT | 12 | 13 | x5fg | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “she” and “her” all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they” and “They” refer to the people who were inside praying (Acts 12:12). | ||
1107 | ACT | 12 | 13 | pfn7 | κρούσαντος…αὐτοῦ | 1 | when he knocked | “when Peter knocked.” Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture. | |
1108 | ACT | 12 | 13 | c634 | τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος | 1 | at the door of the gate | “at the outer door” or “at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard” | |
1109 | ACT | 12 | 13 | khq1 | προσῆλθε…ὑπακοῦσαι | 1 | came to answer | “came to the gate to ask who was knocking” | |
1110 | ACT | 12 | 14 | y2ff | ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς | 1 | from joy | “because she was so joyful” or “being overly excited” | |
1111 | ACT | 12 | 14 | m3m7 | οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα | 1 | she did not open the gate | “she did not open the door” or “she forgot to open the door” | |
1112 | ACT | 12 | 14 | ky3p | εἰσδραμοῦσα | 1 | running inside | You may prefer to say “went running into the room in the house” | |
1113 | ACT | 12 | 14 | yq3r | ἀπήγγειλεν | 1 | she reported | “she told them” or “she said” | |
1114 | ACT | 12 | 14 | a19k | ἑστάναι…πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος | 1 | stands at the gate | “is standing outside the door.” Peter was still standing outside. | |
1115 | ACT | 12 | 15 | ybz7 | μαίνῃ | 1 | You are insane | The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: “You are crazy” | |
1116 | ACT | 12 | 15 | xnm2 | ἡ…διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν | 1 | she insisted that it was thus | “she insisted that what she said was true” | |
1117 | ACT | 12 | 15 | en8b | οἱ…ἔλεγον | 2 | they said | “they answered” | |
1118 | ACT | 12 | 15 | qa8m | ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | It is his angel | “What you have seen is Peter’s angel.” Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter’s angel had come to them. | |
1119 | ACT | 12 | 16 | wwg1 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the people in the house. The words “He” and “he” refer to Peter. | ||
1120 | ACT | 12 | 16 | bi6l | ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων | 1 | But Peter continued knocking | The word “continued” means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking. | |
1121 | ACT | 12 | 17 | jx1a | ἀπαγγείλατε…ταῦτα | 1 | Report these things | “Tell these things” | |
1122 | ACT | 12 | 17 | jf16 | τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς | 1 | the brothers | “the other believers” | |
1123 | ACT | 12 | 18 | blx5 | 0 | General Information: | The word “him” here refers to Peter. The word “he” refers to Herod. | ||
1124 | ACT | 12 | 18 | ail9 | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day. | |
1125 | ACT | 12 | 18 | iqv4 | γενομένης…ἡμέρας | 1 | when it became day | “in the morning” | |
1126 | ACT | 12 | 18 | zl7i | figs-litotes | ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο | 1 | there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what therefore had happened to Peter | This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: “there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1127 | ACT | 12 | 18 | ilz4 | figs-abstractnouns | ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο | 1 | there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter | The abstract noun disturbance can be expressed with the words “disturbed” or “upset.” Alternate translation: “the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1128 | ACT | 12 | 19 | pz6v | Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν | 1 | And Herod, having searched for him | Possible meanings are that (1) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison” or (2) “And when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison.” | |
1129 | ACT | 12 | 19 | c69i | ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι | 1 | questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death | It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped. | |
1130 | ACT | 12 | 19 | br16 | καὶ κατελθὼν | 1 | And having gone down | The phrase having gone down is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea. | |
1131 | ACT | 12 | 20 | n2lw | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke continues with another event in Herod’s life. | ||
1132 | ACT | 12 | 20 | aip7 | writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) |
1133 | ACT | 12 | 20 | gxs4 | figs-hyperbole | ὁμοθυμαδὸν…παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν | 1 | they went to him together | Here the word they is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: “men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1134 | ACT | 12 | 20 | t6mi | πείσαντες Βλάστον | 1 | having persuaded Blastus | “these men persuaded Blastus” | |
1135 | ACT | 12 | 20 | qsg4 | translate-names | Βλάστον | 1 | Blastus | Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1136 | ACT | 12 | 20 | l5r1 | ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην | 1 | they asked for peace | “these men requested peace” | |
1137 | ACT | 12 | 20 | j253 | figs-explicit | τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς | 1 | their food for their country was from the king’s country | They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: “the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1138 | ACT | 12 | 20 | dy51 | figs-explicit | τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν | 1 | their food | It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1139 | ACT | 12 | 21 | e3w9 | τακτῇ…ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | on a set day | This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: “on the day when Herod agreed to meet them” | |
1140 | ACT | 12 | 21 | kv7g | ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν | 1 | in royal clothing | expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king | |
1141 | ACT | 12 | 21 | g6ir | καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος | 1 | sitting on the throne | This was where Herod formally addressed people who came to see him. | |
1142 | ACT | 12 | 22 | ze1s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Herod. | ||
1143 | ACT | 12 | 23 | b4bc | παραχρῆμα…ἄγγελος | 1 | immediately an angel | “right away an angel” or “while the people were still praising Herod, an angel” | |
1144 | ACT | 12 | 23 | b5s9 | ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν | 1 | struck him | “afflicted Herod” or “caused Herod to become very ill” | |
1145 | ACT | 12 | 23 | iw57 | οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ | 1 | he did not give the glory to God | Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God. | |
1146 | ACT | 12 | 23 | d419 | figs-activepassive | γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν | 1 | becoming worm-eaten, he died | Here worm refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “worms ate Herod’s insides and he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1147 | ACT | 12 | 24 | j2un | writing-endofstory | 0 | Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
1148 | ACT | 12 | 24 | m1sw | figs-metaphor | ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο | 1 | the word of God increased and was multiplied | The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: “the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1149 | ACT | 12 | 24 | wn8m | ὁ…λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the word of God | “the message God sent about Jesus” | |
1150 | ACT | 12 | 25 | t7d8 | Βαρναβᾶς δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ | 1 | And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem | Although some ancient copies read “Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem,” the reading of “to Jerusalem” is probably correct. We know they went back to Antioch from Jerusalem, Therefore, this verse may indicate that they went somewhere else in Judea, and then returned to Jerusalem before they went back to Antioch. | |
1151 | ACT | 12 | 25 | pv6a | figs-explicit | πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν | 1 | having completed their service | This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in Acts 11:29-30. Alternate translation: “when they had delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1152 | ACT | 13 | intro | rlh6 | 0 | Acts 13 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41. The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus. Special concepts in this chapterA light for the GentilesThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) | |||
1153 | ACT | 13 | 1 | ce7s | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 1 gives background information about the people in the church at Antioch. Here the first word “they” probably refers to these five leaders but may also include the other believers. The next words “they” and “their” probably refer to the other three leaders not including Barnabas and Saul but could include other believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1154 | ACT | 13 | 1 | qa2i | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke begins to tell about the mission trips on which the church at Antioch send Barnabas and Saul. | ||
1155 | ACT | 13 | 1 | rej8 | δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν | 1 | Now there were in Antioch, in the church that was there | “At that time in the church at Antioch” | |
1156 | ACT | 13 | 1 | srw6 | translate-names | Συμεὼν…Νίγερ…Λούκιος…Μαναήν | 1 | Simeon…Niger…Lucius…Manaen | These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1157 | ACT | 13 | 1 | u48c | Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος | 1 | one brought up with Herod the tetrarch | Manaen was probably Herod’s playmate or close friend growing up. Some scholars suggest he was Herod‘s foster brother. | |
1158 | ACT | 13 | 2 | ifb9 | ἀφορίσατε | 1 | Set apart | “Appoint to serve” | |
1159 | ACT | 13 | 2 | j6ym | προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς | 1 | I have called them | The verb here means that God chose them to do this work. | |
1160 | ACT | 13 | 3 | ku45 | translate-symaction | ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς | 1 | laid their hands on them | “laid their hands on these men whom God had set apart for his service.” This act showed that the leaders agreed that the Holy Spirit had called Barnabas and Saul to do this work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
1161 | ACT | 13 | 3 | p1us | ἀπέλυσαν | 1 | they sent them off | “they sent those men off” or “they sent those men off to do the work the Holy Spirit told them to do” | |
1162 | ACT | 13 | 4 | br2m | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “they,” “They,” and “their” refer to Barnabas and Silas. | ||
1163 | ACT | 13 | 4 | mt3h | οὖν | 1 | So | This word marks an event that happened because of a previous event. In this case, the previous event is Barnabas and Saul being set apart by the Holy Spirit. | |
1164 | ACT | 13 | 4 | abcj | αὐτοὶ…ἐκπεμφθέντες | 1 | they, having been sent out | “Barnabas and Saul were sent out” | |
1165 | ACT | 13 | 4 | iyh8 | κατῆλθον | 1 | went down | The phrase went down is used here because Seleucia is lower in elevation than Antioch. | |
1166 | ACT | 13 | 4 | d1q5 | Σελεύκιαν | 1 | Seleucia | a city by the sea | |
1167 | ACT | 13 | 5 | at85 | Σαλαμῖνι | 1 | Salamis | The city of Salamis was on Cyprus Island. | |
1168 | ACT | 13 | 5 | ct8b | figs-synecdoche | κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | they were proclaiming the word of God | Here word of God is a synecdoche for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “they proclaimed the message of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1169 | ACT | 13 | 5 | p5t3 | συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | synagogues of the Jews | Possible meanings are that (1) “there were multiple Jewish synagogues in the city of Salamis where Barnabas and Saul preached” or (2) “Barnabas and Saul started at the synagogue at Salamis and continued to preach in all the synagogues they found while they traveled around the Island of Cyprus.” | |
1170 | ACT | 13 | 5 | sxw6 | εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην, ὑπηρέτην | 1 | And they also had John as an assistant | “And John Mark went with them and was helping them” | |
1171 | ACT | 13 | 5 | ukx2 | ὑπηρέτην | 1 | as an assistant | “as a helper” | |
1172 | ACT | 13 | 6 | h9he | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul, Silas, and John Mark.The words “This man” refer to “Sergius Paulus.” The first word “he” refers to Sergius Paulus, the proconsul; the second word “he” refers to Elymas (also called Bar-Jesus), the magician. | ||
1173 | ACT | 13 | 6 | ja1i | ὅλην τὴν νῆσον | 1 | the whole island | They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through. | |
1174 | ACT | 13 | 6 | cl2z | Πάφου | 1 | Paphos | a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived | |
1175 | ACT | 13 | 6 | zf3b | εὗρον | 1 | they found | Here found means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: “they met” or “they came upon” | |
1176 | ACT | 13 | 6 | xe7h | ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον | 1 | a certain man, a magician | “a particular person who practices witchcraft” or “a person who practices supernatural magic arts” | |
1177 | ACT | 13 | 6 | ak38 | translate-names | ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς | 1 | whose name was Bar Jesus | Bar Jesus means “Son of Jesus.” There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1178 | ACT | 13 | 7 | bee2 | ἦν σὺν | 1 | was with | “was often with” or “was often in the company of” | |
1179 | ACT | 13 | 7 | s1su | ἀνθυπάτῳ | 1 | proconsul | This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” | |
1180 | ACT | 13 | 7 | h5xx | writing-background | ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ | 1 | an intelligent man | This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
1181 | ACT | 13 | 7 | abck | οὗτος, προσκαλεσάμενος | 1 | He summoned | “The proconsul summoned” | |
1182 | ACT | 13 | 8 | lp2u | translate-names | Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος | 1 | Elymas “the magician” | This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called “the magician.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1183 | ACT | 13 | 8 | qw4j | οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | for that is how his name is translated | “for that was what he was called in Greek” | |
1184 | ACT | 13 | 8 | n23s | ἀνθίστατο…αὐτοῖς…ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον | 1 | opposed them; he sought to turn the proconsul away | “resisted them by trying to turn the proconsul away” or “attempted to stop them by trying to turn the proconsul away” | |
1185 | ACT | 13 | 8 | w2xt | figs-metaphor | ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως | 1 | he sought to turn the proconsul away from the faith | Here to turn…away from is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: “he attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1186 | ACT | 13 | 9 | gws2 | 0 | General Information: | The word “him” refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus (Acts 13:6-8). | ||
1187 | ACT | 13 | 9 | nau1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas. | ||
1188 | ACT | 13 | 9 | ey6d | figs-activepassive | Σαῦλος…ὁ καὶ Παῦλος | 1 | Saul, who is also Paul | Saul was his Jewish name, and Paul was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: “Saul, who now called himself Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1189 | ACT | 13 | 9 | xjy9 | ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν | 1 | stared at him intensely | “looked at him intensely” | |
1190 | ACT | 13 | 10 | r8x2 | ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας | 1 | O one full of all deceit and all wickedness | “O you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong” | |
1191 | ACT | 13 | 10 | d2pk | figs-metonymy | υἱὲ διαβόλου | 1 | son of the devil | Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: “you are like the devil” or “you act like the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1192 | ACT | 13 | 10 | pyu7 | ῥᾳδιουργίας | 1 | wickedness | In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God’s law. | |
1193 | ACT | 13 | 10 | hlq9 | ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης | 1 | enemy of all righteousness | Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas. | |
1194 | ACT | 13 | 10 | bc9p | figs-rquestion | οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας? | 1 | will you not stop perverting the straight paths of the Lord? | Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: “you are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1195 | ACT | 13 | 10 | p8sa | figs-idiom | τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας | 1 | the straight paths of the Lord | Here straight paths refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: “the true ways of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1196 | ACT | 13 | 11 | k51g | 0 | General Information: | The words “you” and “him” refer to Elymas the magician. The word “he” refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos). | ||
1197 | ACT | 13 | 11 | pey7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes speaking to Elymas. | ||
1198 | ACT | 13 | 11 | xul9 | figs-metonymy | χεὶρ Κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ | 1 | the hand of the Lord upon you | Here hand represents the power of God and “upon you” implies punishment. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1199 | ACT | 13 | 11 | rse8 | figs-activepassive | ἔσῃ τυφλὸς | 1 | you will be blind | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make you blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1200 | ACT | 13 | 11 | w3gh | μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον | 1 | not seeing the sun | Elymas will be so completely blind that he not even be able to see the sun. Alternate translation: “you will not even see the sun” | |
1201 | ACT | 13 | 11 | b5b8 | ἄχρι καιροῦ | 1 | for a time | “for a period of time” or “until the time appointed by God” | |
1202 | ACT | 13 | 11 | t7j1 | ἔπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος | 1 | a mist and darkness fell on Elymas | “the eyes of Elymas became blurry and then dark” or “Elymas started seeing unclearly and then he could not see anything” | |
1203 | ACT | 13 | 11 | a7es | περιάγων | 1 | he is going around | “Elymas wandered around” or “Elymas started feeling around and” | |
1204 | ACT | 13 | 12 | x9fl | ἀνθύπατος | 1 | proconsul | This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: “governor” | |
1205 | ACT | 13 | 12 | pyh7 | ἐπίστευσεν | 1 | believed | “believed in Jesus” | |
1206 | ACT | 13 | 12 | twa8 | figs-activepassive | ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | being astonished at the teaching of the Lord | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching about the Lord amazing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1207 | ACT | 13 | 13 | i65t | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. “Paul and his friends” were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul’s name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1208 | ACT | 13 | 13 | rk3k | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia. | ||
1209 | ACT | 13 | 13 | r9hi | δὲ | 1 | Now | This marks the beginning of a new part of the story. | |
1210 | ACT | 13 | 13 | abcl | οἱ περὶ, Παῦλον | 1 | those around Paul | This refers to Paul and his companions. | |
1211 | ACT | 13 | 13 | k4s9 | ἀναχθέντες…ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου | 1 | having set sail from Paphos | “having traveled by sailboat from Paphos” | |
1212 | ACT | 13 | 13 | h1cb | ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας | 1 | came to Perga in Pamphylia | “arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia” | |
1213 | ACT | 13 | 13 | g6l5 | Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | But John, withdrawing from them | “But John Mark, leaving Paul and Barnabas” | |
1214 | ACT | 13 | 14 | vrp1 | Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν | 1 | Antioch of Pisidia | “the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia” | |
1215 | ACT | 13 | 15 | dnb4 | figs-synecdoche | μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | And after the reading of the law and of the prophets | The law and prophets refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: “And after someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1216 | ACT | 13 | 15 | z7bh | ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες | 1 | sent to them, saying | “told someone to say to them” or “asked someone to tell them” | |
1217 | ACT | 13 | 15 | td4h | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | The term brothers is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews. | |
1218 | ACT | 13 | 15 | jru8 | εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν | 1 | if there is among you any word of exhortation for the people | “if you want to say anything to encourage our people” | |
1219 | ACT | 13 | 15 | kj1h | λέγετε | 1 | speak it | “please speak it” or “please tell it to us” | |
1220 | ACT | 13 | 16 | tbc4 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The first word “he” refers to Paul. The second word “he” refers to God. Here the word “our” refers to Paul and his fellow Jews. The words “they” and “them” refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1221 | ACT | 13 | 16 | p93q | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul begins his speech to those in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch. He begins by talking about things that happened in Israel’s history. | ||
1222 | ACT | 13 | 16 | i8pz | translate-symaction | κατασείσας τῇ χειρὶ | 1 | motioned with his hand | This could refer to moving his hands as a signal that he was ready to speak. Alternate translation: “moving his hands to show that he was about to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
1223 | ACT | 13 | 16 | rh93 | οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν | 1 | ones who fear God | This refers to Gentiles who had converted to Judaism. “you who are not Israelites but who worship God” | |
1224 | ACT | 13 | 16 | ah55 | τὸν Θεόν, ἀκούσατε | 1 | God, listen | “God, listen to me” or “God, listen to what I am about to say” | |
1225 | ACT | 13 | 17 | se2b | ὁ Θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | The God of this people Israel | “The God whom the people of Israel worship” | |
1226 | ACT | 13 | 17 | l9cn | τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν | 1 | our fathers | “our ancestors” | |
1227 | ACT | 13 | 17 | aaj5 | τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν | 1 | exalted the people | “caused our people to become very numerous” | |
1228 | ACT | 13 | 17 | vw4z | figs-metonymy | μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ | 1 | with an uplifted arm | This refers to God’s mighty power. Alternate translation: “with great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1229 | ACT | 13 | 17 | b74t | ἐξ αὐτῆς | 1 | from it | “out from the land of Egypt” | |
1230 | ACT | 13 | 18 | zv9e | ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς | 1 | he put up with them | This means “he tolerated them.” Some versions have a different word that means “he took care of them.” Alternate translation: “God endured their disobedience” or “God took care of them” | |
1231 | ACT | 13 | 19 | nvp7 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to God. The words “their land” refer to the land the seven nations had previously occupied. The word “them” refers to the people of Israel. The word “our” refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1232 | ACT | 13 | 19 | h5qg | ἔθνη | 1 | nations | Here the word nations refers to different people groups and not to geographical boundaries. | |
1233 | ACT | 13 | 20 | abcm | ἔδωκεν | 1 | he gave them | “God gave them” | |
1234 | ACT | 13 | 20 | qmc8 | ἕως Σαμουὴλ προφήτου | 1 | until Samuel the prophet | “until the time of the prophet Samuel” | |
1235 | ACT | 13 | 21 | akg6 | 0 | General Information: | The quotation here is from the history of Samuel and from a Psalm of Ethan in the Old Testament. | ||
1236 | ACT | 13 | 21 | yxi8 | ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | for 40 years | “to be their king for 40 years” | |
1237 | ACT | 13 | 22 | z4x3 | μεταστήσας αὐτὸν | 1 | having removed him | This expression means God caused Saul to stop being king. Alternate translation: “rejected Saul from being king” | |
1238 | ACT | 13 | 22 | bsp6 | ἤγειρεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ αὐτοῖς εἰς βασιλέα | 1 | he raised up David for them as their king | “God chose David to be their king” | |
1239 | ACT | 13 | 22 | iyd6 | βασιλέα | 1 | their king | “the king of Israel” or “the king over the Israelites” | |
1240 | ACT | 13 | 22 | sw2r | ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας | 1 | to whom having testified, he also said | “about whom God testified by saying” | |
1241 | ACT | 13 | 22 | dbu5 | εὗρον | 1 | I have found | “I have observed that” | |
1242 | ACT | 13 | 22 | mp53 | figs-idiom | ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου | 1 | a man according to my heart | This expression means he “a man who wants what I want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1243 | ACT | 13 | 23 | lby6 | 0 | General Information: | The quotation here is from the Gospels. | ||
1244 | ACT | 13 | 23 | xj5a | τούτου…ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος | 1 | From the descendants of this one | “From David’s descendants.” This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David’s descendants (Acts 13:22). | |
1245 | ACT | 13 | 23 | kc76 | figs-metonymy | ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | brought to Israel | This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “gave to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1246 | ACT | 13 | 23 | mk5g | κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν | 1 | according to promise | “just as God promised he would do” | |
1247 | ACT | 13 | 24 | abcn | πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ | 1 | before the face of his coming | “before the coming of Jesus” | |
1248 | ACT | 13 | 24 | x892 | figs-abstractnouns | βάπτισμα μετανοίας | 1 | a baptism of repentance | You can translate the word repentance as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “a baptism to repent” or “a baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1249 | ACT | 13 | 25 | vww3 | figs-rquestion | τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? | 1 | Who do you think I am? | John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: “Think about who I am.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1250 | ACT | 13 | 25 | rp32 | figs-explicit | οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ | 1 | I am not him | John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: “I am not the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1251 | ACT | 13 | 25 | nnl5 | ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ | 1 | But behold | This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next. | |
1252 | ACT | 13 | 25 | r1pl | figs-explicit | ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ | 1 | one is coming after me | This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “the Messiah will soon come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1253 | ACT | 13 | 25 | gys2 | οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι | 1 | of whom the sandals of his feet I am not worthy to untie | “and I am not worthy even to untie his shoes.” The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him. | |
1254 | ACT | 13 | 26 | jdp6 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The word “they” and “their” refers to the Jews who lived in Jerusalem. Here the word “us” includes Paul and his entire audience in the synagogue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1255 | ACT | 13 | 26 | kci9 | ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν Θεόν | 1 | brothers, sons of the family of Abraham, and those among you who fear God | Paul addresses his audience of Jews and Gentile converts to Judaism to remind them of their special status as worshiping the true God. | |
1256 | ACT | 13 | 26 | u6zn | figs-activepassive | ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἐξαπεστάλη | 1 | the word about this salvation has been sent | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has sent the message about this salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1257 | ACT | 13 | 26 | v6r3 | figs-abstractnouns | τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης | 1 | about this salvation | The word salvation can be translated with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “that God will save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1258 | ACT | 13 | 27 | psk5 | τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες | 1 | did not recognize this one | “did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them” | |
1259 | ACT | 13 | 27 | ri1f | figs-metonymy | τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | the voices of the prophets | Here the word voices represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” or “the message of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1260 | ACT | 13 | 27 | m4tz | figs-activepassive | τὰς…ἀναγινωσκομένας | 2 | that are read | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which someone reads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1261 | ACT | 13 | 27 | rle6 | τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν…ἐπλήρωσαν | 1 | they fulfilled the voices of the prophets | “they actually did just what the prophets said that they would do” | |
1262 | ACT | 13 | 28 | v3hw | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him” here refers to Jesus. | ||
1263 | ACT | 13 | 28 | y9j6 | μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες | 1 | they found no reason for death | “they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus” | |
1264 | ACT | 13 | 28 | d4xm | ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον | 1 | they asked Pilate | The word asked here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for. | |
1265 | ACT | 13 | 29 | sq1j | ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα | 1 | And when they had completed all that had been written about him | “And when they did to Jesus all the things that the prophets said would happen to him” | |
1266 | ACT | 13 | 29 | m5f1 | figs-explicit | καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου | 1 | taking him down from the tree | It may be helpful to explicitly say Jesus died before this happened. Alternate translation: “they killed Jesus and then took him down from the cross after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1267 | ACT | 13 | 29 | vwt4 | figs-explicit | ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου | 1 | from the tree | “from the cross.” This was another way people at that time referred to the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1268 | ACT | 13 | 30 | h5jw | ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν | 1 | But God raised him | But indicates a strong contrast between what the people did and what God did. | |
1269 | ACT | 13 | 30 | mqx8 | ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | raised him from the dead | “raised him from among those who were dead.” To be with the dead means that Jesus was dead. | |
1270 | ACT | 13 | 30 | zsx4 | figs-idiom | ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν | 1 | raised him | Here, raised is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1271 | ACT | 13 | 30 | d14p | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To raise someone from among them speaks of making that person alive again. | |
1272 | ACT | 13 | 31 | ig7w | figs-activepassive | ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | He was seen for many days by those who had come up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The disciples who traveled with Jesus from Galilee to Jerusalem saw him for many days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1273 | ACT | 13 | 31 | g4vl | ἡμέρας πλείους | 1 | many days | We know from other writings that this period was 40 days. Translate many days with a term that would be appropriate for that length of time. | |
1274 | ACT | 13 | 31 | vqj4 | νῦν εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν | 1 | are now his witnesses to the people | “are now testifying to the people about Jesus” or “are now telling the people about Jesus” | |
1275 | ACT | 13 | 32 | ipb9 | 0 | General Information: | The second quotation here is from the prophet Isaiah. | ||
1276 | ACT | 13 | 32 | y273 | καὶ | 1 | And | This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God’s raising Jesus from the dead. | |
1277 | ACT | 13 | 32 | hr2g | τοὺς πατέρας | 1 | our fathers | “our ancestors.” Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts. | |
1278 | ACT | 13 | 33 | b1uh | translate-versebridge | ταύτην ὁ Θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν | 1 | God has fulfilled this for our children | You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. “God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) |
1279 | ACT | 13 | 33 | dy6w | τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν | 1 | for our children | Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. Some ancient copies read, “for us, their children” but the best copies read, “for our children.” | |
1280 | ACT | 13 | 33 | d95n | figs-idiom | ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν | 1 | by raising up Jesus | Here raising up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1281 | ACT | 13 | 33 | y3tz | ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ | 1 | As it is also written in the second Psalm | “This is what was also written in the second Psalm” | |
1282 | ACT | 13 | 33 | h9ir | τῷ ψαλμῷ…τῷ δευτέρῳ | 1 | the second Psalm | “Psalm 2” | |
1283 | ACT | 13 | 33 | tla1 | guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱός…γεγέννηκά σε | 1 | Son…I have fathered you | These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) |
1284 | ACT | 13 | 34 | iy5q | ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν | 1 | And that he raised him up from the dead, never to be about to return to decay, he has spoken in this way | “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again” | |
1285 | ACT | 13 | 34 | h3nj | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. | |
1286 | ACT | 13 | 34 | q3kq | τὰ ὅσια…τὰ πιστά | 1 | the holy and sure blessings | “the holy and certain blessings” | |
1287 | ACT | 13 | 35 | r1ev | figs-explicit | διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει | 1 | On account of this he also says in another place | Paul’s audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1288 | ACT | 13 | 35 | gl8s | καὶ…λέγει | 1 | he also says | “David also says.” David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken. | |
1289 | ACT | 13 | 35 | hvt8 | figs-metonymy | οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν | 1 | You will not allow your Holy One to see decay | The phrase see decay is a metonym for “decay.” Alternate translation: “You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1290 | ACT | 13 | 35 | ry97 | οὐ δώσεις | 1 | You will not allow | David is speaking to God here. | |
1291 | ACT | 13 | 36 | u8vh | ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ | 1 | in his own generation | “during his lifetime” | |
1292 | ACT | 13 | 36 | m5wx | ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ | 1 | having served the counsel of God | “having done what God wanted him to do” or “after he had done what pleased God” | |
1293 | ACT | 13 | 36 | rpb4 | figs-euphemism | ἐκοιμήθη | 1 | fell asleep | This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: “he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
1294 | ACT | 13 | 36 | nwy9 | προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ | 1 | was laid with his fathers | “was buried with his ancestors who had died” | |
1295 | ACT | 13 | 36 | la5s | figs-metonymy | εἶδεν διαφθοράν | 1 | saw decay | The phrase saw decay is a metonym for “his body decayed.” Alternate translation: “his body rotted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1296 | ACT | 13 | 37 | bmw3 | ὃν δὲ | 1 | But he whom | “But Jesus whom” | |
1297 | ACT | 13 | 37 | n9pl | figs-idiom | ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν | 1 | God raised up | Here raised up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1298 | ACT | 13 | 37 | j52x | figs-metonymy | οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν | 1 | did not see decay | The phrase did not see decay is a way to say “his body did not decay.” Alternate translation: “did not rot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1299 | ACT | 13 | 38 | ki8q | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. | ||
1300 | ACT | 13 | 38 | yg35 | γνωστὸν…ἔστω ὑμῖν | 1 | let it be known to you | “know this” or “this is important for you to know” | |
1301 | ACT | 13 | 38 | qy18 | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: “my fellow Israelites and other friends” | |
1302 | ACT | 13 | 38 | t3i5 | figs-activepassive | ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται, καὶ | 1 | that because of this, forgiveness of sins is being proclaimed to you, and freedom | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus, and you can be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1303 | ACT | 13 | 38 | w7y1 | figs-abstractnouns | ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν | 1 | forgiveness of sins | The abstract noun “forgiveness” can be translated with the verb “to forgive.” Alternate translation: “that God can forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1304 | ACT | 13 | 39 | g5h9 | figs-activepassive | ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται | 1 | In this one every one who believes is justified | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus justifies everyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1305 | ACT | 13 | 39 | j6rr | ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων | 1 | In this one every one who believes | “By him every person who believes” or “Every one who believes in him” | |
1306 | ACT | 13 | 40 | kk1j | 0 | General Information: | In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word “I” refers to God. | ||
1307 | ACT | 13 | 40 | zx6p | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in Acts 13:16. | ||
1308 | ACT | 13 | 40 | y2kg | figs-explicit | βλέπετε | 1 | be careful that | It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul’s message. Alternate translation: “give close attention to the things I have said so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1309 | ACT | 13 | 40 | tt1x | τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις | 1 | the thing spoken about in the prophets | “what the prophets spoke about” | |
1310 | ACT | 13 | 41 | tqk5 | ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί | 1 | Look, you despisers | “Look, you who feel contempt” or “Look, you who ridicule” | |
1311 | ACT | 13 | 41 | ky3s | θαυμάσατε | 1 | be astonished | “be amazed” or “be shocked” | |
1312 | ACT | 13 | 41 | ilh2 | καὶ ἀφανίσθητε | 1 | and perish | “and die” | |
1313 | ACT | 13 | 41 | dvn1 | ἔργον ἐργάζομαι | 1 | am doing a work | “am doing something” | |
1314 | ACT | 13 | 41 | nm2q | ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν | 1 | in your days | “during your lifetime” | |
1315 | ACT | 13 | 41 | w6tq | ἔργον ὃ | 1 | A work that | “I am doing something which” | |
1316 | ACT | 13 | 41 | p4c2 | ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν | 1 | even if someone would announce it to you | “even if someone would tell you about it” | |
1317 | ACT | 13 | 42 | ax8v | ἐξιόντων δὲ, αὐτῶν | 1 | And as they were leaving | “When Paul and Barnabas were leaving” | |
1318 | ACT | 13 | 42 | f3sw | παρεκάλουν | 1 | they begged them | “the people begged them” | |
1319 | ACT | 13 | 42 | y4p9 | figs-metonymy | τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα | 1 | these same words | Here words refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: “this same message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1320 | ACT | 13 | 43 | a58z | λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς | 1 | And when the synagogue meeting had ended | Possible meanings are (1) this restates “As Paul and Barnabas left” in verse 42 or (2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later. | |
1321 | ACT | 13 | 43 | sws7 | προσηλύτων | 1 | proselytes | These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism. | |
1322 | ACT | 13 | 43 | q2aj | οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς | 1 | who speaking to them, urged them | “and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them” | |
1323 | ACT | 13 | 43 | fv15 | figs-explicit | προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | to continue in the grace of God | It is implied that they believed Paul’s message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: “to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people’s sins because of what Jesus did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1324 | ACT | 13 | 44 | m129 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “him” refers to Paul. | ||
1325 | ACT | 13 | 44 | vq3y | figs-metonymy | σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη | 1 | almost the whole city was gathered together | The city represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord’s word. Alternate translation: “almost all the people of the city were gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1326 | ACT | 13 | 44 | yga7 | figs-explicit | ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | to hear the word of the Lord | It is implied that Paul and Barnabas were the ones who spoke the word of the Lord. Alternate translation: “to hear Paul and Barnabas speak about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1327 | ACT | 13 | 45 | j4zq | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | Here Jews represents Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1328 | ACT | 13 | 45 | qrh2 | figs-metaphor | ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου | 1 | they were filled with jealousy | Here jealousy is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1329 | ACT | 13 | 45 | nc5l | ἀντέλεγον | 1 | spoke against | “contradicted” or “opposed” | |
1330 | ACT | 13 | 45 | m1an | figs-activepassive | τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις | 1 | the things that were said by Paul | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1331 | ACT | 13 | 46 | zvt5 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The first two instances of the word “you” are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul’s quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word “I” refers to God and the word “you” is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1332 | ACT | 13 | 46 | as6q | figs-explicit | ἦν ἀναγκαῖον | 1 | It was necessary for | This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: “God commanded that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1333 | ACT | 13 | 46 | jn55 | figs-activepassive | ὑμῖν…ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | necessary for the word of God first to be spoken to you | This can be stated in active form. “Word of God” here is a synecdoche for “message from God.” Alternate translation: “necessary that we speak the message from God to you first” or “the message of God had to be spoken to you first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1334 | ACT | 13 | 46 | lly5 | figs-metaphor | ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν | 1 | Since you reject it | Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: “Since you reject the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1335 | ACT | 13 | 46 | ms36 | οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς | 1 | judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life | “seem to think you are not worthy of eternal life” or “act as though you are not worthy of eternal life” | |
1336 | ACT | 13 | 46 | rf9k | figs-explicit | στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | we will turn to the Gentiles | “we will go to the Gentiles.” Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1337 | ACT | 13 | 47 | v8au | figs-metaphor | εἰς φῶς | 1 | as a light | Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1338 | ACT | 13 | 47 | t5sp | figs-abstractnouns | εἶναί…εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς | 1 | should be for salvation as far as the end of the earth | The abstract word salvation can be translated with the verb “to save.” The phrase end refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: “should tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1339 | ACT | 13 | 48 | e9ag | figs-metonymy | ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | glorified the word of the Lord | Here word refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: “praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1340 | ACT | 13 | 48 | jct2 | figs-activepassive | ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον | 1 | as many as were appointed to eternal life | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as many as God appointed to eternal life” or “all the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1341 | ACT | 13 | 49 | qh9z | figs-metonymy | διεφέρετο…ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας | 1 | the word of the Lord was being spread throughout the whole region | Here word refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region” or “those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1342 | ACT | 13 | 50 | eqi5 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. | ||
1343 | ACT | 13 | 50 | t4bv | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends Paul and Barnabas’ time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium. | ||
1344 | ACT | 13 | 50 | u8rm | figs-synecdoche | οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1345 | ACT | 13 | 50 | cf21 | παρώτρυναν | 1 | stirred up | “convinced” or “urged on” | |
1346 | ACT | 13 | 50 | wmm5 | τοὺς πρώτους | 1 | the leading men | “the most important men” | |
1347 | ACT | 13 | 50 | n7qe | ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρναβᾶν | 1 | a persecution arose against Paul and Barnabas | “They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas” | |
1348 | ACT | 13 | 50 | cq9h | ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν | 1 | threw them out from their boundaries | “they removed Paul and Barnabas from their city” | |
1349 | ACT | 13 | 51 | abco | οἱ δὲ, ἐκτιναξάμενοι | 1 | But when they had shaken off | “But after Paul and Silas shook off” | |
1350 | ACT | 13 | 51 | xi1z | writing-symlanguage | οἱ…ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς | 1 | when they had shaken off the dust from their feet against them | This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) |
1351 | ACT | 13 | 52 | dp5k | οἵ…μαθηταὶ | 1 | the disciples | This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left. | |
1352 | ACT | 14 | intro | rsg2 | 0 | Acts 14 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapter“The message of his grace”The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) Zeus and HermesThe Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the “living God.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter“We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings.”Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words. | |||
1353 | ACT | 14 | 1 | vh8u | 0 | General Information: | The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues. | ||
1354 | ACT | 14 | 1 | hk1z | ἐγένετο δὲ, ἐν Ἰκονίῳ | 1 | And it happened that Iconium | This begins a new event. | |
1355 | ACT | 14 | 1 | f4sq | figs-explicit | λαλῆσαι οὕτως | 1 | spoke in such a way | “spoke so powerfully.” It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: “spoke the message about Jesus powerfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1356 | ACT | 14 | 2 | wc4x | οἱ…ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews who were disobedient | This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus. | |
1357 | ACT | 14 | 2 | n2pp | figs-metaphor | ἐπήγειραν…τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν | 1 | stirred up the souls of the Gentiles | Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1358 | ACT | 14 | 2 | k8mv | figs-synecdoche | τὰς ψυχὰς | 1 | the souls | Here the word souls refers to the people. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1359 | ACT | 14 | 2 | fu13 | τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | the brothers | Here brothers refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers. | |
1360 | ACT | 14 | 3 | lp4v | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “He” refers to the Lord. | ||
1361 | ACT | 14 | 3 | a3gp | μὲν οὖν…διέτριψαν | 1 | So they stayed there | “Nevertheless they stayed there.” Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in Acts 14:1. So could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text. | |
1362 | ACT | 14 | 3 | f2xh | τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ | 1 | who is testifying to the word of his grace | “who demonstrated that the message about his grace was true” | |
1363 | ACT | 14 | 3 | wcn5 | τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ | 1 | to the word of his grace | “about the message of the Lord’s grace” | |
1364 | ACT | 14 | 3 | c2cv | figs-activepassive | διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | by granting signs and wonders to be done by their hands | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1365 | ACT | 14 | 3 | p9iq | figs-synecdoche | διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | by their hands | Here hands refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1366 | ACT | 14 | 4 | btu3 | figs-metonymy | ἐσχίσθη…τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως | 1 | the population of the city was divided | Here population of the city refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: “most of the people of the city were divided” or “most of the people of the city did not agree with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1367 | ACT | 14 | 4 | smz5 | ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | were with the Jews | “supported the Jews” or “agreed with the Jews.” The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace. | |
1368 | ACT | 14 | 4 | q1xc | figs-ellipsis | σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις | 1 | with the apostles | The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: “sided with the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1369 | ACT | 14 | 4 | mw9h | τοῖς ἀποστόλοις | 1 | the apostles | Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here apostles might be used in the general sense of “ones sent out.” | |
1370 | ACT | 14 | 5 | s5h7 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas. | ||
1371 | ACT | 14 | 5 | q6g2 | ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς | 1 | to mistreat and stone them | “to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them” | |
1372 | ACT | 14 | 6 | tpl1 | translate-names | τῆς Λυκαονίας | 1 | of Lycaonia | A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1373 | ACT | 14 | 6 | m5gv | translate-names | Λύστραν | 1 | Lystra | A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1374 | ACT | 14 | 6 | tl4q | translate-names | Δέρβην | 1 | Derbe | A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and Lystra (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1375 | ACT | 14 | 7 | z5nd | κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν | 1 | and where they continued to proclaim the gospel | “and where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news” | |
1376 | ACT | 14 | 8 | ep46 | 0 | General Information: | The first word “he” refers to the crippled man; the second word “he” refers to Paul. The word “him” refers to the crippled man. | ||
1377 | ACT | 14 | 8 | l5pu | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra. | ||
1378 | ACT | 14 | 8 | wb5k | writing-participants | τις ἀνὴρ…ἐκάθητο | 1 | a certain man sat | This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1379 | ACT | 14 | 8 | kz7d | ἀδύνατος…τοῖς ποσὶν | 1 | powerless in his feet | “unable to move his legs” or “unable to walk on his feet” | |
1380 | ACT | 14 | 8 | tca1 | χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | lame from the womb of his mother | “having been born as a cripple” | |
1381 | ACT | 14 | 8 | hw4l | χωλὸς | 1 | crippled | unable to walk | |
1382 | ACT | 14 | 9 | di49 | ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ | 1 | He looked intently at him | “Paul looked straight at the man” | |
1383 | ACT | 14 | 9 | xak4 | figs-abstractnouns | ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι | 1 | he has faith to be saved | The abstract noun faith can be translated with the verb to be saved. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus could heal him” or “he believed that Jesus could make him well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1384 | ACT | 14 | 10 | v1kz | ἥλατο | 1 | he jumped up | “he dleaped in the air.” This implies that his legs were completely healed. | |
1385 | ACT | 14 | 11 | axe6 | ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος | 1 | what Paul had done | This refers to Paul’s healing the crippled man. | |
1386 | ACT | 14 | 11 | lvs9 | ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν | 1 | they raised their voice | Here raised their voice means to speak loudly. Alternate translation: “they spoke loudly” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) | |
1387 | ACT | 14 | 11 | d1gz | figs-explicit | οἱ θεοὶ…κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς | 1 | The gods…have come down to us | A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: “The gods … have come down from heaven to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1388 | ACT | 14 | 11 | x3bi | Λυκαονιστὶ | 1 | in the Lycaonian language | “in their own Lycaonian language.” The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek. | |
1389 | ACT | 14 | 11 | rm85 | ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις | 1 | being made like men | These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men. | |
1390 | ACT | 14 | 12 | t7uu | translate-names | Δία | 1 | Zeus | Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1391 | ACT | 14 | 12 | hh25 | translate-names | Ἑρμῆν | 1 | Hermes | Hermes was the pagan god who brought messages to people from Zeus and the other gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1392 | ACT | 14 | 13 | iz6r | figs-explicit | ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς, τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως…ἐνέγκας | 1 | And the priest of the temple of Zeus, which was in front of the city, brought | It may be helpful to include additional information about the priest. Alternate translation: “And there was a temple just outside the city where the people worshiped Zeus. When the priest who served in the temple heard what Paul and Barnabas had done, he brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1393 | ACT | 14 | 13 | v2a9 | ταύρους καὶ στέμματα | 1 | oxen and wreaths | The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice. | |
1394 | ACT | 14 | 13 | iha1 | ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας | 1 | to the gates | The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city. | |
1395 | ACT | 14 | 13 | ud37 | ἤθελεν θύειν | 1 | wanting to sacrifice | “wanting to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes” | |
1396 | ACT | 14 | 14 | kt1f | οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος | 1 | the apostles, Barnabas and Paul | Luke is here probably using apostle in the general sense of “one sent out.” | |
1397 | ACT | 14 | 14 | kx43 | διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν | 1 | they tore their clothing | This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them. | |
1398 | ACT | 14 | 15 | w4fd | figs-rquestion | ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? | 1 | Men, why are you doing these things? | Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: “Men, you must not do these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1399 | ACT | 14 | 15 | f8vc | ταῦτα ποιεῖτε | 1 | are you doing these things | “are you worshiping us” | |
1400 | ACT | 14 | 15 | u9pq | καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι | 1 | We also are men with the same feelings as you | By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: “We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!” | |
1401 | ACT | 14 | 15 | n9e4 | ὁμοιοπαθεῖς…ὑμῖν | 1 | with the same feelings as you | “like you in every way” | |
1402 | ACT | 14 | 15 | n98g | figs-metaphor | ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα | 1 | turn from these useless things to a living God | Here turn from…to is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: “stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1403 | ACT | 14 | 15 | qr5b | Θεὸν ζῶντα | 1 | a living God | “a God who truly exists” or “a God who lives” | |
1404 | ACT | 14 | 16 | s2rn | ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς | 1 | In the generations gone by | “In previous times” or “Until now” | |
1405 | ACT | 14 | 16 | vpt5 | figs-metaphor | πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν | 1 | to go their own ways | Going in a way, or going along a path, is a metaphor for living one’s life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives the way they wanted to” or “to do whatever they wanted to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1406 | ACT | 14 | 17 | fw2s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and Barnabas continue speaking to the crowd outside the city of Lystra (Acts 14:8). | ||
1407 | ACT | 14 | 17 | kig8 | figs-litotes | οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον αὑτὸν ἀφῆκεν | 1 | he did not leave himself without witness | This could also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “God has certainly left a witness” or “God has indeed testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1408 | ACT | 14 | 17 | ps9z | figs-metonymy | ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν | 1 | filling your hearts with food and gladness | Here your hearts refers to the people. Alternate translation: “giving you enough to eat and things about which to be happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1409 | ACT | 14 | 18 | ut73 | μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς | 1 | they barely restrained the crowds from sacrificing to them | Paul and Barnabas stopped the multitude from sacrificing to them, but it was difficult to do so. | |
1410 | ACT | 14 | 18 | la43 | μόλις κατέπαυσαν | 1 | they barely restrained | “had difficulty preventing” | |
1411 | ACT | 14 | 19 | bz7k | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “he” and “him” refer to Paul. | ||
1412 | ACT | 14 | 19 | wmc2 | figs-explicit | πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους | 1 | persuaded the crowds | It my be helpful to explicitly state what they persuaded the crowd to do. Alternate translation: “persuaded the people not to believe Paul and Barnabas, and to turn against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1413 | ACT | 14 | 19 | xbv3 | τοὺς ὄχλους | 1 | the crowds | This may not be the same group as the “multitude” in the previous verse. Some time had passed, and this might be a different group that gathered together. | |
1414 | ACT | 14 | 19 | t8mg | νομίζοντες αὐτὸν τεθνηκέναι | 1 | thinking him to be dead | “because they thought that he was already dead” | |
1415 | ACT | 14 | 20 | pan3 | τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | the disciples | These were new believers in the city of Lystra. | |
1416 | ACT | 14 | 20 | aqx3 | εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν | 1 | he entered into the city | “Paul re-entered Lystra with the believers” | |
1417 | ACT | 14 | 20 | e2y9 | ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ εἰς Δέρβην | 1 | he went with Barnabas to Derbe | “Paul and Barnabas went to the city of Derbe” | |
1418 | ACT | 14 | 21 | wv7e | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “they” and “They” refer to Paul. Here the word “We” includes Paul, Barnabas, and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1419 | ACT | 14 | 21 | ykt4 | τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην | 1 | in that city | “in Derbe” (Acts 14:20) | |
1420 | ACT | 14 | 22 | ek9l | figs-synecdoche | ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν | 1 | They were strengthening the souls of the disciples | Here souls refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus” or “Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1421 | ACT | 14 | 22 | zkd2 | παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει | 1 | and encouraging them to continue in the faith | “and encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus” | |
1422 | ACT | 14 | 22 | d9ic | writing-quotations | καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | and saying, “It is necessary for us to enter into the kingdom of God through many afflictions.” | Some version translate this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
1423 | ACT | 14 | 22 | wu1c | figs-exclusive | δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν | 1 | It is necessary for us to enter | Paul includes his hearers, so the word us is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
1424 | ACT | 14 | 23 | pk5l | 0 | General Information: | Except for the third use of the word “they” which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words “they” here refer to Paul and Barnabas. | ||
1425 | ACT | 14 | 23 | mqp9 | χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους | 1 | And when they had appointed for them elders in every church | “And when Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers” | |
1426 | ACT | 14 | 23 | nd87 | παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς | 1 | they entrusted them | Possible meanings are (1) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the elders they had appointed” or (2) “Paul and Barnabas entrusted the leaders and other believers” | |
1427 | ACT | 14 | 23 | ls62 | εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν | 1 | in whom they had believed | Who they refers to depends on your choice for the meaning of “them” in the previous note (either elders or leaders and other believers). | |
1428 | ACT | 14 | 25 | t513 | figs-metonymy | καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον | 1 | And when they had spoken the word in Perga | Here word is a metonym for “message of God.” Alternate translation: “And when they had spoken the message about Jesus in Perga” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1429 | ACT | 14 | 25 | h8sh | κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλιαν | 1 | they went down to Attalia | The phrase went down is used here because Attalia is lower in elevation than Perga. | |
1430 | ACT | 14 | 26 | f2cg | ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | where they had been commended to the grace of God | This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “where believers and leaders in Antioch had commended Paul and Barnabas to the grace of God” or “where the people of Antioch prayed that God would care for and protect Paul and Barnabas” | |
1431 | ACT | 14 | 27 | vcd3 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “they,” “them,” and “They” refer to Paul and Barnabas. The word “he” refers to God. | ||
1432 | ACT | 14 | 27 | i9dv | συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν | 1 | gathered together the church | “called the local believers to meet together” | |
1433 | ACT | 14 | 27 | b4id | figs-metaphor | ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως | 1 | he had opened a door of faith for the Gentiles | God’s enabling the Gentiles to believe is spoken of as if he had opened a door that had prevented them from entering into faith. Alternate translation: “God had made it possible for the Gentiles to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1434 | ACT | 14 | 28 | abcq | figs-litotes | χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον | 1 | for not a little time | This phrase is a litotes. The words not and a little together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1435 | ACT | 15 | intro | h917 | 0 | Acts 15 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 15:16-17. The meeting that Luke describes in this chapter is commonly called the “Jerusalem Council.” This was a time when many church leaders got together to decide if believers needed to obey the whole law of Moses. Special concepts in this chapterBrothersIn this chapter Luke begins to use the word “brothers” to refer to fellow Christians instead of fellow Jews. Obeying the law of MosesSome believers wanted the Gentiles to be circumcised because God had told Abraham and Moses that everyone who wanted to belong to him had to be circumcised and that this was a law that would always exist. But Paul and Barnabas had seen God give uncircumcised Gentiles the gift of the Holy Spirit, so they did not want the Gentiles to be circumcised. Both groups went to Jerusalem to have the church leaders decide what they should do. “Abstain from things sacrificed to idols, blood, things strangled, and from sexual immorality”It is possible that the church leaders decided on these laws so that Jews and Gentiles could not only live together but eat the same foods together. | |||
1436 | ACT | 15 | 1 | qck6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch when there is a dispute about the Gentiles and circumcision. | ||
1437 | ACT | 15 | 1 | su66 | figs-explicit | τινες | 1 | certain ones | “some men.” You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1438 | ACT | 15 | 1 | p3k9 | κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας | 1 | coming down from Judea | The phrase coming down is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch. | |
1439 | ACT | 15 | 1 | zi1n | figs-explicit | ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | taught the brothers | Here brothers stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: “taught the believers at Antioch” or “were teaching the believers at Antioch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1440 | ACT | 15 | 1 | pm8h | figs-activepassive | ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι | 1 | Unless you are circumcised in the custom of Moses, you are not able to be saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Unless someone circumcises you in the custom of Moses, God cannot save you” or “God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1441 | ACT | 15 | 2 | abcr | figs-litotes | στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης | 1 | not a little dispute and debate | This phrase is a litotes. The words not and a little together mean “a lot.” Alternate translation: “a sharp dispute and debate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1442 | ACT | 15 | 2 | f9nd | figs-abstractnouns | στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης | 1 | not a little dispute and debate | The abstract nouns dispute and debate can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “strongly confronted and debated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1443 | ACT | 15 | 2 | ek6a | ἀναβαίνειν…εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ | 1 | to go up…in Jerusalem | Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem. | |
1444 | ACT | 15 | 2 | z983 | τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου | 1 | this question | “this issue” | |
1445 | ACT | 15 | 3 | h2mw | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “They,” “they,” and “them” refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others (Acts 15:2). | ||
1446 | ACT | 15 | 3 | av5y | figs-activepassive | οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας | 1 | Therefore, the ones who had been sent by the church | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem, and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1447 | ACT | 15 | 3 | aia5 | figs-metonymy | προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας | 1 | who had been sent by the church | Here church refers to the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1448 | ACT | 15 | 3 | i5kd | διήρχοντο τήν τε Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι | 1 | passed through both Phoenicia and Samaria announcing | The words passed through and announcing indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing. | |
1449 | ACT | 15 | 3 | rk37 | figs-abstractnouns | ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν | 1 | announcing the conversion of the Gentiles | The abstract noun conversion means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: “announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1450 | ACT | 15 | 3 | nje7 | figs-metaphor | ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς | 1 | they brought great joy to all the brothers | Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if joy were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: “what they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1451 | ACT | 15 | 3 | bbd4 | πᾶσι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς | 1 | to all the brothers | Here brothers refers to fellow believers. | |
1452 | ACT | 15 | 4 | ej1r | figs-activepassive | παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | they were welcomed by the church, and the apostles, and the elders | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1453 | ACT | 15 | 4 | a2x1 | μετ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | with them | “through them” | |
1454 | ACT | 15 | 5 | efe5 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “them” refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God. | ||
1455 | ACT | 15 | 5 | f2b5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there. | ||
1456 | ACT | 15 | 5 | k6k7 | δέ τινες | 1 | But certain ones | Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation. | |
1457 | ACT | 15 | 5 | b9nt | τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως | 1 | to keep the law of Moses | “to obey the law of Moses” | |
1458 | ACT | 15 | 6 | ugu6 | ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου | 1 | to see about this matter | The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins. | |
1459 | ACT | 15 | 7 | wct8 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The first word “them” refers to apostles and elders (Acts 15:6) and the other words “them” and “their” refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word “he” refers to God. Here “us” is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1460 | ACT | 15 | 7 | hxu9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law (Acts 15:5-6). | ||
1461 | ACT | 15 | 7 | a6q9 | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Peter is addressing all of the believers who were present. | |
1462 | ACT | 15 | 7 | s3wb | figs-synecdoche | διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου | 1 | by my mouth | Here mouth refers to Peter. Alternate translation: “from me” or “by me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1463 | ACT | 15 | 7 | yer1 | ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | the Gentiles to hear | “that the Gentiles would hear” | |
1464 | ACT | 15 | 7 | b5s8 | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου | 1 | the word of the gospel | Here word stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1465 | ACT | 15 | 8 | m1xc | figs-metonymy | καρδιογνώστης | 1 | who knows the heart | Here heart refers to the “minds” or “inner beings.” Alternate translation: “who knows the people’s minds” or “who knows what people think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1466 | ACT | 15 | 8 | p6d2 | ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | testified to them | “witnesses to the Gentiles” | |
1467 | ACT | 15 | 8 | i1gc | δοὺς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον | 1 | giving them the Holy Spirit | “causing the Holy Spirit to come upon them” | |
1468 | ACT | 15 | 8 | abcs | figs-ellipsis | καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν | 1 | just as also to us | Here Luke expects his readers to understand the words “he gave” that he leaves out. Alternate translation: “just as he also gave to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1469 | ACT | 15 | 9 | zs2g | οὐδὲν διέκρινεν | 1 | he did not distinguish | God did not treat Jewish believers different from Gentile believers. | |
1470 | ACT | 15 | 9 | ase1 | figs-metaphor | τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν | 1 | having made their hearts clean by faith | God’s forgiving the Gentile believers’ sins is spoken as though he literally cleaned their hearts. Here heart stands for the person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “forgiving their sins because they believed in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1471 | ACT | 15 | 10 | ha45 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Peter includes his audience by his use of “our” and “we.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1472 | ACT | 15 | 10 | wjq7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. | ||
1473 | ACT | 15 | 10 | rfr4 | νῦν | 1 | Now | This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
1474 | ACT | 15 | 10 | zaz6 | figs-rquestion | τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι? | 1 | why are you testing God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? | Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: “do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1475 | ACT | 15 | 10 | bfd5 | οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν | 1 | our fathers | This refers to their Jewish ancestors. | |
1476 | ACT | 15 | 11 | q28c | figs-activepassive | ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι | 1 | But we believe to be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, and they according to that same manner | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1477 | ACT | 15 | 12 | um1p | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “them” refers to Paul and Barnabas. | ||
1478 | ACT | 15 | 12 | d1uc | πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος | 1 | all the crowd | “everyone” or “the whole group” (Acts 15:6) | |
1479 | ACT | 15 | 12 | uks6 | ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | God had worked | “God had done” or “God had caused” | |
1480 | ACT | 15 | 13 | vb25 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Barnabas (Acts 15:12). | ||
1481 | ACT | 15 | 13 | l7mp | 0 | Connecting Statement: | James begins to speak to the apostles and elders (Acts 15:6). | ||
1482 | ACT | 15 | 13 | pl6m | ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ | 1 | brothers, listen | “fellow believers, listen.” James was probably speaking only to men. | |
1483 | ACT | 15 | 14 | abct | ἐπεσκέψατο, λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν | 1 | concerned himself to take from the Gentiles | “graciously helped the Gentiles by taking out of them” | |
1484 | ACT | 15 | 14 | s9dn | λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν | 1 | to take from them a people | “so that he might choose from among them a people” | |
1485 | ACT | 15 | 14 | pnr9 | figs-metonymy | τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | for his name | “for God’s name.” Here name refers to God. Alternate translation: “for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1486 | ACT | 15 | 15 | h9um | 0 | General Information: | Here “I” refers to God who spoke through the words of his prophet. | ||
1487 | ACT | 15 | 15 | ibb2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | James quotes the prophet Amos from the Old Testament. | ||
1488 | ACT | 15 | 15 | am6y | figs-metonymy | τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | this agrees with the words of the prophets | Here words stands for a message. Alternate translation: “what the prophets said agrees” or “the prophets agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1489 | ACT | 15 | 15 | nbi1 | τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν | 1 | this agrees with | “this confirms” | |
1490 | ACT | 15 | 15 | j4f5 | figs-activepassive | καθὼς γέγραπται | 1 | just as it is written | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as they wrote” or “just as the prophet Amos wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1491 | ACT | 15 | 16 | f5wf | figs-metaphor | ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν, καὶ τὰ κατεστραμμένα αὐτῆς, ἀνοικοδομήσω καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν | 1 | I will build again the tent of David, which has fallen down; and I will rebuild its ruins and will restore it | This speaks of God’s again choosing one of David’s descendants to rule over his people as though he were setting up a tent again after it fell down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1492 | ACT | 15 | 16 | ist8 | figs-metonymy | τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυεὶδ | 1 | the tent of David | Here tent stands for David’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1493 | ACT | 15 | 17 | sm79 | figs-metaphor | ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον | 1 | the remnant of men may seek the Lord | This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1494 | ACT | 15 | 17 | hkw1 | figs-gendernotations | κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | remnant of men | Here men includes males and females. Alternate translation: “remnant of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1495 | ACT | 15 | 17 | pe4l | figs-123person | ἐκζητήσωσιν…τὸν Κύριον | 1 | may seek the Lord | God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “may seek me, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
1496 | ACT | 15 | 17 | tu21 | figs-activepassive | καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς | 1 | including all the Gentiles upon whom my name has been called upon them | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “including all the Gentiles who belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1497 | ACT | 15 | 17 | c8gm | figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | my name | Here my name stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1498 | ACT | 15 | 18 | tr27 | figs-activepassive | γνωστὰ | 1 | known | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1499 | ACT | 15 | 19 | g3zx | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here “we” includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1500 | ACT | 15 | 19 | f6za | 0 | Connecting Statement: | James finishes speaking to the apostles and elders. (See: Acts 15:2 and Acts 15:13) | ||
1501 | ACT | 15 | 19 | pyb9 | figs-explicit | μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν | 1 | not to trouble those from the Gentiles who are turning to God | You can make explicit in what way James does not want to trouble the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “we should not require the Gentiles who are believing in God to become circumcised and to obey the laws of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1502 | ACT | 15 | 19 | vr6u | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν | 1 | who are turning to God | A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1503 | ACT | 15 | 20 | wx8f | ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων, καὶ τῆς πορνείας, καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος | 1 | to keep away from the pollution of idols, and sexual immorality, and things that are strangled, and blood | Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods. | |
1504 | ACT | 15 | 20 | n6f2 | figs-explicit | ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων | 1 | pollution of idols | This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1505 | ACT | 15 | 20 | j2rl | figs-explicit | τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος | 1 | things that are strangled, and blood | God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses’ writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1506 | ACT | 15 | 21 | si1h | figs-explicit | Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν Σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. | 1 | For Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath | James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1507 | ACT | 15 | 21 | zd7t | figs-metonymy | Μωϋσῆς | 1 | Moses | Here Moses represents the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1508 | ACT | 15 | 21 | wp1s | figs-activepassive | Μωϋσῆς…ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν, ἔχει | 1 | Moses has in every city, from ancient generations, those proclaiming him | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there are Jews in every city, from ancient generations, who are proclaiming the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1509 | ACT | 15 | 21 | xg5n | figs-hyperbole | κατὰ πόλιν | 1 | in every city | The word every here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “in many cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1510 | ACT | 15 | 22 | rhn3 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “them” refers to Judas and Silas. The word “They” refers to the apostles, elders, and other believers of the church in Jerusalem. | ||
1511 | ACT | 15 | 22 | hp6j | figs-explicit | ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ | 1 | the whole church | Here church refers to the people who are a part of the church in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the church in Jerusalem” or “the whole community of believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1512 | ACT | 15 | 22 | c711 | translate-names | Ἰούδαν τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν | 1 | Judas called Barsabbas | This is the name of a man. Barsabbas is a second name that people called him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1513 | ACT | 15 | 23 | e4g2 | οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀδελφοὶ, τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, καὶ Συρίαν, καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν | 1 | The apostles and the elders, brothers, to those throughout Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, who are brothers from among the Gentiles. Greetings | This is the introduction of the letter. Your language may have a way of introducing the author of the letter and to whom it is written. Alternate translation: “This letter is from your brothers, the apostles and elders. We are writing to you Gentile believers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings to you” or “To our Gentile brothers in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia. Greetings from the apostles and elders, your brothers” | |
1514 | ACT | 15 | 23 | kp51 | ἀδελφοὶ…ἀδελφοῖς | 1 | brothers…brothers | Here both instances of the word brothers refer to fellow believers. By using these words, the apostles and elders assure the Gentile believers that they accept them as fellow believers. | |
1515 | ACT | 15 | 23 | php8 | translate-names | Κιλικίαν | 1 | Cilicia | This is the name of a province on the coast in Asia Minor north of the Island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1516 | ACT | 15 | 24 | g8m9 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here all instances of “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to the believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and Acts 15:22) | |
1517 | ACT | 15 | 24 | p1tl | ὅτι τινὲς | 1 | that certain ones | “that some men” | |
1518 | ACT | 15 | 24 | kh16 | οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα | 1 | who were not ordered by us | “even though we gave no orders for them to go” | |
1519 | ACT | 15 | 24 | bxq8 | figs-synecdoche | ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν | 1 | to disturb you with teachings that are upsetting your souls | Here souls refers to the people. Alternate translation: “to teach things that have troubled you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1520 | ACT | 15 | 25 | c3dl | ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας | 1 | chosen men | The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas (Acts 15:22). | |
1521 | ACT | 15 | 26 | t7vw | figs-metonymy | ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ | Here name refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” or “because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1522 | ACT | 15 | 27 | j1jb | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “We” and “us” refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and Acts 15:22) | |
1523 | ACT | 15 | 27 | v2ee | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch. | ||
1524 | ACT | 15 | 27 | xw8l | figs-explicit | αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά | 1 | they are reporting to you the same thing in words | This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: “they themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1525 | ACT | 15 | 28 | l9z6 | figs-metaphor | μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες | 1 | to be laid upon you no greater burden than these necessary things | This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1526 | ACT | 15 | 29 | nt7s | εἰδωλοθύτων | 1 | things sacrificed to idols | This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol. | |
1527 | ACT | 15 | 29 | vcc6 | figs-explicit | αἵματος | 1 | blood | This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1528 | ACT | 15 | 29 | rt55 | πνικτῶν | 1 | things strangled | A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained. | |
1529 | ACT | 15 | 29 | buy9 | ἔρρωσθε | 1 | Farewell | This announces the end of the letter. Alternate translation: “Goodbye” | |
1530 | ACT | 15 | 30 | khi8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave for Antioch. | ||
1531 | ACT | 15 | 30 | c3uk | οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες, κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν | 1 | So when they were dismissed, they came down to Antioch | The word they refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: “So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch” | |
1532 | ACT | 15 | 30 | usz6 | figs-activepassive | οἱ…ἀπολυθέντες | 1 | when they were dismissed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men” or “when the believers in Jerusalem sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1533 | ACT | 15 | 30 | t55a | κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν | 1 | they came down to Antioch | The phrase came down is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. | |
1534 | ACT | 15 | 31 | k1mr | ἐχάρησαν | 1 | they rejoiced | “the believers in Antioch rejoiced” | |
1535 | ACT | 15 | 31 | e4gf | figs-abstractnouns | ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει | 1 | because of the encouragement | The abstract noun encouragement can be expressed with the verb “encourage.” Alternate translation: “because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1536 | ACT | 15 | 32 | r65l | καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες | 1 | also being prophets themselves | Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: “because they were also prophets” or “who were also prophets” | |
1537 | ACT | 15 | 32 | e2en | τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | the brothers | “the fellow believers” | |
1538 | ACT | 15 | 32 | j99g | figs-metaphor | ἐπεστήριξαν | 1 | strengthened them | Helping someone to depend even more on Jesus is spoken of as if they were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1539 | ACT | 15 | 33 | y2ls | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Judas and Silas return to Jerusalem while Paul and Barnabas remain in Antioch. | ||
1540 | ACT | 15 | 33 | v7pj | figs-metaphor | ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον | 1 | And after they had spent time there | This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. The word “they” refers to Judas and Silas. Alternate translation: “And after they stayed there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1541 | ACT | 15 | 33 | v6im | figs-activepassive | ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | they were sent away with peace from the brothers | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the brothers sent Judas and Silas back in peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1542 | ACT | 15 | 33 | wzw4 | τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | the brothers | This refers to the believers in Antioch. | |
1543 | ACT | 15 | 33 | xv3h | πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς | 1 | to those who had sent them | “to the believers in Jerusalem who sent Judas and Silas” (Acts 15:22) | |
1544 | ACT | 15 | 35 | e7s4 | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | the word of the Lord | Here word stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1545 | ACT | 15 | 36 | k6c6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and Barnabas go on separate journeys. | ||
1546 | ACT | 15 | 36 | i1n5 | ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ | 1 | Returning, then | “On our way back to Antioch” or “As we are going back” | |
1547 | ACT | 15 | 36 | ib2j | ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | let us visit the brothers | “let us care for the brothers” or “we should offer to help the believers” | |
1548 | ACT | 15 | 36 | ua1f | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | the word of the Lord | Here word stands for the message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1549 | ACT | 15 | 36 | y9i9 | πῶς ἔχουσιν | 1 | how they are | “to learn how they are doing.” They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God’s truth. | |
1550 | ACT | 15 | 38 | a5nn | figs-litotes | Παῦλος…ἠξίου…μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον | 1 | Paul thought it wise not to take along him | The words wise not are used to say the opposite of wise. Alternate translation: “Paul thought that taking Mark along would be foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1551 | ACT | 15 | 38 | ht3k | Παμφυλίας | 1 | Pamphylia | This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10. | |
1552 | ACT | 15 | 38 | ln7w | μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον | 1 | did not go with them in the work | “did not continue to work with them” or “did not continue to serve with them” | |
1553 | ACT | 15 | 39 | bb8w | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Barnabas and Paul. | ||
1554 | ACT | 15 | 39 | u97a | figs-abstractnouns | ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων | 1 | And there arose a sharp disagreement, so as to separate them from each other | The abstract noun disagreement can be stated as the verb “disagree.” Alternate translation: “And they so strongly disagreed with each other that they separated from each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1555 | ACT | 15 | 40 | l2uq | figs-activepassive | παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | after he had been entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord | To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord” or “after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1556 | ACT | 15 | 41 | e3ym | figs-explicit | διήρχετο | 1 | he went through | The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: “they went through” or “Paul and Silas went all around in” or “Paul took Silas and went throughout” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1557 | ACT | 15 | 41 | t81z | τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν | 1 | Syria and Cilicia | These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus. | |
1558 | ACT | 15 | 41 | tbv3 | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας | 1 | strengthening the churches | Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word churches refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: “encouraging the believers in the churches” or “helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1559 | ACT | 16 | intro | e7z2 | 0 | Acts 16 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterTimothy’s circumcisionPaul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised. The woman who had a spirit of divinationMost people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her. | |||
1560 | ACT | 16 | 1 | l2b1 | 0 | General Information: | The first, third, and fourth instances of the word “him” refer to Timothy. The second “him” refers to Paul. | ||
1561 | ACT | 16 | 1 | f49m | writing-background | 0 | This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | ||
1562 | ACT | 16 | 1 | km5q | figs-go | κατήντησεν…καὶ | 1 | Paul also came down | Here came can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
1563 | ACT | 16 | 1 | d4ka | Δέρβην | 1 | Derbe | This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in Acts 14:6. | |
1564 | ACT | 16 | 1 | u3vr | ἰδοὺ | 1 | behold | The word behold alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this. | |
1565 | ACT | 16 | 1 | wxl8 | figs-ellipsis | γυναικὸς Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς | 1 | a believing Jewish woman | The words “in Christ” are understood. Alternate translation: “a Jewish woman who believed in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1566 | ACT | 16 | 2 | t1lu | figs-activepassive | ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν | 1 | He was well spoken of by the brothers | This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: “The brothers spoke well of him” or “Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers” or “The brothers said good things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1567 | ACT | 16 | 2 | rez2 | ὑπὸ τῶν…ἀδελφῶν | 1 | by the brothers | Here brothers refers to believers. Alternate translation: “by the believers” | |
1568 | ACT | 16 | 3 | p6z8 | περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν | 1 | he circumcised him | It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy. | |
1569 | ACT | 16 | 3 | za93 | διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις | 1 | because of the Jews who were in those places | “because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling” | |
1570 | ACT | 16 | 3 | hk2l | figs-explicit | ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν | 1 | for they all knew that his father was a Greek | Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1571 | ACT | 16 | 4 | n46i | 0 | General Information: | The word “they” here refers to Paul, Silas (Acts 15:40), and Timothy (Acts 16:3). | ||
1572 | ACT | 16 | 4 | bu6r | αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν | 1 | for them to keep | “for the church members to obey” or “for the believers to obey” | |
1573 | ACT | 16 | 4 | gpi3 | figs-activepassive | τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις | 1 | that had been decided by the apostles and elders who were in Jerusalem | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1574 | ACT | 16 | 5 | q8v9 | figs-activepassive | αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν | 1 | the churches were being strengthened in the faith and were increasing in number each day | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1575 | ACT | 16 | 5 | lv4f | figs-metaphor | αἱ…ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει | 1 | the churches were being strengthened in the faith | This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1576 | ACT | 16 | 6 | g97e | τὴν Φρυγίαν | 1 | Phrygia | This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in Acts 2:10. | |
1577 | ACT | 16 | 6 | ue3k | figs-activepassive | κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος | 1 | having been forbidden by the Holy Spirit | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Holy Spirit had forbidden them” or “because the Holy Spirit did not permit them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1578 | ACT | 16 | 6 | h4u4 | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον | 1 | the word | Here word stands for “message.” Alternate translation: “the message about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1579 | ACT | 16 | 7 | x1b1 | figs-go | ἐλθόντες | 1 | when they had come | Here had come can be translated as “had gone” or “had arrived.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
1580 | ACT | 16 | 7 | b1xq | translate-names | Μυσίαν…Βιθυνίαν | 1 | Mysia…Bithynia | These are two more regions in Asia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1581 | ACT | 16 | 7 | b539 | τὸ Πνεῦμα Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the Spirit of Jesus | “the Holy Spirit” | |
1582 | ACT | 16 | 8 | s6l1 | κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα | 1 | they came down to the city of Troas | The phrase came down is used here because Troas is lower in elevation than Mysia. | |
1583 | ACT | 16 | 8 | xq6n | figs-go | κατέβησαν | 1 | they came down | Here came can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
1584 | ACT | 16 | 9 | t6v2 | ὅραμα…τῷ Παύλῳ ὤφθη | 1 | a vision appeared to Paul | “Paul saw a vision from God” or “Paul had a vision from God” | |
1585 | ACT | 16 | 9 | hq8e | παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν | 1 | calling him | “begging him” or “inviting him” | |
1586 | ACT | 16 | 9 | cm2u | διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν | 1 | Coming over into Macedonia | The phrase Coming over is used because Macedonia is across the sea from Troas. | |
1587 | ACT | 16 | 10 | fg5h | ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς | 1 | we sought to go out to Macedonia, reasoning together that God had called us to proclaim the gospel to them | Here the words we and us refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts. | |
1588 | ACT | 16 | 11 | m2p5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul’s travels. | ||
1589 | ACT | 16 | 11 | q2pr | translate-names | Σαμοθρᾴκην…Νέαν Πόλιν | 1 | Samothrace…Neapolis | These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1590 | ACT | 16 | 12 | tl9f | figs-explicit | κολωνία | 1 | a colony | This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “a Roman colony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1591 | ACT | 16 | 14 | x8bp | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends the story of Lydia. | ||
1592 | ACT | 16 | 14 | n952 | writing-participants | τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία | 1 | a certain woman named Lydia | Here a certain woman introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: “there was a woman named Lydia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1593 | ACT | 16 | 14 | qj86 | figs-ellipsis | πορφυρόπωλις | 1 | a seller of purple | Here “cloth” is understood. Alternate translation: “a merchant who sold purple cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1594 | ACT | 16 | 14 | c6n8 | translate-names | Θυατείρων | 1 | of Thyatira | This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1595 | ACT | 16 | 14 | cyk3 | σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν | 1 | worshiping God | When Luke says Lydia was worshiping God, he is saying that she was a Gentile who gave praise to God and followed him, but did not obey all of the Jewish laws. | |
1596 | ACT | 16 | 14 | rd4r | figs-metaphor | ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν | 1 | of whom the Lord opened the heart to pay attention to | For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person’s heart. Alternate translation: “and the Lord caused her to listen well and to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1597 | ACT | 16 | 14 | s9ju | figs-metonymy | διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | opened the heart | Here heart stands for a person’s mind. Also, the author speaks about the heart or “mind” as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1598 | ACT | 16 | 14 | a74y | figs-activepassive | τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | what was being said by Paul | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what Paul was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1599 | ACT | 16 | 15 | g7e9 | figs-activepassive | ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς | 1 | And when she was baptized, and her household | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when they baptized Lydia and members of her household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1600 | ACT | 16 | 15 | s799 | figs-metonymy | ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς | 1 | her household | This refers to all the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: “the members of her household” or “her family and household servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1601 | ACT | 16 | 16 | vyn4 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Background information is given here to explain that this young fortune teller brought much financial gain to her masters by guessing people’s futures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1602 | ACT | 16 | 16 | anc1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins the first event in another short story during Paul’s travels; it is about a young fortune teller. | ||
1603 | ACT | 16 | 16 | ufy4 | ἐγένετο δὲ | 1 | And it happened that | This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
1604 | ACT | 16 | 16 | y1gc | writing-participants | παιδίσκην τινὰ | 1 | a certain young female slave | The phrase a certain introduces a new person to the story. Alternate translation: “there was a young female slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1605 | ACT | 16 | 16 | ymt9 | πνεῦμα Πύθωνα | 1 | a spirit of divination | An evil spirit spoke to her often about the immediate future of people. | |
1606 | ACT | 16 | 17 | tni9 | figs-metaphor | ὁδὸν σωτηρίας | 1 | the way of salvation | How a person can be saved is spoken of here as if it were a way or path that a person walks on. Alternate translation: “how God can save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1607 | ACT | 16 | 18 | lj79 | figs-activepassive | διαπονηθεὶς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας | 1 | But Paul, being greatly annoyed and turning | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But she greatly annoyed Paul so he turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1608 | ACT | 16 | 18 | qi1k | figs-metonymy | ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | in the name of Jesus Christ | Here name stands for speaking with the authority or as the representative of Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1609 | ACT | 16 | 18 | u4z8 | ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ | 1 | it came out that same hour | “the spirit came out immediately” | |
1610 | ACT | 16 | 19 | m1y7 | οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς | 1 | her masters | “the owners of the slave girl” | |
1611 | ACT | 16 | 19 | r1a1 | figs-explicit | ἰδόντες…οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς, ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν | 1 | when her masters saw that their hope of profit was gone | It can be stated clearly why they no longer hoped to make money. Alternate translation: “when her masters saw that she could no longer earn money for them by telling fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1612 | ACT | 16 | 19 | bws7 | εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν | 1 | into the marketplace | “into the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services takes place. | |
1613 | ACT | 16 | 19 | hf82 | ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας | 1 | before the authorities | “into the presence of the authorities” or “so that the authorities could judge them” | |
1614 | ACT | 16 | 20 | d2rg | προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς | 1 | when they had brought them to the magistrates | “when they had brought them to the judges” | |
1615 | ACT | 16 | 20 | wa94 | τοῖς στρατηγοῖς | 1 | to the magistrates | These were rulers or judges. | |
1616 | ACT | 16 | 20 | dkz2 | figs-exclusive | οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν | 1 | These men are stirring up our city | Here the word our refers to the people of the city and includes the magistrates who ruled it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
1617 | ACT | 16 | 21 | gna6 | παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν | 1 | to accept nor to practice | “to believe nor to obey” or “to accept nor to do” | |
1618 | ACT | 16 | 22 | r1gr | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. The word “they” here refers to soldiers. | ||
1619 | ACT | 16 | 22 | at6i | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν | 1 | commanding them to be beaten with rods | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanding the soldiers to beat them with rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1620 | ACT | 16 | 23 | dsr3 | πολλάς…ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς | 1 | when they had laid many blows upon them | “when they had hit them many times with rods” | |
1621 | ACT | 16 | 23 | y4mc | παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς | 1 | having commanded the jailer to guard them securely | “having told the jailer to make sure they did not escape” | |
1622 | ACT | 16 | 23 | zkp7 | δεσμοφύλακι | 1 | jailer | a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison | |
1623 | ACT | 16 | 24 | a79x | ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν | 1 | who, having received such a command | “who, when he heard this command” | |
1624 | ACT | 16 | 24 | rl8c | τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ ξύλον | 1 | fastened their feet in the stocks | “securely locked their feet in the stocks” | |
1625 | ACT | 16 | 24 | jug6 | ξύλον | 1 | stocks | a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person’s feet from moving | |
1626 | ACT | 16 | 25 | rwu3 | 0 | General Information: | The word “them” refers to Paul and Silas. | ||
1627 | ACT | 16 | 25 | hme2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This continues Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer. | ||
1628 | ACT | 16 | 26 | q7z1 | figs-activepassive | σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου | 1 | a great earthquake happened, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a severe earthquake shook the foundations of the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1629 | ACT | 16 | 26 | m4ye | figs-synecdoche | τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου | 1 | the foundations of the prison | When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1630 | ACT | 16 | 26 | s6mu | figs-activepassive | ἠνεῴχθησαν…αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι | 1 | all the doors were opened | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the doors opened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1631 | ACT | 16 | 26 | p393 | figs-activepassive | πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη | 1 | the chains of everyone were unfastened | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone’s chains came loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1632 | ACT | 16 | 27 | ljy6 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1633 | ACT | 16 | 27 | hr9q | figs-activepassive | ἔξυπνος…γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ | 1 | the jailer became awake | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the jailer woke up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1634 | ACT | 16 | 27 | cwt5 | ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν | 1 | he was about to kill himself | “he was ready to kill himself.” The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape. | |
1635 | ACT | 16 | 29 | pe66 | figs-explicit | αἰτήσας…φῶτα | 1 | having called for lights | The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after he called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1636 | ACT | 16 | 29 | h5ai | figs-metonymy | φῶτα | 1 | lights | The word lights stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: “torches” or “lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1637 | ACT | 16 | 29 | r6is | εἰσεπήδησεν | 1 | he rushed in | “he quickly entered the jail” | |
1638 | ACT | 16 | 29 | bb6t | translate-symaction | προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ | 1 | fell down before Paul and Silas | The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
1639 | ACT | 16 | 30 | a3h6 | προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω | 1 | having brought them out | “after he had led them outside the jail” | |
1640 | ACT | 16 | 30 | u132 | figs-activepassive | τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ | 1 | what must I do in order to be saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what must I do in order for God to save me from my sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1641 | ACT | 16 | 31 | br4k | figs-activepassive | σωθήσῃ | 1 | you will be saved | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save you” or “God will save you from your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1642 | ACT | 16 | 31 | w8ed | figs-metonymy | ὁ οἶκός σου | 1 | your household | This refers to all the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: “all the members of your household” or “your family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1643 | ACT | 16 | 32 | kb35 | 0 | General Information: | Here the first use of the word “they” as well as the words “their” and “them” refer to Paul and Silas. Compare Acts 16:25. The last use of the word “they” refers to the people in the jailers’ household. The words “him,” “his,” and “he” refer to the jailer. | ||
1644 | ACT | 16 | 32 | pq5w | figs-metonymy | ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | they spoke the word of the Lord to him | Here word stands for a message. Alternate translation: “they told him the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1645 | ACT | 16 | 33 | r3la | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα | 1 | he was baptized immediately—he and all those who were his | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul and Silas immediately baptized the jailer and all the members of his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1646 | ACT | 16 | 35 | x3x8 | 0 | General Information: | This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi (Acts 16:12). | ||
1647 | ACT | 16 | 35 | lb4z | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in Acts 16:16. | |
1648 | ACT | 16 | 35 | vev9 | ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους | 1 | Release those men | “Allow those men to leave” | |
1649 | ACT | 16 | 36 | k3i6 | ἐξελθόντες | 1 | having come out | “having come out of the jail” | |
1650 | ACT | 16 | 37 | v4yk | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | All of the times the word “they” is used and the first time “them” is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word “themselves” refers to the magistrates. The second time the word “them” is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word “us” refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1651 | ACT | 16 | 37 | b4jm | figs-explicit | ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς | 1 | said to them | Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: “said to the jailer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1652 | ACT | 16 | 37 | b7cc | figs-metonymy | δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ | 1 | They have beaten us in public | Here “They” refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: “The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1653 | ACT | 16 | 37 | wc37 | ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν | 1 | without trial—men being Romans—they threw us into prison | “without a trial to prove us guilty, even though we are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail” | |
1654 | ACT | 16 | 37 | qq1u | figs-rquestion | λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν? οὔ γάρ | 1 | they cast us out secretly? No indeed! | Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1655 | ACT | 16 | 37 | jr2j | figs-rpronouns | ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ | 1 | Instead, coming themselves | Here themselves is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
1656 | ACT | 16 | 38 | ym2u | figs-explicit | ἐφοβήθησαν…ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν | 1 | they were terrified when they heard that they are Romans | To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1657 | ACT | 16 | 40 | q59h | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. The word “them” refers to the believers in Philippi. | ||
1658 | ACT | 16 | 40 | y14i | writing-endofstory | 0 | This is the end of Paul and Silas’ time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
1659 | ACT | 16 | 40 | t1pf | figs-go | εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν | 1 | they came to the house of Lydia | Here came can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
1660 | ACT | 16 | 40 | ylk9 | τὴν Λυδίαν | 1 | the house of Lydia | “the home of Lydia” | |
1661 | ACT | 16 | 40 | ntc9 | figs-gendernotations | ἰδόντες…τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | when they had seen the brothers | Here the brothers refers to believers whether male or female. Alternate translation: “when they had visited with the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1662 | ACT | 17 | intro | gj4c | 0 | Acts 17 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterMisunderstandings about the MessiahThe Jews expected the Christ or Messiah to be a powerful king because the Old Testament says so many times. But it also says many times that the Messiah would suffer, and that was what Paul was telling the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]]) The religion of AthensPaul said that the Athenians were “religious,” but they did not worship the true God. They worshiped many different false gods. In the past they had conquered other peoples and begun to worship the gods of the people they had conquered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]]) In this chapter Luke describes for the first time how Paul told the message of Christ to people who knew nothing of the Old Testament. | |||
1663 | ACT | 17 | 1 | q9x4 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to Paul and Silas. Compare Acts 16:40. The word “them” refers to the Jews at the synagogue in Thessalonica. | ||
1664 | ACT | 17 | 1 | r3qb | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This continues the story of Paul, Silas, and Timothy’s missionary trip. They arrive in Thessalonica, apparently without Luke, since he says “they” and not “we.” | ||
1665 | ACT | 17 | 1 | e4w5 | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke, the author, starts to tell a new part of the story. | |
1666 | ACT | 17 | 1 | b7np | διοδεύσαντες | 1 | having passed through | “when they had traveled through” | |
1667 | ACT | 17 | 1 | kll1 | translate-names | τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν | 1 | Amphipolis and Apollonia | These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1668 | ACT | 17 | 1 | yj66 | figs-go | ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην | 1 | they came to Thessalonica | Here came can be translated as “went” or “arrived.” Alternate translation: “they went to Thessalonica” or “they arrived at Thessalonica” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
1669 | ACT | 17 | 2 | vbf2 | κατὰ…τὸ εἰωθὸς | 1 | according to his custom | “as his habit was” or “as his common practice was.” Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present. | |
1670 | ACT | 17 | 2 | bt5e | ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία | 1 | for three Sabbaths | “on each Sabbath day for three weeks” | |
1671 | ACT | 17 | 2 | wp3k | figs-explicit | διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν | 1 | reasoned with them from the scriptures | Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1672 | ACT | 17 | 2 | qf4t | διελέξατο αὐτοῖς | 1 | reasoned with them | “debated with them” or “discussed with them” | |
1673 | ACT | 17 | 3 | e85n | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “He” refers to Paul (Acts 17:2). | ||
1674 | ACT | 17 | 3 | ir9q | figs-metaphor | διανοίγων | 1 | He is fully opening | Possible meanings are (1) to explain the scriptures in a way that people can understand is spoken of as if Paul were opening something so people can see what is inside of it, or (2) Paul was literally opening a book or scroll and reading from it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1675 | ACT | 17 | 3 | he78 | ἔδει | 1 | it was necessary for | “it was part of God’s plan for ” | |
1676 | ACT | 17 | 3 | ipb2 | ἀναστῆναι | 1 | to rise | “to come back to life” | |
1677 | ACT | 17 | 3 | b9qi | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. | |
1678 | ACT | 17 | 4 | es2u | figs-activepassive | τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν | 1 | some from them were persuaded | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews believed” or “some of the Jews understood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1679 | ACT | 17 | 4 | nyp2 | προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ | 1 | joined Paul | “became associated with Paul” | |
1680 | ACT | 17 | 4 | t21z | σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων | 1 | of worshiping Greeks | This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision. | |
1681 | ACT | 17 | 4 | ye8v | figs-litotes | γυναικῶν…τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι | 1 | not a few of the leading women | This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: “many leading women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1682 | ACT | 17 | 5 | nuh6 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace. | ||
1683 | ACT | 17 | 5 | uj43 | figs-metaphor | ζηλώσαντες | 1 | having become jealous | The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: “feeling very jealous” or “feeling very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1684 | ACT | 17 | 5 | vev6 | figs-explicit | ζηλώσαντες | 1 | having become jealous | It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul’s message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1685 | ACT | 17 | 5 | btw6 | προσλαβόμενοι τῶν ἀγοραίων ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς | 1 | having taken certain wicked men of the marketplace | Here having taken does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them. | |
1686 | ACT | 17 | 5 | lc6g | ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς | 1 | certain wicked men | “some evil men.” The word men here refers specifically to males. | |
1687 | ACT | 17 | 5 | ie1f | τῶν ἀγοραίων | 1 | of the marketplace | “from the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. | |
1688 | ACT | 17 | 5 | t3bc | figs-metonymy | ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν | 1 | they set the city in an uproar | Here the city stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: “they caused the people of the city to be in an uproar” or “they caused the people of the city to riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1689 | ACT | 17 | 5 | s3uv | ἐπιστάντες τῇ οἰκίᾳ | 1 | having assaulted the house | “having violently attacking the house.” This probably means the people were throwing rocks at the house and trying to break down the door of the house. | |
1690 | ACT | 17 | 5 | ks2l | translate-names | Ἰάσονος | 1 | of Jason | Jason is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1691 | ACT | 17 | 5 | abcu | αὐτοὺς προαγαγεῖν | 1 | to lead them | “to bring Paul and Silas” | |
1692 | ACT | 17 | 5 | pp7k | εἰς τὸν δῆμον | 1 | to the people | Possible meanings for the people are (1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or (2) an unruly mob. | |
1693 | ACT | 17 | 6 | i79p | τινας ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | certain brothers | Here brothers refers to believers. Alternate translation: “some other believers” | |
1694 | ACT | 17 | 6 | e44z | ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας | 1 | before the city officials | “in the presence of the city officials” | |
1695 | ACT | 17 | 6 | g7xj | οἱ…οὗτοι | 1 | Those who…they | The Jewish leaders were referring to Paul and Silas. | |
1696 | ACT | 17 | 6 | c2av | figs-hyperbole | τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες | 1 | have turned the inhabited world upside down | This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: “have caused trouble everywhere in the world” or “have caused trouble everywhere they have gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
1697 | ACT | 17 | 7 | hlc9 | ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων; καὶ οὗτοι πάντες | 1 | Jason and all these men have welcomed | This phrase signals that Jason and his companions were in agreement with the apostles’ troubling message. | |
1698 | ACT | 17 | 8 | th2f | ἐτάραξαν | 1 | were disturbed | “were worried” | |
1699 | ACT | 17 | 9 | ya44 | λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν | 1 | after they had received a bond from Jason and the rest of them | Jason and the others had to pay the money to the city officials as a promise of good behavior; that money might be returned if all went well or it might be used to repair the damages brought on by bad behavior. | |
1700 | ACT | 17 | 9 | bj48 | τῶν λοιπῶν | 1 | the rest of them | The words the rest of them refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials. | |
1701 | ACT | 17 | 9 | aru6 | ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς | 1 | they released them | “the officials let Jason and the other believers go” | |
1702 | ACT | 17 | 10 | na8h | 0 | General Information: | Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea. | ||
1703 | ACT | 17 | 10 | qy5c | figs-gendernotations | οἱ…ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | the brothers | The word brothers here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1704 | ACT | 17 | 11 | k2st | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | The word Now is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
1705 | ACT | 17 | 11 | gu6s | οὗτοι…ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι | 1 | these were more open-minded than | These open-minded people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: “the Bereans were more willing to listen” | |
1706 | ACT | 17 | 11 | hle3 | figs-metonymy | ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον | 1 | received the word | Here word refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: “listened to the teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1707 | ACT | 17 | 11 | uh8a | μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας | 1 | with all readiness | These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul’s teachings about the scripture. | |
1708 | ACT | 17 | 11 | lzm3 | καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς | 1 | examining the scriptures each day | “carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day” | |
1709 | ACT | 17 | 11 | g8an | ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως | 1 | these things were so | “the things Paul said were true” | |
1710 | ACT | 17 | 12 | abcv | figs-litotes | ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι | 1 | not a few men | This is an understatement to emphasize that many men believed the message. Alternate translation: “many men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1711 | ACT | 17 | 13 | vn8h | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
1712 | ACT | 17 | 13 | asb4 | figs-metaphor | ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες | 1 | they came and there stirred up | This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: “they came there and agitated” or “they went there and disturbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1713 | ACT | 17 | 13 | wjq3 | ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους | 1 | troubled the crowds | “worried the crowds” or “caused the people to become upset” | |
1714 | ACT | 17 | 14 | ael8 | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | brothers | The word brothers here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1715 | ACT | 17 | 14 | zw1c | πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | to go as far as to the sea | “to go all the way to the coast.” From here Paul would probably sail to another city. | |
1716 | ACT | 17 | 15 | tjh5 | καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον | 1 | were leading Paul down | “who were accompanying Paul” or “who were going down with Paul” | |
1717 | ACT | 17 | 15 | gs1p | figs-quotations | λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σιλᾶν καὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον | 1 | after receiving a command to Silas and Timothy | “after telling them to command Silas and Timothy so.” This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
1718 | ACT | 17 | 16 | wk63 | 0 | General Information: | This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas’ travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him. | ||
1719 | ACT | 17 | 16 | y9cr | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. | |
1720 | ACT | 17 | 16 | we78 | figs-synecdoche | παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν | 1 | his spirit was being provoked within him, seeing the city being full of idols | Here his spirit stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city” or “seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1721 | ACT | 17 | 17 | q8px | διελέγετο | 1 | he reasoned | “he debated” or “he discussed.” This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well. | |
1722 | ACT | 17 | 17 | jkj8 | τοῖς σεβομένοις | 1 | those who were worshiping | This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws. | |
1723 | ACT | 17 | 17 | ec14 | ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ | 1 | in the marketplace | “in the public square.” This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place. | |
1724 | ACT | 17 | 18 | ru6a | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “him,” “He, “and “he” refer to Paul. | ||
1725 | ACT | 17 | 18 | l7le | translate-names | τῶν Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων | 1 | of the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers | These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1726 | ACT | 17 | 18 | f976 | translate-names | Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων | 1 | Stoic philosophers | These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1727 | ACT | 17 | 18 | dnj8 | τινες ἔλεγον | 1 | some said | “some of the Stoic philosophers said” | |
1728 | ACT | 17 | 18 | g4bv | figs-metaphor | τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν? | 1 | What is this babbler wanting to say? | The word “babbler” was used to refer to birds picking up seeds as food. It refers negatively to a person who only knows a little bit of information. The philosophers said Paul had bits of information which were not worth listening to. Alternate translation: “What is this uneducated person trying to say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1729 | ACT | 17 | 18 | k2ps | οἱ δέ, ξένων | 1 | But others said | “But other philosophers said” | |
1730 | ACT | 17 | 18 | l41t | δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι | 1 | He seems to be a proclaimer | “He seems to be teaching a philosophy” | |
1731 | ACT | 17 | 18 | sx9t | ξένων δαιμονίων | 1 | of foreign gods | That is, gods that Greeks and Romans do not worship or know about. | |
1732 | ACT | 17 | 19 | fs5g | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The words “him,” “He” and “you” refer to Paul (Acts 17:18). Here the words “They” and “we” refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1733 | ACT | 17 | 19 | mv8c | ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ἤγαγον | 1 | And taking hold of him, they brought him to the Areopagus | This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders. | |
1734 | ACT | 17 | 19 | b56g | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον | 1 | to the Areopagus | The Areopagus was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: “to the leaders that met on the Areopagus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1735 | ACT | 17 | 19 | ze7e | τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον…λέγοντες | 1 | the Areopagus, saying | Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul” | |
1736 | ACT | 17 | 19 | unc8 | translate-names | Ἄρειον Πάγον | 1 | Areopagus | This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1737 | ACT | 17 | 20 | lay8 | figs-metaphor | ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν | 1 | For you are bringing some strange things to our ears | Paul’s teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here ears refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: “For you are teaching some things that we have never heard before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1738 | ACT | 17 | 21 | dn1t | figs-hyperbole | Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι | 1 | And all the Athenians and the foreigners living there | The word all is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” or “And many of the Athenians and the strangers living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1739 | ACT | 17 | 21 | d8yb | translate-names | Ἀθηναῖοι | 1 | the Athenians | Athenians are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1740 | ACT | 17 | 21 | sk5b | figs-metaphor | εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν | 1 | spent their time in nothing other than either to tell something or to listen to | Here time is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: “used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening to” or “were always doing nothing but telling or listening to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1741 | ACT | 17 | 21 | ij4e | figs-hyperbole | εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν | 1 | spent their time in nothing other than | The phrase spent their time in nothing is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: “did not do much but” or “spent much of their time only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1742 | ACT | 17 | 21 | wr1r | λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν τι καινότερον | 1 | to tell something or to listen to something new | “discussing new philosophical ideas” or “talking about what was new to them” | |
1743 | ACT | 17 | 22 | zq3y | 0 | General Information: | Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus. | ||
1744 | ACT | 17 | 22 | ja1k | κατὰ πάντα…δεισιδαιμονεστέρους | 1 | very religious in every way | Paul is referring to the Athenians’ public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices. | |
1745 | ACT | 17 | 23 | gn1j | διερχόμενος γὰρ | 1 | For passing through | “Because as I was walked through” or “As I was walking along” | |
1746 | ACT | 17 | 23 | cem7 | ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ | 1 | To an Unknown God | Possible meanings are (1) “to a certain unknown god” or (2) “to a god not known.” This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar. | |
1747 | ACT | 17 | 24 | m1jm | τὸν κόσμον | 1 | the world | In the most general sense, the world refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them. | |
1748 | ACT | 17 | 24 | rqk9 | οὗτος…ὑπάρχων Κύριος | 1 | he who is Lord | “because the one who is Lord.” Here he is referring to the unknown god mentioned in Acts 17:23 that Paul is explaining is the Lord God. | |
1749 | ACT | 17 | 24 | f2mz | figs-merism | οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς | 1 | of heaven and earth | The words heaven and earth are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
1750 | ACT | 17 | 24 | ju4h | figs-synecdoche | χειροποιήτοις | 1 | built with hands | Here hands stands for people. Alternate translation: “built by the hands of people” or “that people built” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1751 | ACT | 17 | 25 | e3dg | figs-activepassive | οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται | 1 | Neither is he served by hands of men | Here served has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: “Neither do men take care of him with their hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1752 | ACT | 17 | 25 | yq68 | figs-synecdoche | ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων | 1 | by hands of men | Here hands stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: “by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1753 | ACT | 17 | 25 | sj89 | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς διδοὺς | 1 | himself giving | “because he himself gives.” The word himself is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
1754 | ACT | 17 | 26 | r3lt | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “he” and “him” refer to the one true God, the creator. The words “their” and “them” refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word “us,” Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1755 | ACT | 17 | 26 | p1e4 | ἑνὸς | 1 | one man | This means Adam, the first person God created. | |
1756 | ACT | 17 | 26 | js4p | ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν | 1 | having determined their appointed seasons and the boundaries of their habitation | This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “And he determined when and where they would live” | |
1757 | ACT | 17 | 27 | jae5 | figs-metaphor | ζητεῖν τὸν Θεὸν, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν | 1 | to seek God and perhaps they might feel around for him and find him | Here to seek God represents desiring to know him, and feel around for him and find him represents praying and having a relationship with him. Alternate translation: “so that they should want to know God and perhaps pray to him and become one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1758 | ACT | 17 | 27 | p8hk | figs-litotes | καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα | 1 | Yet he is not far from each one of us | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Yet he is very near to everyone of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1759 | ACT | 17 | 28 | tkd3 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “him” and “his” refer to God (Acts 17:24). When Paul says “we” here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1760 | ACT | 17 | 28 | cbd9 | ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ | 1 | For in him | “Because of him” | |
1761 | ACT | 17 | 29 | k9ws | figs-metaphor | γένος…ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | are God’s offspring | Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God’s literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1762 | ACT | 17 | 29 | czi9 | figs-metonymy | τὸ θεῖον | 1 | the divine being | Here divine being refers to God’s nature or attributes. Alternate translation: “the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1763 | ACT | 17 | 29 | q4q2 | figs-activepassive | χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου | 1 | images of the skill and imagination of man | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed” or “images that people make by using their art and imagination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1764 | ACT | 17 | 30 | y2u8 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to God. | ||
1765 | ACT | 17 | 30 | zj28 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes his speech to the philosophers in the Areopagus, which he began in Acts 17:22. | ||
1766 | ACT | 17 | 30 | suh6 | οὖν | 1 | Therefore | “Because what I have just said is true” | |
1767 | ACT | 17 | 30 | iva4 | τοὺς…χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ Θεὸς | 1 | God, having overlooked the times of ignorance | “God, having decided not to punish people during the times of ignorance” | |
1768 | ACT | 17 | 30 | h8uy | χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας | 1 | times of ignorance | This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God. | |
1769 | ACT | 17 | 30 | qim5 | figs-gendernotations | τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας | 1 | all men | This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1770 | ACT | 17 | 31 | htp7 | ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν | 1 | in which he is about to judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he has appointed | “when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness” | |
1771 | ACT | 17 | 31 | jt3a | figs-metonymy | μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην | 1 | he is about to judge the world | Here world refers to the people. Alternate translation: “he will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1772 | ACT | 17 | 31 | i9aw | ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ | 1 | in righteousness | “justly” or “fairly” | |
1773 | ACT | 17 | 31 | l61p | πίστιν παρασχὼν | 1 | He has provided signs | “God has demonstrated his choice of this man” | |
1774 | ACT | 17 | 31 | ulr4 | ἐκ νεκρῶν | 1 | from the dead | From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. | |
1775 | ACT | 17 | 32 | tc8t | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “We” refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1776 | ACT | 17 | 32 | c4sm | writing-endofstory | 0 | This is the end of the part of the story about Paul in Athens. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
1777 | ACT | 17 | 32 | nb26 | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke shifts from Paul’s teachings to the reaction of the people of Athens. | |
1778 | ACT | 17 | 32 | jlm5 | ἀκούσαντες | 1 | when they heard of | These are the people who were present at the Areopagus listening to Paul. | |
1779 | ACT | 17 | 32 | sn6j | οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον | 1 | some mocked him | “some ridiculed Paul” or “some laughed at Paul.” These did not believe it was possible for someone to die and then return to life. | |
1780 | ACT | 17 | 34 | psh8 | translate-names | Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης | 1 | Dionysius the Areopagite | Dionysius is a man’s name. Areopagite implies that Dionysius was one of the judges at the council of Areopagus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1781 | ACT | 17 | 34 | hsz3 | translate-names | Δάμαρις | 1 | Damaris | This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1782 | ACT | 18 | intro | rky6 | 0 | Acts 18 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterThe baptism of JohnSome Jews who lived far away from Jerusalem and Judea had heard of John the Baptist and followed his teachings. They had not yet heard about Jesus. One of these Jews was Apollos. He followed John the Baptist, but he did not know that the Messiah had come. John had baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins, but this baptism was different from Christian baptism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) | |||
1783 | ACT | 18 | 1 | jat1 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Aquila and Priscilla are introduced to the story and verses 2 and 3 give background information about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1784 | ACT | 18 | 1 | qa9b | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is another part of the story of Paul’s travels as he goes to Corinth. | ||
1785 | ACT | 18 | 1 | fky7 | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | After these things | “After these events took place in Athens” | |
1786 | ACT | 18 | 1 | abcw | χωρισθεὶς | 1 | having departed | “when Paul had departed” | |
1787 | ACT | 18 | 1 | h2si | τῶν Ἀθηνῶν | 1 | Athens | Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 17:15. | |
1788 | ACT | 18 | 2 | d9zx | καὶ εὑρών | 1 | And when he found | Possible meanings are that (1) Paul happened to find by chance or (2) Paul intentionally found. | |
1789 | ACT | 18 | 2 | hm16 | writing-participants | τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν | 1 | a certain Jew named Aquila | Here the phrase a certain indicates this is introducing new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1790 | ACT | 18 | 2 | y97p | translate-names | Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει | 1 | a native of Pontus | Pontus was a province on the southern coast of the Black Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1791 | ACT | 18 | 2 | q4va | προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα | 1 | who had recently come | This probably happened sometime in the past year. | |
1792 | ACT | 18 | 2 | n631 | translate-names | τῆς Ἰταλίας | 1 | Italy | This is the name of land. Rome is the capital city of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1793 | ACT | 18 | 2 | n95f | τὸ διατεταχέναι Κλαύδιον | 1 | Claudius had ordered | Claudius was the current Roman emperor. See how you translated this in Acts 11:28. | |
1794 | ACT | 18 | 3 | q259 | τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι | 1 | he was of the same trade | “he did the same kind of work that they did” | |
1795 | ACT | 18 | 4 | r56h | 0 | General Information: | Silas and Timothy rejoin Paul. | ||
1796 | ACT | 18 | 4 | h3az | διελέγετο δὲ | 1 | And he reasoned | “And Paul debated” or “And Paul discussed.” He gave reasons. This means that rather than just preaching, Paul talked and interacted with the people. | |
1797 | ACT | 18 | 4 | r2gp | ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας | 1 | persuading both Jews and Greeks | Possible meanings are (1) “he caused both Jews and Greeks to believe” or (2) “he kept trying to persuade the Jews and the Greeks.” | |
1798 | ACT | 18 | 6 | ncx8 | translate-symaction | ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια | 1 | shaking out his garment | This is a symbolic action to indicate that Paul will no longer try to teach the Jews there about Jesus. He is leaving them to God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
1799 | ACT | 18 | 6 | z12a | figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν | 1 | Your blood be upon your head | Here blood stands for the guilt of their actions. Here head refers to the whole person. Paul tells the Jews they are solely responsible for the judgment they will face for their stubbornness if they refuse to repent. Alternate translation: “You alone bear the responsibility for your punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1800 | ACT | 18 | 7 | cd3u | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The first word “his” refers to Titius Justus. The second word “his” refers to Crispus. | ||
1801 | ACT | 18 | 7 | vs6y | translate-names | Τιτίου Ἰούστου | 1 | Titius Justus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1802 | ACT | 18 | 7 | v8xg | σεβομένου τὸν Θεόν | 1 | who worships God | A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him but does not necessarily obey all of the Jewish laws. | |
1803 | ACT | 18 | 8 | lj2t | translate-names | Κρίσπος | 1 | Crispus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1804 | ACT | 18 | 8 | kkk9 | ἀρχισυνάγωγος | 1 | leader of the synagogue | a layperson who sponsored and administered the synagogue, not necessarily the teacher | |
1805 | ACT | 18 | 8 | uaq5 | figs-metonymy | ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | all those in his house | Here house refers to the people who lived together. Alternate translation: “the people who lived with him in his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1806 | ACT | 18 | 8 | t3np | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίζοντο | 1 | were being baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “were receiving baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1807 | ACT | 18 | 9 | ws7p | figs-parallelism | μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς | 1 | Do not be afraid, but continue speaking and do not be silent | The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: “You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
1808 | ACT | 18 | 9 | zg8a | figs-doublet | λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς | 1 | continue speaking and do not be silent | The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “you must certainly continue to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
1809 | ACT | 18 | 9 | a529 | figs-explicit | μὴ σιωπήσῃς | 1 | do not be silent | It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: “do not stop speaking about the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1810 | ACT | 18 | 10 | a8lq | λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ | 1 | I have many people in this city | “there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me” or “many people in this city will put their faith in me” | |
1811 | ACT | 18 | 11 | mqx2 | writing-endofstory | ἐκάθισεν δὲ ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἓξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | And so he stayed there for a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them | This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. Here word of God is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: “And so Paul lived there for a year and six months, teaching the scriptures among them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1812 | ACT | 18 | 12 | f41k | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
1813 | ACT | 18 | 12 | b5bf | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The unbelieving Jews bring Paul to the judgment seat before Gallio. | ||
1814 | ACT | 18 | 12 | se8m | translate-names | Γαλλίωνος | 1 | Gallio | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1815 | ACT | 18 | 12 | j762 | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This stands for the Jewish leaders that did not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1816 | ACT | 18 | 12 | lp79 | κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν | 1 | rose up together against | “came together against” or “joined together to attack” | |
1817 | ACT | 18 | 12 | u36c | figs-metonymy | ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα | 1 | brought him before the judgment seat | The Jews took Paul by force to bring Paul before the court. Here judgment seat refers to the place where Gallio sat when he made legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “took him so that the governor could judge him at the judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1818 | ACT | 18 | 14 | d13b | ὁ Γαλλίων | 1 | Gallio | Gallio was the Roman governor of the Province. | |
1819 | ACT | 18 | 15 | y6mt | νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς | 1 | your law | Here law refers to the law of Moses and as well as the Jewish customs of Paul’s time. | |
1820 | ACT | 18 | 15 | khr5 | κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι | 1 | I do not want to be a judge of these matters | “I refuse to make a judgment about these matters” | |
1821 | ACT | 18 | 16 | yf81 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat (Acts 18:12). | ||
1822 | ACT | 18 | 16 | d6nh | figs-metonymy | ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος | 1 | he sent them away from the judgment seat | “Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat.” Here judgment seat refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: “Gallio made them leave his presence in the court” or “Gallio made them leave the court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1823 | ACT | 18 | 17 | cyk6 | figs-hyperbole | ἐπιλαβόμενοι…πάντες | 1 | they all, having seized | This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: “many people seized” or “many of them grabbed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1824 | ACT | 18 | 17 | mj77 | ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος | 1 | But they all, having seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, were beating him in front of the judgment seat | Possible meanings are (1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or (2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court. | |
1825 | ACT | 18 | 17 | x9w5 | translate-names | Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον | 1 | Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue | Sosthenes was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1826 | ACT | 18 | 17 | z9fv | ἔτυπτον | 1 | were beating him | “repeatedly hit him” or “repeatedly punched him.” | |
1827 | ACT | 18 | 18 | x25w | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
1828 | ACT | 18 | 18 | ura9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This continues Paul’s missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says “he” here and not “we.” The word “they” refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila. | ||
1829 | ACT | 18 | 18 | et8c | figs-gendernotations | τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος | 1 | left the brothers | The word brothers refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: “left the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
1830 | ACT | 18 | 18 | v5kl | ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας | 1 | and sailed to Syria, and Priscilla and Aquila were with him | Paul got on a ship that sailed for Syria. Priscilla and Aquila went with him. | |
1831 | ACT | 18 | 18 | kq6f | translate-symaction | κειράμενος…τὴν κεφαλήν, εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν | 1 | He had cut the hair of his head…because he had a vow | This is a symbolic action that indicates the completion of a vow. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he had someone cut off the hair on his head … because he had completed a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1832 | ACT | 18 | 19 | abcx | κἀκείνους κατέλιπεν | 1 | he left them | “Paul left Priscilla and Aquilla” | |
1833 | ACT | 18 | 19 | st93 | διελέξατο | 1 | reasoned with | “discussed with” or “debated with” | |
1834 | ACT | 18 | 20 | u44s | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “they” and “them” refer to the Jews in Ephesus. | ||
1835 | ACT | 18 | 21 | iz1u | ἀποταξάμενος | 1 | having left them | “when he had departed from them” | |
1836 | ACT | 18 | 22 | pr6u | 0 | General Information: | Phrygia is a province in Asia which is now modern day Turkey. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10. | ||
1837 | ACT | 18 | 22 | p364 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul continues his missionary journey. | ||
1838 | ACT | 18 | 22 | gyy4 | κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν | 1 | having landed at Caesarea | “when he had arrived at Caesarea.” The word landed is used to show that he arrived by ship. | |
1839 | ACT | 18 | 22 | r26z | ἀναβὰς | 1 | having gone up | He traveled to the city of Jerusalem. The phrase gone up is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. | |
1840 | ACT | 18 | 22 | q9j6 | figs-metonymy | ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν | 1 | greeted the church | Here church refers to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “greeted the members of the church of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1841 | ACT | 18 | 22 | n3rh | κατέβη | 1 | he went down | The phrase went down is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem. | |
1842 | ACT | 18 | 23 | pww5 | ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | he departed | “Paul went away” or “Paul left” | |
1843 | ACT | 18 | 23 | h65j | figs-metaphor | καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ | 1 | And having spent some time there | This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend. Alternate translation: And after staying there for a while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1844 | ACT | 18 | 24 | a7p9 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
1845 | ACT | 18 | 24 | muc2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila. | ||
1846 | ACT | 18 | 24 | xqy7 | δέ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. | |
1847 | ACT | 18 | 24 | n2b4 | writing-participants | Ἰουδαῖος…τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι | 1 | a certain Jew named Apollos | The phrase a certain indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1848 | ACT | 18 | 24 | di14 | translate-names | Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει | 1 | an Alexandrian by birth | “a man who was born in the city of Alexandria.” This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1849 | ACT | 18 | 24 | t4zi | ἀνὴρ λόγιος | 1 | an eloquent man | “a good speaker” | |
1850 | ACT | 18 | 24 | bh25 | δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς | 1 | He was mighty in the scriptures | “he knew the scriptures thoroughly.” He understood the Old Testament writings well. | |
1851 | ACT | 18 | 25 | z7a8 | figs-activepassive | οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | He had been instructed in the way of the Lord | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1852 | ACT | 18 | 25 | ift8 | figs-synecdoche | καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι | 1 | and being fervent in spirit | Here spirit refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: “and being very enthusiastic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1853 | ACT | 18 | 25 | lr1h | τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου | 1 | the baptism of John | “The baptism that John performed.” This is comparing John’s baptism which was with water to Jesus’ baptism which is with the Holy Spirit. | |
1854 | ACT | 18 | 26 | ga6v | figs-metaphor | τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the way of God | How God wants people to live is spoken of as if it were a road that a person travels. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1855 | ACT | 18 | 26 | k1lb | ἀκριβέστερον | 1 | more accurately | “more correctly” or “more fully” | |
1856 | ACT | 18 | 27 | c2sq | 0 | General Information: | Here the he words “he” and “him” refer to Apollos (Acts 18:24). | ||
1857 | ACT | 18 | 27 | ll36 | διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν | 1 | to pass over into Achaia | “to go to the region of Achaia.” The phrase pass over is used here because Apollos had to cross the Aegean Sea to get to Achaia from Ephesus. | |
1858 | ACT | 18 | 27 | pql7 | τὴν Ἀχαΐαν | 1 | Achaia | Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12. | |
1859 | ACT | 18 | 27 | v2i6 | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | brothers | The word brothers here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: “fellow believers in Ephesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1860 | ACT | 18 | 27 | q5f2 | ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς | 1 | and wrote to the disciples | “and wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia” | |
1861 | ACT | 18 | 27 | f99p | τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος | 1 | those who had believed by grace | “those who had believed in salvation by grace” or “those who by God’s grace believed in Jesus” | |
1862 | ACT | 18 | 28 | l2zt | εὐτόνως…τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ | 1 | he was powerfully refuting the Jews publicly | “in public debate Apollos powerfully proved that the Jews were wrong” | |
1863 | ACT | 19 | intro | g38y | 0 | Acts 19 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterBaptismJohn baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus’ followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus. Temple of DianaThe temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues. | |||
1864 | ACT | 19 | 1 | rhv1 | 0 | General Information: | The “upper country” was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea. | ||
1865 | ACT | 19 | 1 | wu6p | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul travels to Ephesus. | ||
1866 | ACT | 19 | 1 | lp23 | ἐγένετο δὲ | 1 | And it happened that | This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
1867 | ACT | 19 | 1 | ati9 | διελθόντα | 1 | passed through | “traveled through” | |
1868 | ACT | 19 | 2 | wqi4 | εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε | 1 | Did you receive the Holy Spirit | This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them. | |
1869 | ACT | 19 | 2 | nvn4 | οὐδ’ εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἔστιν ἠκούσαμεν | 1 | we did not even heard if there is a Holy Spirit | “we have never heard about the Holy Spirit” | |
1870 | ACT | 19 | 3 | hml1 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “They,” “you,” and “they” refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus (Acts 19:1). The word “him” refers to John. | ||
1871 | ACT | 19 | 3 | mrm6 | figs-activepassive | εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε | 1 | Into what then were you baptized? | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “What kind of baptism did you receive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1872 | ACT | 19 | 3 | jzp7 | figs-ellipsis | εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα | 1 | Into the baptism of John | You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “We received the kind of baptism about which John taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
1873 | ACT | 19 | 4 | r46y | figs-abstractnouns | βάπτισμα μετανοίας | 1 | a baptism of repentance | You can translate the abstract noun repentance as the verb “repent.” Alternate translation: “the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1874 | ACT | 19 | 4 | pv7t | τὸν ἐρχόμενον | 1 | the one who is coming | Here the one refers to Jesus. | |
1875 | ACT | 19 | 4 | q5fh | τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν | 1 | the one who is coming after him | This means to come after John the Baptist in time and not following after him physically. | |
1876 | ACT | 19 | 5 | zx2b | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul continues staying in Ephesus. | ||
1877 | ACT | 19 | 5 | k9st | ἐβαπτίσθησαν | 1 | they were baptized | Here they refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul (Acts 19:1), | |
1878 | ACT | 19 | 5 | ueh1 | figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίσθησαν | 1 | they were baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they received baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1879 | ACT | 19 | 5 | g2dm | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | in the name of the Lord Jesus | Here name refers to Jesus’ power and authority. Alternate translation: “as believers in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1880 | ACT | 19 | 6 | gk8l | ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου χεῖρας | 1 | when Paul had laid his hands on them | He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: “when Paul had placed his hands on their heads as he prayed” | |
1881 | ACT | 19 | 6 | j4n8 | ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ ἐπροφήτευον | 1 | and they began to speak in tongues and prophesy | Unlike in Acts 2:3-4, there are no details of who understood their messages. | |
1882 | ACT | 19 | 7 | e7kj | writing-background | ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα | 1 | And they were about 12 men in all | This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
1883 | ACT | 19 | 7 | u71i | translate-numbers | ἄνδρες…δώδεκα | 1 | 12 men | “12 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
1884 | ACT | 19 | 8 | qv8z | εἰσελθὼν…εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς | 1 | having gone into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months | “Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly” | |
1885 | ACT | 19 | 8 | yky2 | διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων | 1 | reasoning and persuading them | “convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching” | |
1886 | ACT | 19 | 8 | v8et | figs-metonymy | περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | about the kingdom of God | Here kingdom stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “about God’s rule as king” or “about how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1887 | ACT | 19 | 9 | mq1g | figs-metaphor | τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν | 1 | some were hardened and being disobedient | To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hardened and unable to move. Alternate translation: “some Jews were stubborn and did not believe” or “some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1888 | ACT | 19 | 9 | n6ir | figs-metaphor | κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους | 1 | speaking evil of the Way before the crowd | What Christ wants people to believe is spoken of as though it were a road that a person travels. The phrase the Way seems to have been a title for Christianity at the time. Alternate translation: “speaking evil about Christianity to the crowd” or “speaking to the crowd evil things about those who follow Christ and who obey his teaching about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and Acts 9:2) |
1889 | ACT | 19 | 9 | ts8d | κακολογοῦντες | 1 | speaking evil | “speaking bad things about” | |
1890 | ACT | 19 | 9 | xsm6 | ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου | 1 | in the lecture hall of Tyrannus | “in the large room where Tyrannus had taught people” | |
1891 | ACT | 19 | 9 | den4 | translate-names | Τυράννου | 1 | of Tyrannus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1892 | ACT | 19 | 10 | cw5g | figs-hyperbole | πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | all those who lived in Asia heard the word of the Lord | Here all is a generalization that means very many people throughout Asia heard the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
1893 | ACT | 19 | 10 | kj12 | figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου | 1 | the word of the Lord | Here word stands for a message. Alternate translation: “the message about the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1894 | ACT | 19 | 11 | cb6w | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “them” and “they” refer to those who were sick. | ||
1895 | ACT | 19 | 11 | fa6h | figs-synecdoche | δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας, ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίει διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου | 1 | And God was doing not ordinary miracles by the hands of Paul | Here hands stands for Paul’s whole person. Alternate translation: “And God was causing Paul to do unusual miracles” or “And God was doing amazing miracles through Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1896 | ACT | 19 | 11 | abcy | οὐ τὰς τυχούσας | 1 | not ordinary | “unusual” | |
1897 | ACT | 19 | 12 | m3kl | καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ | 1 | even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body were taken to the sick and | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul” | |
1898 | ACT | 19 | 12 | vc1v | καὶ…ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια | 1 | even handkerchiefs and aprons from his body | Possible meanings are (1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or (2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used. | |
1899 | ACT | 19 | 12 | aks4 | σουδάρια | 1 | handkerchiefs | cloths worn around the head | |
1900 | ACT | 19 | 12 | xs31 | σιμικίνθια | 1 | aprons | clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people | |
1901 | ACT | 19 | 12 | kw9z | figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας | 1 | the sick | This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: “sick people” or “those who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
1902 | ACT | 19 | 12 | nl3a | ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους | 1 | their illnesses departed from them | “those who were sick became healthy” | |
1903 | ACT | 19 | 13 | he2x | 0 | General Information: | This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists. | ||
1904 | ACT | 19 | 13 | fgq4 | ἐξορκιστῶν | 1 | exorcists | people who send evil spirits away from people or places | |
1905 | ACT | 19 | 13 | s12u | figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the name of the Lord Jesus | Here name refers to Jesus’ power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1906 | ACT | 19 | 13 | d59p | τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει | 1 | by the Jesus whom Paul proclaims | Jesus was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke. | |
1907 | ACT | 19 | 13 | vqt1 | figs-metonymy | τὸν Ἰησοῦν | 1 | by the Jesus | This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus” or “by the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1908 | ACT | 19 | 14 | cb8p | translate-names | Σκευᾶ | 1 | of Sceva | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1909 | ACT | 19 | 15 | i4a2 | τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι | 1 | Jesus I know, and Paul I know | “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul” | |
1910 | ACT | 19 | 15 | nsl1 | figs-rquestion | ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ? | 1 | but who are you? | The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1911 | ACT | 19 | 16 | ty4x | ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν | 1 | the man in whom was the evil spirit, after leaping on them | This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists. | |
1912 | ACT | 19 | 16 | lu7u | αὐτοὺς | 1 | them | This refers to the exorcists who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in Acts 19:13. | |
1913 | ACT | 19 | 16 | b8cb | γυμνοὺς…ἐκφυγεῖν | 1 | they fled…naked | The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them. | |
1914 | ACT | 19 | 17 | j85h | figs-activepassive | ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they magnified the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1915 | ACT | 19 | 17 | j2hh | figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομα | 1 | the name | This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1916 | ACT | 19 | 18 | tj8t | writing-endofstory | 0 | This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | ||
1917 | ACT | 19 | 19 | z9rj | συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους | 1 | having brought their books together | “having collected their books.” The word books refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written. | |
1918 | ACT | 19 | 19 | m6nf | ἐνώπιον πάντων | 1 | before everyone | “in front of everyone” | |
1919 | ACT | 19 | 19 | upz3 | τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν | 1 | the value of them | “the value of the books” or “the value of the scrolls” | |
1920 | ACT | 19 | 19 | u9pi | translate-numbers | μυριάδας πέντε | 1 | 50,000 | “ fifty thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
1921 | ACT | 19 | 19 | bcv2 | translate-bmoney | ἀργυρίου | 1 | pieces of silver | Each of the pieces of silver was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) |
1922 | ACT | 19 | 20 | es71 | figs-synecdoche | οὕτως κατὰ κράτος τοῦ Κυρίου ὁ λόγος ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν | 1 | So the word of the Lord was spreading and prevailing according to power | “So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1923 | ACT | 19 | 21 | k1j1 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet. | ||
1924 | ACT | 19 | 21 | de4f | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story. | |
1925 | ACT | 19 | 21 | q18b | ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα…ὁ Παῦλος | 1 | this was completed, Paul | “Paul had completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus, he” | |
1926 | ACT | 19 | 21 | fgq5 | ἔθετο…ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι | 1 | he determined in the Spirit | Possible meanings are (1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or (2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind. | |
1927 | ACT | 19 | 21 | brb7 | Ἀχαΐαν | 1 | Achaia | Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in Acts 18:12. | |
1928 | ACT | 19 | 21 | rdz4 | δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν | 1 | it is necessary for me also to see Rome | “I must also travel to Rome” | |
1929 | ACT | 19 | 22 | cy6f | translate-names | Ἔραστον | 1 | Erastus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1930 | ACT | 19 | 22 | k35j | figs-explicit | αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν | 1 | he himself stayed in Asia for a time | It is made explicit in the next few verses that Paul remains in Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1931 | ACT | 19 | 22 | uy9x | figs-rpronouns | αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν | 1 | he himself stayed | Here himself is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
1932 | ACT | 19 | 23 | y5ae | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as “Diana.” She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
1933 | ACT | 19 | 23 | l7gz | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus. | ||
1934 | ACT | 19 | 23 | kn49 | ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ | 1 | there was no small disturbance concerning the Way | This is a summary opening statement. | |
1935 | ACT | 19 | 23 | nb3p | figs-litotes | ἐγένετο…τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος | 1 | there was no small disturbance | “the people became very upset” See how you translated this in Acts 12:18 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1936 | ACT | 19 | 23 | rwf2 | τῆς ὁδοῦ | 1 | the Way | This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in Acts 9:1. | |
1937 | ACT | 19 | 24 | cg16 | writing-participants | Δημήτριος…τις ὀνόματι ἀργυροκόπος | 1 | a certain silversmith named Demetrius | The use of the words a certain introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
1938 | ACT | 19 | 24 | nwt7 | ἀργυροκόπος | 1 | a silversmith | a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry | |
1939 | ACT | 19 | 24 | v8cb | translate-names | Δημήτριος…ὀνόματι | 1 | named Demetrius | This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1940 | ACT | 19 | 24 | p58m | figs-litotes | παρείχετο…οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν | 1 | brought in not a little business | This is a way of saying that he brought in much business. Alternate translation: “made a lot of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1941 | ACT | 19 | 25 | kuz6 | τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας | 1 | the workmen of that occupation | An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: “others who did that kind of work” | |
1942 | ACT | 19 | 26 | w5z6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen. | ||
1943 | ACT | 19 | 26 | rm6w | θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι | 1 | you see and hear that | “you have come to know and understand that” | |
1944 | ACT | 19 | 26 | rx32 | figs-metaphor | μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον | 1 | and turned away a considerable crowd | Paul’s stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: “and caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1945 | ACT | 19 | 26 | z7e7 | figs-ellipsis | λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ, οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι | 1 | He is saying that the things that are being made with hands are not gods | Here the word hands can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1946 | ACT | 19 | 27 | r1w2 | figs-activepassive | τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν, τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν | 1 | is this trade in peril for us to come to disrepute | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “might the people no longer want to buy idols that we make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1947 | ACT | 19 | 27 | j3bb | figs-activepassive | τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι | 1 | the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered as nothing | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the people may think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1948 | ACT | 19 | 27 | bqt4 | μέλλειν τε καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς | 1 | And indeed, her majesty is about to be destroyed | Artemis’s greatness only comes from what people think of her. | |
1949 | ACT | 19 | 27 | hz7l | figs-hyperbole | ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται | 1 | whom all Asia and the world worships | This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words Asia and the world refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: “whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
1950 | ACT | 19 | 28 | t4lm | 0 | General Information: | Here “they” refers to the craftsmen who made the idols (Acts 19:24-25). | ||
1951 | ACT | 19 | 28 | uc5c | figs-metaphor | γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ | 1 | having become filled with anger | This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here anger is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1952 | ACT | 19 | 28 | lcx8 | ἔκραζον | 1 | they cried out | “they shouted aloud” or “they shouted loudly” | |
1953 | ACT | 19 | 29 | t7xs | figs-metonymy | ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις τῆς συγχύσεως | 1 | the whole city was filled with confusion | Here city refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, confusion is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: “people all over the city became upset and started shouting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1954 | ACT | 19 | 29 | nt7y | ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν | 1 | and they rushed together | This was a mob or near riot situation. | |
1955 | ACT | 19 | 29 | ej3q | εἰς τὸ θέατρον | 1 | into the theater | The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. | |
1956 | ACT | 19 | 29 | hjc8 | συνεκδήμους Παύλου | 1 | Paul’s…travel companions | The men who had been with Paul. | |
1957 | ACT | 19 | 29 | d6r9 | translate-names | Γάϊον…Ἀρίσταρχον | 1 | Gaius…Aristarchus | These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1958 | ACT | 19 | 30 | ii1u | 0 | General Information: | Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia. | ||
1959 | ACT | 19 | 31 | z7ww | τὸ θέατρον | 1 | the theater | The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated theater in Acts 19:29. | |
1960 | ACT | 19 | 33 | jr85 | translate-names | Ἀλέξανδρον | 1 | Alexander | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1961 | ACT | 19 | 33 | j1mi | figs-explicit | κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | motioned with his hand | You can make explicit that Alexander was showing the crowd that he wanted them to be quiet. Alternate translation: “gestured to the crowd to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
1962 | ACT | 19 | 33 | tlq7 | ἀπολογεῖσθαι | 1 | to give a defense | It is not clear whom or what Alexander wanted to defend. If your language requires this information, it might be best to use a general phrase like “to explain what was going on.” | |
1963 | ACT | 19 | 34 | u1hp | figs-metaphor | φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων | 1 | there was one voice from all of them | The shouting together of the people at the same time is spoken of as though they were speaking with one voice. Alternate translation: “they were shouting in unison” or “they were shouting together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1964 | ACT | 19 | 35 | fm3m | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The words “You” and “you” refer to all the men present who were from Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
1965 | ACT | 19 | 35 | pu96 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The clerk of Ephesus speaks to quiet the crowd. | ||
1966 | ACT | 19 | 35 | sy9m | ὁ γραμματεὺς | 1 | the town clerk | This refers to the town “writer” or “secretary.” | |
1967 | ACT | 19 | 35 | sd3s | figs-rquestion | τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπων, ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ διοπετοῦς? | 1 | what man indeed is there who does not know that the city of Ephesus is temple keeper of the great Artemis and of that which is fallen down from heaven? | The clerk asked this question to assure the crowd they were right and to comfort them. Alternate translation: “for every man knows that the Ephesians guard the temple of the great Artemis and of her image that fell down from heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
1968 | ACT | 19 | 35 | k8dy | figs-litotes | ὃς οὐ γινώσκει | 1 | who does not know | The town clerk uses not to emphasize that all of the people knew this. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
1969 | ACT | 19 | 35 | hiw3 | νεωκόρον | 1 | temple keeper | The Ephesian people maintained and guarded the temple of Artemis. | |
1970 | ACT | 19 | 35 | afd1 | τοῦ διοπετοῦς | 1 | of that which is fallen down from heaven | Within the temple of Artemis was an image of the goddess. It had been fashioned from a meteorite which fell from the sky. People thought that his rock had come directly from Zeus, the ruler of the Greek gods (idols). | |
1971 | ACT | 19 | 36 | r8cf | ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων | 1 | So these things are undeniable | “So since you know these things are true” | |
1972 | ACT | 19 | 36 | xj2n | μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν | 1 | to do nothing rash | “do not do anything before you have had time to think about it” | |
1973 | ACT | 19 | 36 | s67q | προπετὲς | 1 | rash | without careful thought | |
1974 | ACT | 19 | 37 | s8a9 | τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους | 1 | these men | The words these men refer to Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul’s traveling companions (Acts 19:29). | |
1975 | ACT | 19 | 38 | wgv5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The town clerk finishes speaking to the crowd. | ||
1976 | ACT | 19 | 38 | qd4s | οὖν | 1 | Therefore | “Because what I have just said is true.” The town clerk had said in Acts 19:37 that Gaius and Aristarchus were not robbers or blasphemers. | |
1977 | ACT | 19 | 38 | zkx5 | figs-abstractnouns | ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον | 1 | have a word against anyone | Here having a word against someone means they want to accuse them of something. Alternate translation: “want to accuse someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
1978 | ACT | 19 | 38 | szf7 | translate-unknown | ἀνθύπατοί | 1 | proconsuls | the Roman governor’s representatives who made legal decisions in court (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) |
1979 | ACT | 19 | 38 | g8tp | ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις | 1 | Let them accuse one another | This does not mean Demetrius and those with him will accuse each other. It means this is a place where people in general can speak their accusation. Alternate translation: “There people can accuse one another” | |
1980 | ACT | 19 | 39 | hxh3 | εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε | 1 | But if you seek anything about other matters | “But if you have other matters to discuss” | |
1981 | ACT | 19 | 39 | wga5 | figs-activepassive | ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται | 1 | it will be settled in the regular assembly | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let us settle it in the regular assembly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1982 | ACT | 19 | 39 | et5j | τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ | 1 | the regular assembly | This refers to a public gathering of citizens over which the county clerk presided. | |
1983 | ACT | 19 | 40 | sds7 | figs-activepassive | κινδυνεύομεν ἐνκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον | 1 | we are in danger of being accused of rioting concerning this day | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we are in danger of the Roman authorities accusing us of starting this riot today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1984 | ACT | 20 | intro | u91c | 0 | Acts 20 General NotesStructure and formattingIn this chapter Luke describes Paul’s last visits to believers in the provinces of Macedonia and Asia before he went to Jerusalem. Special concepts in this chapterRacePaul spoke of living for Jesus as if he were running in a race. By this he meant that he needed to keep working hard even when things were difficult and he wanted to quit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/discipline]]) “Compelled by the Spirit”Paul thought that the Holy Spirit wanted him to go to Jerusalem even if Paul did not want to go there. The same Holy Spirit told other people that when Paul arrived in Jerusalem, people would try to harm him. | |||
1985 | ACT | 20 | 1 | cwq7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul leaves Ephesus and continues his travels. | ||
1986 | ACT | 20 | 1 | y5cq | μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον | 1 | After the uproar had ended | “After the riot” or “Following the riot” | |
1987 | ACT | 20 | 1 | hr32 | ἀσπασάμενος | 1 | and said farewell | “and he said goodbye” | |
1988 | ACT | 20 | 2 | edb8 | παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ | 1 | had exhorted them with many words | “had greatly encouraged the believers by saying many things” or “had said many things to challenge the believers” | |
1989 | ACT | 20 | 3 | yxj3 | figs-metaphor | ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς | 1 | And after he had spent three months there | “And after he had stayed there three months.” This speaks about time as if it were something a person could spend. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
1990 | ACT | 20 | 3 | cit9 | figs-activepassive | γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | a plot was formed against him by the Jews | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Jews formed a plot against him” or “the Jews formed a secret plan to harm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
1991 | ACT | 20 | 3 | ah5w | figs-synecdoche | ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | by the Jews | This means only some of the Jews. Alternate translation: “by some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
1992 | ACT | 20 | 3 | m7na | μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν | 1 | as he was about to sail for Syria | “as he was ready to sail to Syria” | |
1993 | ACT | 20 | 4 | y35x | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “him” refers to Paul (Acts 20:1). All instances of “us” and “we” in the verses that follow refer to the writer and Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
1994 | ACT | 20 | 4 | c9et | συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ | 1 | And accompanying him | “And traveling with him” | |
1995 | ACT | 20 | 4 | dw6j | translate-names | Σώπατρος…Πύρρου…Σεκοῦνδος,…Τυχικὸς…Τρόφιμος | 1 | were Sopater of Pyrrhus…Secundus…Tychicus…Trophimus | These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1996 | ACT | 20 | 4 | w4n1 | translate-names | Βεροιαῖος…Δερβαῖος | 1 | from Berea…from Derbe | These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1997 | ACT | 20 | 4 | w8j6 | Ἀρίσταρχος…Γάϊος | 1 | Aristarchus…Gaius | These are names of men. See how you translated these names in Acts 19:29. | |
1998 | ACT | 20 | 5 | itz1 | translate-names | Τρῳάδι | 1 | Troas | This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
1999 | ACT | 20 | 5 | kv8t | οὗτοι…προσελθόντες | 1 | they had gone before us | “these men had traveled ahead of us” | |
2000 | ACT | 20 | 6 | l5dr | τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων | 1 | the days of unleavened bread | This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in Acts 12:3. | |
2001 | ACT | 20 | 7 | dnt4 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and Acts 20:4-6) | |
2002 | ACT | 20 | 7 | mbr8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke tells about Paul’s preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus. | ||
2003 | ACT | 20 | 7 | zff8 | figs-synecdoche | κλάσαι ἄρτον | 1 | to break bread | Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers simply to eating a meal together. Alternate translation: “eat a meal” or (2) this refers to the meal they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “to eat the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2004 | ACT | 20 | 7 | j888 | παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον | 1 | and so he continued his message | “and so he continued to speak” | |
2005 | ACT | 20 | 8 | ak8z | ὑπερῴῳ | 1 | upper room | This may have been the third floor of the house. | |
2006 | ACT | 20 | 9 | hw7b | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “himself” refers to Paul. The first word “he” refers to Paul; the second word “he” refers to the young man, Eutychus. The word “him” refers to Eutychus. | ||
2007 | ACT | 20 | 9 | v5q7 | ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος | 1 | on the window | This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough for a person to sit on it. | |
2008 | ACT | 20 | 9 | ju64 | translate-names | Εὔτυχος | 1 | Eutychus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2009 | ACT | 20 | 9 | tsp4 | figs-metaphor | καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ | 1 | was falling into a deep sleep | This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: “was sleeping soundly” or “was becoming more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2010 | ACT | 20 | 9 | abcz | κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου | 1 | having been overcome by sleep | The young man was fell asleep, not Paul. | |
2011 | ACT | 20 | 9 | jp89 | figs-activepassive | καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός | 1 | and was picked up dead | When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2012 | ACT | 20 | 9 | kh3h | τριστέγου | 1 | third story | This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the “second story.” | |
2013 | ACT | 20 | 11 | av7m | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Paul. | ||
2014 | ACT | 20 | 11 | lih8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This is the end of the part of the story about Paul’s preaching at Troas and about Eutychus. | ||
2015 | ACT | 20 | 11 | w5w8 | figs-synecdoche | κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον | 1 | had broken bread | Bread was a common food during meals. Here broken bread probably means they shared a meal with more kinds of food than just bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2016 | ACT | 20 | 11 | t88c | οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | In this way, he left | “This is what happened as he was going away” | |
2017 | ACT | 20 | 12 | jkj5 | τὸν παῖδα | 1 | the boy | This refers to Eutychus (Acts 20:9). Possible meanings are (1) he was a young man over 14 years old or (2) he was a boy between 9 and 14 years old or (3) the word “boy” implies that he was a servant or a slave. | |
2018 | ACT | 20 | 12 | abx0 | figs-litotes | οὐ μετρίως | 1 | not moderately | This is a way of saying that they were greatly comforted. Alternate translation: “greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
2019 | ACT | 20 | 13 | dja7 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The words “he,” “himself,” and “him” refer to Paul. Here the word “we” refers to the writer and those traveling with him, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2020 | ACT | 20 | 13 | awt9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer Luke, Paul, and his other companions continue their travels; however, Paul goes separately for part of the trip. | ||
2021 | ACT | 20 | 13 | w4ew | figs-rpronouns | ἡμεῖς…προελθόντες | 1 | we, having gone ahead | The word we here refers to Luke and his traveling companions, and not to Paul. Paul did travel on the ship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
2022 | ACT | 20 | 13 | q4yz | translate-names | τὴν Ἆσσον | 1 | Assos | Assos is a town located directly below present day Behram in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2023 | ACT | 20 | 13 | nq2q | figs-rpronouns | ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν | 1 | ἦν μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν | Here himself is used to emphasize that this is what Paul wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
2024 | ACT | 20 | 13 | p8y7 | πεζεύειν | 1 | to go on foot | “to walk” | |
2025 | ACT | 20 | 14 | ju8f | translate-names | Μιτυλήνην | 1 | Mitylene | Mitylene is a town located in present day Mitilini in Turkey on the coast of the Aegean sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2026 | ACT | 20 | 15 | ll2h | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2027 | ACT | 20 | 15 | ulk6 | translate-names | Χίου | 1 | Chios | Chios is an island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the Aegean Sea. Alternate translation: “the island of Chios” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2028 | ACT | 20 | 15 | jyr7 | παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον | 1 | we landed at Samos | “we arrived at the island of Samos” | |
2029 | ACT | 20 | 15 | b6c6 | translate-names | Σάμον | 1 | Samos | Samos is an island south of Chios in the Aegean Sea off the coast of modern day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2030 | ACT | 20 | 15 | s7g2 | translate-names | Μίλητον | 1 | Miletus | Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2031 | ACT | 20 | 16 | p272 | translate-names | κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον | 1 | For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus | Paul sailed south past the port city of Ephesus, further south in order to land at Miletus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2032 | ACT | 20 | 16 | p61e | figs-metaphor | ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι | 1 | so that he would not spend time | This speaks about time as if it were a commodity that a person could spend or use up. Alternate translation: “so that he would not have to remain for a time” or “so that he would not have a delay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2033 | ACT | 20 | 17 | nw52 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Paul. The word “our” refers to Paul and the elders to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2034 | ACT | 20 | 17 | v9al | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul calls the elders of the church of Ephesus and begins to speak to them. | ||
2035 | ACT | 20 | 17 | l9aj | translate-names | τῆς Μιλήτου | 1 | Miletus | Miletus was a port city in western Asia Minor near the mouth of the Meander River. See how you translated this in Acts 20:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2036 | ACT | 20 | 18 | b6li | figs-rpronouns | ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε | 1 | You yourselves know | Here yourselves is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
2037 | ACT | 20 | 18 | vw6n | figs-synecdoche | ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν | 1 | I set foot in Asia | Here foot stands for the entire person. Alternate translation: “I entered Asia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2038 | ACT | 20 | 19 | wh5m | figs-metonymy | δακρύων | 1 | tears | Here “tears” stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: “sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2039 | ACT | 20 | 19 | e6k7 | πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι | 1 | trials that happened to me | Here trials is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: “while I was tested” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) | |
2040 | ACT | 20 | 19 | y5iw | figs-synecdoche | τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | of the Jews | This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: “of some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2041 | ACT | 20 | 20 | nu7h | ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν | 1 | how I kept back nothing that was useful which I did not declare to you | “how I declared to you everything that was beneficial to you” | |
2042 | ACT | 20 | 20 | kut9 | κατ’ οἴκους | 1 | according to houses | Paul taught people in various private homes. Alternate translation: “in each house” or “in everyone's home” | |
2043 | ACT | 20 | 21 | w7mv | figs-abstractnouns | τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν | 1 | about repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus | The abstract nouns repentance and faith can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2044 | ACT | 20 | 22 | ty3b | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “I” refers to Paul. | ||
2045 | ACT | 20 | 22 | vam4 | figs-activepassive | δεδεμένος…τῷ Πνεύματι | 1 | having been bound by the Spirit | They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Spirit compels me to go there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2046 | ACT | 20 | 22 | a9j1 | τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς | 1 | not knowing what will happen to me in it | “and I do not know what will happen to me there” or “not knowing what will happen to me in Jerusalem” | |
2047 | ACT | 20 | 23 | q3ie | figs-metonymy | δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν | 1 | chains and sufferings await me | Here chains refers to Paul’s being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: “people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2048 | ACT | 20 | 24 | w8d2 | figs-metaphor | ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | so as to finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus | This speaks about Paul’s race and ministry as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here race and ministry mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: “so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) |
2049 | ACT | 20 | 24 | m5gc | figs-metaphor | τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου | 1 | to finish my race | Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2050 | ACT | 20 | 24 | hg3l | διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | to solemnly testify to the gospel of the grace of God | “to tell people what I have personally learned about the good news of God’s grace.” This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus. | |
2051 | ACT | 20 | 25 | f1sb | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders (Acts 20:17). | ||
2052 | ACT | 20 | 25 | kj9c | καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ οἶδα | 1 | And now, behold, I know | “And now, pay careful attention, because I know” | |
2053 | ACT | 20 | 25 | z4ng | ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι…ὑμεῖς πάντες | 1 | I know that you all | “I know that all of you” | |
2054 | ACT | 20 | 25 | aur9 | figs-metonymy | ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν | 1 | among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom | Here kingdom stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “to whom I preached the message about God’s reign as king” or “to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2055 | ACT | 20 | 25 | cq45 | figs-synecdoche | οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου | 1 | will see my face no more | The word face here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “will not see me anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2056 | ACT | 20 | 26 | e546 | figs-metonymy | καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων | 1 | I am innocent from the blood of all | Here blood stands for a person’s death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God’s truth. Alternate translation: “I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2057 | ACT | 20 | 26 | v5el | figs-gendernotations | πάντων | 1 | of all | Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: “of any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
2058 | ACT | 20 | 27 | qa9y | figs-litotes | οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι…ὑμῖν | 1 | For I did not hold back from declaring to you | “For I did not keep silent and not tell you.” This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “For I certainly declared to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
2059 | ACT | 20 | 28 | u52d | figs-metaphor | τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | the flock among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to shepherd the church of God | Believers are likened to a flock of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: “the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2060 | ACT | 20 | 28 | cx69 | figs-metaphor | τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου | 1 | the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood | The shedding of the blood of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: “the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2061 | ACT | 20 | 28 | hjh6 | figs-metonymy | τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου | 1 | his own blood | Here blood stands for Christ’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2062 | ACT | 20 | 29 | ka6u | figs-metaphor | εἰσελεύσονται…λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου | 1 | vicious wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock | This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: “many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2063 | ACT | 20 | 30 | ftf4 | figs-metaphor | τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν | 1 | to draw away the disciples after them | A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: “in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2064 | ACT | 20 | 31 | q2nl | γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες | 1 | be alert, remembering | “be on guard and remember” or “be on guard as you remember” | |
2065 | ACT | 20 | 31 | ll64 | figs-metaphor | γρηγορεῖτε | 1 | be alert | “be awake” or “watch out.” Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2066 | ACT | 20 | 31 | pvt6 | μνημονεύοντες ὅτι | 1 | Remembering that | “continuing to remember that” or “ not forgetting that” | |
2067 | ACT | 20 | 31 | rt1h | figs-hyperbole | τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν | 1 | for three years I did not stop admonishing…night and day | Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
2068 | ACT | 20 | 31 | hs1m | οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην…νουθετῶν | 1 | I did not stop admonishing | “I did not stop warning” | |
2069 | ACT | 20 | 31 | rvh6 | figs-metonymy | μετὰ δακρύων | 1 | with tears | Here tears refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2070 | ACT | 20 | 32 | ylm3 | figs-metonymy | παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ | 1 | I am entrusting you to God and to the word of his grace | Here word stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2071 | ACT | 20 | 32 | vnb2 | παρατίθεμαι | 1 | I am entrusting | to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something | |
2072 | ACT | 20 | 32 | s7rf | figs-metaphor | τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι | 1 | which is able to build you up | A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make you become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2073 | ACT | 20 | 32 | zvz8 | figs-personification | δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν | 1 | to give you the inheritance | This speaks about the word of his grace as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) |
2074 | ACT | 20 | 32 | x5jy | figs-metaphor | τὴν κληρονομίαν | 1 | the inheritance | The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2075 | ACT | 20 | 33 | y6ii | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in Acts 20:18. | ||
2076 | ACT | 20 | 33 | yw8a | ἀργυρίου…οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα | 1 | I coveted no one’s silver | “I did not desire anyone’s silver” or “I did not want for myself anyone’s silver” | |
2077 | ACT | 20 | 33 | ipq5 | ἀργυρίου, ἢ χρυσίου, ἢ ἱματισμοῦ, οὐδενὸς | 1 | no one’s silver, gold, or clothing | Here clothing is considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were. | |
2078 | ACT | 20 | 34 | f5a3 | figs-rpronouns | αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε | 1 | You yourselves know | The word yourselves is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
2079 | ACT | 20 | 34 | ja5v | figs-synecdoche | ταῖς χρείαις μου, καὶ τοῖς…ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται | 1 | these hands ministered to my needs and to those who | The word hands here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: “I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses and for those who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2080 | ACT | 20 | 35 | wn8j | κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων | 1 | it is necessary to work hard to help those who are weak | “you should work so as to have money to help people who are in need” | |
2081 | ACT | 20 | 35 | p3n8 | figs-nominaladj | τῶν ἀσθενούντων | 1 | those who are weak | You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: “weak people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
2082 | ACT | 20 | 35 | dpu1 | ἀσθενούντων | 1 | weak | “sick” | |
2083 | ACT | 20 | 35 | ps2i | figs-metonymy | τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | the words of the Lord Jesus | Here words refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2084 | ACT | 20 | 35 | e396 | μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν | 1 | It is more blessed to give than to receive | This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people. | |
2085 | ACT | 20 | 36 | q6bs | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them. | ||
2086 | ACT | 20 | 36 | u3uc | translate-symaction | θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ…προσηύξατο | 1 | having bowed his knees, he prayed | It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and prayed to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
2087 | ACT | 20 | 37 | pb4r | ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | having fallen upon Paul’s neck | “having embraced Paul” or “putting their arms around him” | |
2088 | ACT | 20 | 37 | sze4 | κατεφίλουν αὐτόν | 1 | they were kissing him | Kissing someone on the cheek is an expression of brotherly or friendly love in the Middle East. | |
2089 | ACT | 20 | 38 | bs3s | figs-synecdoche | οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν | 1 | they were never going to see his face again | The word face here represents Paul’s physical body. Alternate translation: “they would not see him anymore on this earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2090 | ACT | 21 | intro | gh1j | 0 | Acts 21 General NotesStructure and formattingActs 21:1-19 describes Paul’s journey to Jerusalem. After he arrived in Jerusalem, the believers there told him that the Jews wanted to harm him and what he should do so they would not harm him (verses 20-26). Even though Paul did what the believers told him to do, the Jews tried to kill him. The Romans rescued him and gave him a chance to speak to the Jews. The last verse of the chapter ends with an incomplete sentence. Most translations leave the sentence incomplete, as the ULT does. Special concepts in this chapter“They are all determined to keep the law”The Jews in Jerusalem were following the law of Moses. Even those who were following Jesus still kept the law. Both groups thought that Paul had been telling Jews in Greece not to keep the law. But it was only the Gentiles to whom Paul was saying that. Nazarite vowThe vow that Paul and his three friends made was probably a Nazarite vow, because they shaved their heads (Acts 21:23). Gentiles in the templeThe Jews accused Paul of bringing a Gentile man into a part of the temple into which God only allowed Jews to go. They thought that God wanted them to punish Paul by killing him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) Roman citizenshipThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. | |||
2091 | ACT | 21 | 1 | s3h3 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2092 | ACT | 21 | 1 | i6f8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The writer Luke, Paul, and his companions continue their travels. | ||
2093 | ACT | 21 | 1 | zz5h | εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶ | 1 | having run a straight course, we came to Cos | “we went straight to the city of Cos” or “we went directly to the city of Cos” | |
2094 | ACT | 21 | 1 | e5y6 | translate-names | Κῶ | 1 | Cos | Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2095 | ACT | 21 | 1 | p6ss | translate-names | Ῥόδον | 1 | Rhodes | Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2096 | ACT | 21 | 1 | x7kg | translate-names | Πάταρα | 1 | Patara | Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2097 | ACT | 21 | 2 | nz9k | figs-metonymy | καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην | 1 | And when we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia | Here a ship crossing over stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: “And when we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2098 | ACT | 21 | 2 | vbd3 | πλοῖον διαπερῶν | 1 | a ship crossing over | Here crossing does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: “a ship that would be going across the water” or “a ship that would be going” | |
2099 | ACT | 21 | 3 | er3r | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2100 | ACT | 21 | 3 | vkr2 | καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον | 1 | leaving it behind on the left | “passed the island on our left” The left is the “port” side of a boat. | |
2101 | ACT | 21 | 3 | hwx8 | figs-metonymy | ἐκεῖσε…τὸ πλοῖον ἦν ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον | 1 | the ship was to unload its cargo there | Here ship stands for the crew that was sailing the ship. Alternate translation: “the crew would unload the cargo from the ship there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2102 | ACT | 21 | 4 | y35m | οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος | 1 | Through the Spirit they kept saying to Paul | “These believers told Paul what the Holy Spirit had revealed to them, for him” | |
2103 | ACT | 21 | 5 | fe1u | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “They” refers to the believers from Tyre. | ||
2104 | ACT | 21 | 5 | a5wj | ὅτε…ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας | 1 | when our days to supply happened | “when we had finished taking supplies onto the ship” | |
2105 | ACT | 21 | 5 | q8xl | translate-symaction | θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσευξάμενοι | 1 | having knelt down on the shore and having prayed | It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. This was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
2106 | ACT | 21 | 6 | ja1x | ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους | 1 | we said farewell to each other | “we said goodbye to one another” | |
2107 | ACT | 21 | 7 | hy6e | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2108 | ACT | 21 | 7 | kt6u | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins Paul’s time in Caesarea. | ||
2109 | ACT | 21 | 7 | z4nt | translate-names | Πτολεμαΐδα | 1 | Ptolemais | Ptolemais was a city south of Tyre, Lebanon. Ptolemais is modern day Acre, Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2110 | ACT | 21 | 7 | ff1s | τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | the brothers | “the fellow believers” | |
2111 | ACT | 21 | 8 | ay52 | ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ | 1 | from the seven | The seven refers to the men chosen to distribute food and aid to the widows in Acts 6:5. | |
2112 | ACT | 21 | 8 | vi48 | εὐαγγελιστοῦ | 1 | evangelist | a person who tells people the good news about Jesus | |
2113 | ACT | 21 | 9 | rcf4 | τούτῳ | 1 | this man | “Philip” from verse 8 | |
2114 | ACT | 21 | 9 | cv8b | writing-background | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
2115 | ACT | 21 | 9 | r1i1 | θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι | 1 | four virgin daughters who prophesy | “four virgin daughters who regularly receive and pass along messages from God” | |
2116 | ACT | 21 | 10 | fe6s | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “we” and “us” refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2117 | ACT | 21 | 10 | hx8k | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus. | ||
2118 | ACT | 21 | 10 | n3i8 | writing-participants | τις…προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος | 1 | a certain prophet named Agabus | This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) |
2119 | ACT | 21 | 10 | f9cb | translate-names | Ἅγαβος | 1 | Agabus | Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2120 | ACT | 21 | 11 | i8t2 | ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | taken Paul’s belt | “removed Paul’s belt from Paul’s waist” | |
2121 | ACT | 21 | 11 | nq2y | figs-quotesinquotes | τάδε λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. | 1 | Thus says the Holy Spirit, ‘So the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles | This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “‘The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will bind the man who owns this belt, and they will hand him over into the hands of the Gentiles.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2122 | ACT | 21 | 11 | i8u7 | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” or “some of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2123 | ACT | 21 | 11 | zvw8 | παραδώσουσιν | 1 | they will hand him over | “they will deliver him” | |
2124 | ACT | 21 | 11 | s92d | figs-metonymy | εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν | 1 | into the hands of the Gentiles | The word hands here represents control. Alternate translation: “into the legal custody of the Gentiles” or “to the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2125 | ACT | 21 | 11 | b59g | figs-synecdoche | ἐθνῶν | 1 | of the Gentiles | This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: “of the Gentile authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2126 | ACT | 21 | 12 | fvh4 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2127 | ACT | 21 | 13 | uwt2 | figs-rquestion | τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν? | 1 | What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart? | Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: “Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2128 | ACT | 21 | 13 | bj76 | figs-metaphor | συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν | 1 | breaking my heart | To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here heart stands for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “discouraging me” or “making me very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2129 | ACT | 21 | 13 | p5e5 | figs-activepassive | οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι | 1 | not only to be bound | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “not only for them to tie me up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2130 | ACT | 21 | 13 | q35x | figs-metonymy | ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ | 1 | for the name of the Lord Jesus | Here name refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for the sake of the Lord Jesus” or “because I believe in the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2131 | ACT | 21 | 14 | hwc5 | figs-activepassive | μὴ πειθομένου…αὐτοῦ | 1 | he would not be persuaded | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Paul would not allow us to persuade him” or “we were unable to persuade Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2132 | ACT | 21 | 14 | zl98 | figs-ellipsis | μὴ πειθομένου | 1 | would not be persuaded | You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: “would not be persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
2133 | ACT | 21 | 14 | as1i | figs-activepassive | τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω | 1 | Let the will of the Lord happen | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “May everything happen as the Lord has planned it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2134 | ACT | 21 | 15 | p5fm | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2135 | ACT | 21 | 15 | p5fl | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The word “They” refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea. | |
2136 | ACT | 21 | 15 | kd5l | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends Paul’s time in Caesarea. | ||
2137 | ACT | 21 | 16 | k9kr | παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνί, τινι Κυπρίῳ ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ | 1 | to Mnason, a certain early disciple from Cyprus, with whom we would stay | The disciples from Caesarea knew Mnason and led Paul and Silas to his house where they would spend the night. | |
2138 | ACT | 21 | 16 | zd9i | translate-names | Μνάσωνί…Κυπρίῳ | 1 | Mnason…from Cyprus | Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2139 | ACT | 21 | 16 | c7r2 | ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ | 1 | an early disciple | This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus. | |
2140 | ACT | 21 | 17 | zpa7 | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “he” and “his” refers to Paul. The word “them” refers to the elders. | ||
2141 | ACT | 21 | 17 | wz34 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and his companions arrive in Jerusalem. | ||
2142 | ACT | 21 | 17 | d3gj | figs-gendernotations | ἀπεδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί | 1 | the brothers welcomed us | Here brothers refers to the believers in Jerusalem whether male or female. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
2143 | ACT | 21 | 19 | bx9e | ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον | 1 | he reported according to each thing | “he gave a detailed account of everything” | |
2144 | ACT | 21 | 20 | zks9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The elders in Jerusalem begin their response to Paul. | ||
2145 | ACT | 21 | 20 | a1hk | οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἐδόξαζον…εἶπόν τε αὐτῷ | 1 | when they heard it…they glorified…and said to him | Here each instance of the word they refers to James and the elders. The word him refers to Paul. | |
2146 | ACT | 21 | 20 | xki4 | ἀδελφέ | 1 | brother | Here brother means “fellow believer.” | |
2147 | ACT | 21 | 20 | c5pu | ὑπάρχουσιν | 1 | they are | The word they refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs. | |
2148 | ACT | 21 | 21 | pyg8 | figs-explicit | κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν | 1 | And they have been told about you, that you teach apostasy from Moses to all the Jews who are among the Gentiles, telling them not to circumcise their children, nor to walk in the customs | Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God’s true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2149 | ACT | 21 | 21 | e5s4 | figs-activepassive | κατηχήθησαν | 1 | they have been told | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people have told the Jewish believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2150 | ACT | 21 | 21 | sdl3 | figs-metonymy | ἀποστασίαν…ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως | 1 | apostasy from Moses | Here Moses stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “rebellion against the Law of Moses” or “to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2151 | ACT | 21 | 21 | knt4 | figs-metaphor | μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν | 1 | not to walk in the customs | To obey the customs is spoken of as if the customs were a path that people could walk along. Alternate translation: “and not to obey the customs” or “and not to practice the customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2152 | ACT | 21 | 21 | u56t | τοῖς ἔθεσιν | 1 | in the customs | “do the things that Jews normally do” | |
2153 | ACT | 21 | 22 | b28b | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders (Acts 21:18). The word “They” refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses (Acts 21:20-21). The words “them,” “their,” and the first “they” refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words “they” and “They” refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2154 | ACT | 21 | 23 | b22r | ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες, εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν | 1 | four men with us having a vow from themselves | “four men who have made a promise to God.” This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time. | |
2155 | ACT | 21 | 24 | km4w | figs-explicit | τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς | 1 | Having taken these men, be purified with them | They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2156 | ACT | 21 | 24 | c3ap | figs-explicit | δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς | 1 | pay the expenses for them | “pay for what they will need.” The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2157 | ACT | 21 | 24 | abq6 | translate-symaction | ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν | 1 | they will shave their heads | This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
2158 | ACT | 21 | 24 | nu9v | figs-activepassive | ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ | 1 | what they have been told about you | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that people are saying about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2159 | ACT | 21 | 24 | sv6i | figs-metaphor | στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς, φυλάσσων τὸν νόμον | 1 | you yourself walk in and obey the law | This speaks of obeying the law as if the law were a path and people can walk along it. Alternate translation: “live a life that conforms to the law of Moses and other Jewish customs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2160 | ACT | 21 | 25 | c4kl | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2161 | ACT | 21 | 25 | cqm9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul (Acts 21:18). | ||
2162 | ACT | 21 | 25 | a35u | figs-explicit | φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον, καὶ αἷμα, καὶ πνικτὸν | 1 | to keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled | All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in Acts 15:20. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2163 | ACT | 21 | 25 | bpb5 | figs-activepassive | φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον | 1 | to keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2164 | ACT | 21 | 25 | wjd2 | figs-explicit | πνικτὸν | 1 | from what is strangled | This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: “from animals that a person has strangled” or “from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2165 | ACT | 21 | 26 | cr14 | παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας | 1 | having taken the men | These are the four men who made a vow. | |
2166 | ACT | 21 | 26 | s8z9 | σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς | 1 | having been purified with them | Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles. | |
2167 | ACT | 21 | 26 | xu9r | figs-synecdoche | εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν | 1 | went into the temple | They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “went into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2168 | ACT | 21 | 26 | pvy3 | τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ | 1 | of the days of purification | This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area. | |
2169 | ACT | 21 | 26 | gc23 | figs-activepassive | ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη…ἡ προσφορά | 1 | until the offering which was offered | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until they presented the animals for an offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2170 | ACT | 21 | 27 | l3bg | 0 | General Information: | Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia. | ||
2171 | ACT | 21 | 27 | p4gi | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This begins the story of Paul’s arrest. | ||
2172 | ACT | 21 | 27 | j9zm | αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι | 1 | the seven days | These are the seven days for purification. | |
2173 | ACT | 21 | 27 | k4l1 | figs-synecdoche | ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ | 1 | in the temple | Paul was not in the temple itself. He was in the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2174 | ACT | 21 | 27 | u942 | figs-metaphor | συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον | 1 | stirred up the whole crowd | Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd’s emotions. Alternate translation: “caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2175 | ACT | 21 | 27 | mks6 | figs-idiom | ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | laid their hands on him | Here laid their hands on means to “seize” or to “grab.” See how you translated laid hands on in Acts 5:18. Alternate translation: “seized Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
2176 | ACT | 21 | 28 | sfg3 | τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου | 1 | the people, and the law, and this place | “the people of Israel, and the law of Moses, and the temple” | |
2177 | ACT | 21 | 28 | jc9q | figs-explicit | ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν | 1 | And besides, he has both brought Greeks into the temple | Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2178 | ACT | 21 | 29 | t2z7 | writing-background | ἦσαν γὰρ προεωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος | 1 | For they had previously seen Trophimus the Ephesian with him in the city, whom they thought that Paul brought into the temple | This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
2179 | ACT | 21 | 29 | h1uu | Τρόφιμον | 1 | Trophimus | This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in Acts 20:4. | |
2180 | ACT | 21 | 30 | upl8 | figs-hyperbole | ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη | 1 | And the whole city was stirred up | The word whole here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word city represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “And many people in the city became angry at Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2181 | ACT | 21 | 30 | x2sx | ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | having laid hold of Paul | “having seized Paul” or “after they grabbed Paul” | |
2182 | ACT | 21 | 30 | xd6r | figs-explicit | εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι | 1 | the doors were immediately shut | They shut the doors so that there would not be rioting in the temple area. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews immediately shut the temple doors” or “the temple guards immediately shut the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2183 | ACT | 21 | 31 | d6vt | figs-metonymy | ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης | 1 | a report came up to the commander of the guard | Here report refers to the messenger who went to speak the report. Alternate translation: “someone gave news to the commander of the guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2184 | ACT | 21 | 31 | hu5r | ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ | 1 | a report came up to the commander | The phrase came up to is used because the commander was in a fortress connected to the temple that was higher in elevation than the temple courtyard. | |
2185 | ACT | 21 | 31 | p85a | τῷ χιλιάρχῳ | 1 | to the commander | a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers | |
2186 | ACT | 21 | 31 | u65r | figs-hyperbole | ὅλη συνχύννεται Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | all Jerusalem was stirred up | The word Jerusalem here represents the people of Jerusalem. The word all is an exaggeration to show a large crowd was upset. Alternate translation: “a lot of people in Jerusalem were in an uproar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2187 | ACT | 21 | 32 | j81t | 0 | General Information: | The first word “he” and the word “He” refer to the chief captain of the guard mentioned in Acts 21:31. | ||
2188 | ACT | 21 | 32 | dgz5 | κατέδραμεν | 1 | ran down | From the fortress, there are stairs going down into the court. | |
2189 | ACT | 21 | 32 | e4rj | τὸν χιλίαρχον | 1 | the commander | a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers | |
2190 | ACT | 21 | 33 | w28u | ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ | 1 | laid hold of him | “took hold of Paul” or “arrested Paul” | |
2191 | ACT | 21 | 33 | zi4l | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι | 1 | commanded him to be bound | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “commanded his soldiers to bind him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2192 | ACT | 21 | 33 | xd9w | ἁλύσεσι δυσί | 1 | with two chains | This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him. | |
2193 | ACT | 21 | 33 | y6zw | figs-quotations | ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς | 1 | he asked who he is and what it is that he had done. | This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “He asked, ‘Who is this man? What has he done?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2194 | ACT | 21 | 33 | fi22 | ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη | 1 | he asked who he is | The commander is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul. | |
2195 | ACT | 21 | 34 | k35e | αὐτοῦ | 1 | he | This refers to the commander. | |
2196 | ACT | 21 | 34 | qcc6 | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν | 1 | commanded that he be brought | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2197 | ACT | 21 | 34 | w2qj | εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν | 1 | into the fortress | This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. | |
2198 | ACT | 21 | 35 | h9n7 | figs-activepassive | ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν | 1 | But when he came to the steps, he had to be carried | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul came to the steps of the fortress, the soldiers had to carry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2199 | ACT | 21 | 36 | kax6 | figs-euphemism | αἶρε αὐτόν | 1 | Away with him | The crowd is using somewhat milder and less exact language to ask for Paul’s death. Alternate translation: “Put him to death” or “Kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) |
2200 | ACT | 21 | 37 | j9xk | figs-activepassive | μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, ὁ Παῦλος | 1 | And as Paul was about to be brought into the fortress | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “As the soldiers were ready to bring Paul inside the fortress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2201 | ACT | 21 | 37 | qp63 | τὴν παρεμβολὴν | 1 | the fortress | This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34. | |
2202 | ACT | 21 | 37 | inl1 | τῷ χιλιάρχῳ | 1 | to the commander | a Roman military officer of about 600 soldiers | |
2203 | ACT | 21 | 37 | p5cd | figs-rquestion | Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις? | 1 | Do you know Greek? | The commander uses this questions to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Alternate translation: “So you speak Greek.” or “I didn’t know you spoke Greek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2204 | ACT | 21 | 38 | xx2w | figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος, ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων? | 1 | Are you not then the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness? | The commander uses this question and the question “Do you speak Greek?” (verse 37) to express surprise that Paul is not who he thought he was. Possible meanings are (1) as in ULT, the commander believes that even though Paul speaks Greek, Paul is the Egyptian. “Even though you speak Greek, I still think you are the Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” (2) Because Paul speaks Greek, the commander thinks that perhaps Paul is not the Egyptian. “So you speak Greek. Perhaps I was wrong to think you were that Egyptian who before this day revolted and led the four thousand men of the ‘Assassins’ out into the wilderness.” It is best to retain the questions if the reader can infer one of the two meanings from them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2205 | ACT | 21 | 38 | nxs6 | figs-explicit | οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος | 1 | Are you not then the Egyptian | Shortly before Paul’s visit, an unnamed man from Egypt had launched a revolt against Rome in Jerusalem. Later he escaped into the wilderness and the commander wonders if Paul might be the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2206 | ACT | 21 | 38 | tqh6 | translate-numbers | τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας | 1 | the 4,000 men | “the four thousand terrorists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2207 | ACT | 21 | 38 | p2ym | τῶν σικαρίων | 1 | of the ‘Assassins’ | This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans. | |
2208 | ACT | 21 | 39 | t6ax | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul begins to defend what he did. | ||
2209 | ACT | 21 | 39 | ys84 | δέομαι…σου | 1 | I ask you | “I beg you” or “I plead with you” | |
2210 | ACT | 21 | 39 | a139 | ἐπίτρεψόν μοι | 1 | allow me | “please allow me” or please permit me” | |
2211 | ACT | 21 | 40 | qp2q | figs-abstractnouns | ἐπιτρέψαντος…αὐτοῦ | 1 | when he had given him permission | The word permission can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when the commander permitted him to speak” or “after the commander allowed him to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2212 | ACT | 21 | 40 | a4y2 | ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν | 1 | Paul, standing on the steps | The word steps here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress. | |
2213 | ACT | 21 | 40 | rk1y | figs-explicit | κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ | 1 | motioned with his hand to the people | It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: “motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2214 | ACT | 21 | 40 | xj6i | πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης | 1 | And when there was a deep silence | “And when the people were completely silent” | |
2215 | ACT | 22 | intro | gq5g | 0 | Acts 22 General NotesStructure and formattingThis is the second account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 26) Special concepts in this chapter“In the Hebrew language”Most Jews at this time spoke Aramaic and Greek. Most of the people who spoke Hebrew were educated Jewish scholars. This is why the people paid attention when Paul started speaking in Hebrew. “The Way”No one knows for sure who first started calling believers “followers of the Way.” This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or “way.” If this is true, the believers were “following the way of the Lord” by living in a way that pleased God. Roman citizenshipThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen. | |||
2216 | ACT | 22 | 1 | kq95 | writing-background | 0 | General Information: | Verse 2 gives background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
2217 | ACT | 22 | 1 | a8ir | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerusalem. | ||
2218 | ACT | 22 | 1 | xe46 | ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες | 1 | brothers, and fathers | This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul’s age as well as the older men in the audience. | |
2219 | ACT | 22 | 1 | pe8t | ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ | 1 | listen to my defense to you now | “I will now explain to you what I have done” or “please listen as I tell you my story ” | |
2220 | ACT | 22 | 2 | b4sk | τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ | 1 | in the Hebrew language | The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews. | |
2221 | ACT | 22 | 3 | g311 | figs-activepassive | ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ | 1 | but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2222 | ACT | 22 | 3 | d4dx | figs-metonymy | παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ | 1 | at the feet of Gamaliel | Here feet stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: “by Gamaliel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2223 | ACT | 22 | 3 | b1dq | Γαμαλιήλ | 1 | of Gamaliel | Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in Acts 5:34. | |
2224 | ACT | 22 | 3 | iz4g | figs-activepassive | πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου | 1 | instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers” or “the instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2225 | ACT | 22 | 3 | lqk7 | τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου | 1 | of the law of our fathers | “of the law of our ancestors.” This refers to the law that God gave to the people of Israel through Moses. | |
2226 | ACT | 22 | 3 | a8d6 | ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | being zealous for God | “I am completely dedicated to obeying God” or “I am passionate about my service to God” | |
2227 | ACT | 22 | 3 | dbl4 | καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον | 1 | just as all of you are today | “in the same way all of you are today.” Paul compares himself with the crowd. | |
2228 | ACT | 22 | 4 | jy3z | figs-metonymy | ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα | 1 | I persecuted this Way | Here this Way represents the people who belonged to the group called “the Way.” Alternate translation: “I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2229 | ACT | 22 | 4 | bk4c | ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν | 1 | this Way | This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated the Way in Acts 9:2. | |
2230 | ACT | 22 | 4 | dr8c | figs-abstractnouns | ἄχρι θανάτου | 1 | as far as death | The word death can be translated with the verb “kill” or “die.” Alternate translation: “and I looked for ways to kill them” or “to the point of killing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2231 | ACT | 22 | 4 | zd2r | δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας | 1 | binding and delivering to prison both men and women | “tying up both men and women and taking them to prison” | |
2232 | ACT | 22 | 5 | v2km | μαρτυρεῖ | 1 | testifies | “can testify” or “can tell you” | |
2233 | ACT | 22 | 5 | i45u | παρ’ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος | 1 | from whom also having received letters | “who also gave me letters” | |
2234 | ACT | 22 | 5 | in72 | πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν | 1 | for the brothers in Damascus | Here brothers refers to “fellow Jews.” | |
2235 | ACT | 22 | 5 | y82b | ἄξων…τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ | 1 | to bring back in bonds to Jerusalem those who were there | “to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem” | |
2236 | ACT | 22 | 5 | ht9f | figs-activepassive | ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν | 1 | in order that they might be punished | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “in order that they may receive punishment” or “in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2237 | ACT | 22 | 6 | pe9s | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul describes his encounter with Jesus. | ||
2238 | ACT | 22 | 6 | w4l7 | ἐγένετο δέ μοι | 1 | It happened to me that | This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
2239 | ACT | 22 | 7 | d6nd | figs-synecdoche | ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι | 1 | heard a voice saying to me | Here voice stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone say to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2240 | ACT | 22 | 9 | h95h | figs-synecdoche | τὴν…φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι | 1 | they did not understand the voice of the one who was speaking to me | Here voice stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2241 | ACT | 22 | 10 | a91a | figs-activepassive | κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται | 1 | and there you will be told | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “there someone will tell you” or “there you will find out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2242 | ACT | 22 | 11 | n1kb | οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου | 1 | I could not see because of the glory of that light | “I was left blind because of that light’s brightness” | |
2243 | ACT | 22 | 11 | n2n1 | figs-synecdoche | χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν | 1 | being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus | Here hands stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those with me guided me into Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2244 | ACT | 22 | 12 | a17q | 0 | General Information: | The words “He” and “him” refer to Ananias. | ||
2245 | ACT | 22 | 12 | h5bh | translate-names | Ἁνανίας | 1 | Ananias | Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts Acts 5:3, you may translate it the same way though as you did in Acts 5:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2246 | ACT | 22 | 12 | z1g3 | ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον | 1 | a devout man according to the law | Ananias was very serious about following God’s law. | |
2247 | ACT | 22 | 12 | e7uw | figs-activepassive | μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων | 1 | being testified to by all the Jews who lived there | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “having a good reputation among all the Jews who lived there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2248 | ACT | 22 | 13 | un4g | Σαοὺλ, ἀδελφέ | 1 | Saul, brother | Here brother is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: “Saul, my friend” | |
2249 | ACT | 22 | 13 | x3kc | figs-idiom | ἀνάβλεψον | 1 | look up | |
2250 | ACT | 22 | 13 | se47 | figs-idiom | αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ | 1 | that very hour | This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: “at that instant” or “instantly” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
2251 | ACT | 22 | 13 | 94s0 | figs-idiom | κἀγὼ…ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν | 1 | And…I looked up to him | This phrase is an idiom that means he received his sight. Alternate translation: “And … I was able to see him” or “And … I saw him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
2252 | ACT | 22 | 14 | v2i7 | 0 | General Information: | The word “he” refers to Ananias (Acts 22:12). | ||
2253 | ACT | 22 | 14 | k3ck | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes telling what had happened to him in Damascus. He quotes what Ananias said to him. This is still part of his speech to the crowd in Jerusalem. | ||
2254 | ACT | 22 | 14 | k417 | τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ | 1 | his will | “what God is planning and will cause to happen” | |
2255 | ACT | 22 | 14 | dg8q | figs-synecdoche | ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | to hear the voice from his own mouth | Both voice and mouth refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: “to hear him speak directly to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2256 | ACT | 22 | 15 | i5q8 | figs-gendernotations | πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους | 1 | to all men | Here men means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
2257 | ACT | 22 | 16 | bhg9 | νῦν | 1 | Now | Here now does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
2258 | ACT | 22 | 16 | mmx9 | figs-rquestion | τί μέλλεις? | 1 | why are you waiting? | This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: “do not wait!” or “do not delay!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2259 | ACT | 22 | 16 | lt2i | figs-activepassive | βάπτισαι | 1 | be baptized | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let me baptize you” or “receive baptism” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2260 | ACT | 22 | 16 | zr5p | figs-metaphor | ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου | 1 | wash away your sins | As washing one’s body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one’s inner being from sin. Alternate translation: “ask forgiveness for your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2261 | ACT | 22 | 16 | g5dq | ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | having called on his name | Here name refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: “having called on the Lord” or “trusting in the Lord” | |
2262 | ACT | 22 | 17 | znq6 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul begins to tell the crowd about his vision of Jesus. | ||
2263 | ACT | 22 | 17 | its2 | ἐγένετο δέ μοι | 1 | And it happened to me that | This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
2264 | ACT | 22 | 17 | yr9l | γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει | 1 | I fell into a trance | “I had a vision” or “God gave me a vision” | |
2265 | ACT | 22 | 18 | jy2c | ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι | 1 | I saw him saying to me | “I saw Jesus as he said to me” | |
2266 | ACT | 22 | 18 | qul6 | οὐ παραδέξονταί σου μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | they will not accept your testimony about me | “those who live in Jerusalem will not believe what you tell them about me” | |
2267 | ACT | 22 | 19 | q5cl | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the non-believing Jews in Jerusalem. | ||
2268 | ACT | 22 | 19 | p7gz | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends what Paul was able to say to the crowd of Jewish people by the fortress. | ||
2269 | ACT | 22 | 19 | im4n | figs-rpronouns | αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται | 1 | they themselves know | The word themselves is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) |
2270 | ACT | 22 | 19 | da1e | κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς | 1 | according to the synagogues | “in each of the synagogues” or “in every synagogue.” Paul went to synagogues to find Jews who believed in Jesus. | |
2271 | ACT | 22 | 20 | y7t1 | figs-metonymy | ἐξεχύννετο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου | 1 | the blood of Stephen your witness was spilled | Here blood stands for Stephen’s life. To spill blood means to kill. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they killed Stephen who testified about you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2272 | ACT | 22 | 22 | fj9x | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “him” and the first two words “he” refer to Paul. The word “He” and the last “he” refer to the chief captain. | ||
2273 | ACT | 22 | 22 | ta8z | αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον | 1 | Remove such a one from the earth | The phrase from the earth adds emphasis to “Remove such a one.” Alternate translation: “Kill him” | |
2274 | ACT | 22 | 23 | ylr7 | κραυγαζόντων τε αὐτῶν | 1 | And as they were shouting | The phrase as they were is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. | |
2275 | ACT | 22 | 23 | b6a7 | translate-symaction | ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα | 1 | throwing off their outer garments, and throwing dust into the air | These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) |
2276 | ACT | 22 | 24 | x7zv | χιλίαρχος | 1 | commander | a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers | |
2277 | ACT | 22 | 24 | h6gp | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσεν…εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν | 1 | commanded him to be brought | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2278 | ACT | 22 | 24 | sth6 | τὴν παρεμβολήν | 1 | the fortress | This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34. | |
2279 | ACT | 22 | 24 | pz47 | figs-activepassive | εἴπας μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτὸν | 1 | commanding him to be examined by flogging | The commander wanted to torture Paul by whipping him to ensure that he was telling the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “ordering his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2280 | ACT | 22 | 25 | ar63 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the soldiers. | ||
2281 | ACT | 22 | 25 | st4k | τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν | 1 | for the whip | The whip was made from strips of leather or animal hide. | |
2282 | ACT | 22 | 25 | yjw3 | figs-rquestion | εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν? | 1 | Is it lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and uncondemned? | Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2283 | ACT | 22 | 26 | pca7 | figs-rquestion | τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? | 1 | What are you about to do? | This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2284 | ACT | 22 | 27 | pe31 | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “him” refers to Paul. | ||
2285 | ACT | 22 | 27 | e69y | figs-go | προσελθὼν…ὁ χιλίαρχος | 1 | having come, the commander | Here come can be translated as “gone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
2286 | ACT | 22 | 28 | dr2w | ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην | 1 | I bought this citizenship with a large amount of money | “I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities to become a citizen of Rome.” The captain may be making this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth. | |
2287 | ACT | 22 | 28 | r79c | figs-abstractnouns | ἐγὼ…τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην | 1 | I bought this citizenship | “I paid for citizenship.” The word citizenship is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen by paying for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2288 | ACT | 22 | 28 | rly1 | ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι | 1 | I, however, was indeed born as one | If a father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. Paul's father was a Roman. Alternate translation: “But I am a citizen by birth!” | |
2289 | ACT | 22 | 29 | ii8p | οἱ μέλλοντες…ἀνετάζειν | 1 | those who were about to examine | “the men who planned to examine” or “the men who were preparing to question” | |
2290 | ACT | 22 | 30 | g33i | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to the chief captain. | ||
2291 | ACT | 22 | 30 | kx58 | ἔλυσεν αὐτόν | 1 | he released him | “the commander ordered his soldiers to untie Paul’s bonds” | |
2292 | ACT | 22 | 30 | c5ia | καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον | 1 | having brought down Paul | From the fortress, there is a stairway going down to the temple courts. | |
2293 | ACT | 23 | intro | gbw5 | 0 | Acts 23 General NotesStructure and formattingSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 23:5. Special concepts in this chapterResurrection of the deadThe Pharisees believed that after people died, they would become alive again and God would either reward them or punish them. The Sadducees believed that once people died, they stayed dead and would never become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/raise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]]) “Called a curse”Some Jews promised God that they would not eat or drink until they killed Paul, and they asked God to punish them if they did not do what they had promised to do. Roman citizenshipThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. The “chief captain” could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way he would treat a non-citizen. Important figures of speech in this chapterWhitewashThis is a common metaphor in Scripture for appearing to be good or clean or righteous when one is evil or unclean or unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
2294 | ACT | 23 | 1 | z2sq | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul stands before the chief priests and the council members (Acts 22:30). | ||
2295 | ACT | 23 | 1 | jru4 | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here this means “fellow Jews.” | |
2296 | ACT | 23 | 1 | nn2q | ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ Θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας | 1 | I have lived as a citizen before God in all good conscience until this day | “I know that even to this day I have done what God has wanted me to do as a Jewish man” | |
2297 | ACT | 23 | 2 | yz4n | translate-names | Ἁνανίας | 1 | Ananias | This is the name of a man. Though this is the same name, this not the same Ananias as in Acts 5:1 nor the same Ananias as in Acts 9:10. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2298 | ACT | 23 | 3 | igq4 | figs-metaphor | τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε | 1 | you whitewashed wall | This refers to a wall that was painted white to make it look clean. Paul told Ananias that just as a wall can be painted to look clean, so Ananias appeared to look morally clean, but he was really full of evil intent. Alternate translation: “you wall painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2299 | ACT | 23 | 3 | un7g | figs-rquestion | σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι? | 1 | do you sit judging me by the law, yet command me to be struck, against the law? | Paul uses a question to point out Ananias’ hypocrisy. Alternate translation: “you sit there to judge me by the law, yet you command me to be struck against the law.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2300 | ACT | 23 | 3 | m6nb | figs-activepassive | κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι | 1 | command me to be struck | This can be stated in active form. You can use the same word for strike as you did in the phrase “God will strike you.” Alternate translation: “command people to strike me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2301 | ACT | 23 | 4 | lkh8 | figs-rquestion | τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ Θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς? | 1 | Are you insulting the high priest of God? | The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in Acts 23:3. Alternate translation: “You should not insult God’s high priest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2302 | ACT | 23 | 5 | e8lg | figs-explicit | γέγραπται γὰρ | 1 | For it is written | Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2303 | ACT | 23 | 6 | pbe1 | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here brothers means “fellow Jews” | |
2304 | ACT | 23 | 6 | as3f | υἱὸς Φαρισαίων | 1 | a son of Pharisees | Here son means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: “and my father and forefathers were Pharisees” | |
2305 | ACT | 23 | 6 | ys5k | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ κρίνομαι | 1 | I am being judged | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2306 | ACT | 23 | 6 | iz18 | figs-abstractnouns | περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν | 1 | concerning the hope and resurrection of the dead | The word resurrection can be stated as “come back to life.” The word dead can be stated as “those who have died.” Alternate translation: “I have confidence that those who have died will come back to life again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
2307 | ACT | 23 | 7 | abs3 | ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος | 1 | the crowd was divided | “the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another” | |
2308 | ACT | 23 | 8 | gl1s | writing-background | Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ…Φαρισαῖοι δὲ | 1 | For the Sadducees…but the Pharisees | This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
2309 | ACT | 23 | 9 | eaf1 | ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη | 1 | So a large uproar occurred | “So they began shouting loudly at one another.” The word so marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul’s stating his belief in the resurrection. | |
2310 | ACT | 23 | 9 | ayr8 | figs-hypo | εἰ…πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, ἢ ἄγγελος | 1 | what if a spirit has spoken to him, or an angel? | The Pharisees are rebuking the Sadducees by affirming that spirits and angels do exist and can speak to people. Alternate translation: “perhaps a spirit or an angel has spoken to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) |
2311 | ACT | 23 | 10 | dr1d | figs-abstractnouns | πολλῆς δὲ γινομένης στάσεως | 1 | And when a great argument happened | The phrase a great argument can be re-stated as “to argue violently.” Alternate translation: “And when they began to argue violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2312 | ACT | 23 | 10 | s65i | χιλίαρχος | 1 | commander | a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers | |
2313 | ACT | 23 | 10 | f568 | figs-activepassive | διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | that Paul would be torn to pieces by them | This can be stated in active form. The phrase be torn to pieces might be an exaggeration of how the people might harm Paul. Alternate translation: “that they might tear Paul to pieces” or “that they would cause Paul great physical harm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
2314 | ACT | 23 | 10 | man3 | ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν | 1 | to seize him by force | “to use physical force to take him away” | |
2315 | ACT | 23 | 10 | ap3c | εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν | 1 | into the fortress | This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34. | |
2316 | ACT | 23 | 11 | i9w5 | τῇ…ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ | 1 | the following night | This means the night after the day Paul went before the council. Alternate translation: “that night” | |
2317 | ACT | 23 | 11 | r4q4 | figs-ellipsis | εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι | 1 | to testify in Rome | The words “about me” are understood. Alternate translation: “to bear witness about me in Rome” or “to testify about me in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
2318 | ACT | 23 | 12 | fm3y | 0 | Connecting Statement: | While Paul was in the prison at the fortress, the disbelieving religious Jews vow to kill him. | ||
2319 | ACT | 23 | 12 | klb4 | ποιήσαντες συστροφὴν | 1 | having formed a conspiracy | “having organized a group with a shared purpose” here, to kill Paul. | |
2320 | ACT | 23 | 12 | g3sj | figs-explicit | ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς | 1 | cursed themselves | It can be made explicit what would cause them to be cursed. Alternate translation: “asked God to curse them if they did not do what they promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2321 | ACT | 23 | 13 | f1u2 | translate-numbers | τεσσεράκοντα οἱ | 1 | 40 who | “forty men who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2322 | ACT | 23 | 13 | u5s5 | οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι | 1 | who had formed this conspiracy | “who had made this plan” or “who planned to kill Paul” | |
2323 | ACT | 23 | 14 | zb6w | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “They” refers to the forty Jews in Acts 23:13. Here “you” is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both “us” and “we” refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2324 | ACT | 23 | 14 | ur73 | figs-metaphor | ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον | 1 | We have cursed ourselves with a curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul | To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: “We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2325 | ACT | 23 | 15 | w418 | νῦν οὖν | 1 | Now, therefore | “Because what we have just said is true” or “Because we have put ourselves under this curse” | |
2326 | ACT | 23 | 15 | q9e6 | νῦν | 1 | Now | This does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows. | |
2327 | ACT | 23 | 15 | q9mb | καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς | 1 | he will bring him down to you | “the commander will bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you” | |
2328 | ACT | 23 | 15 | m133 | ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | as if you are going to examine more seriously the things concerning him | “as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done” | |
2329 | ACT | 23 | 16 | d7cy | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers to Paul’s nephew. The word “him” refers to the chief captain. | ||
2330 | ACT | 23 | 16 | w6fe | ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου | 1 | the son of the sister of Paul | “the son of Paul’s sister” or “Paul’s nephew” | |
2331 | ACT | 23 | 16 | pj5h | ἀκούσας…τὴν ἐνέδραν | 1 | having heard of the ambush | “hearing that they were ready to ambush Paul” or “finding out that they were waiting to kill Paul” | |
2332 | ACT | 23 | 16 | a5hx | τὴν παρεμβολὴν | 1 | the fortress | This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in Acts 21:34. | |
2333 | ACT | 23 | 18 | abd0 | ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν, ἤγαγεν | 1 | So having taken him, he brought him | “So taking the young man, the centurion brought him” | |
2334 | ACT | 23 | 18 | lzf3 | ὁ δέσμιος, Παῦλος, προσκαλεσάμενός με | 1 | The prisoner, Paul, having summoned me | “The prisoner named Paul after he asked me to come talk with him” | |
2335 | ACT | 23 | 18 | ju2b | τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν | 1 | this young man | Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. | |
2336 | ACT | 23 | 19 | yp12 | ἐπιλαβόμενος…τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος | 1 | the commander, having taken hold of his hand | Since the commander took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul’s nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old. | |
2337 | ACT | 23 | 20 | uv6r | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο | 1 | The Jews have agreed | This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews have agreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2338 | ACT | 23 | 20 | wp5d | Παῦλον καταγάγῃς | 1 | you might bring Paul down | “you would bring Paul down from the fortress” | |
2339 | ACT | 23 | 20 | fev5 | ὡς μέλλων τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. | 1 | as if they were going to inquire something more concerning him | “pretending they want to learn more about what Paul has done” | |
2340 | ACT | 23 | 21 | vdr5 | translate-numbers | ἄνδρες…τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | 40…men | “forty…men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2341 | ACT | 23 | 21 | i2k9 | ἐνεδρεύουσιν…αὐτὸν | 1 | lie in wait for him | “are ready to ambush Paul” or “are waiting to kill Paul” | |
2342 | ACT | 23 | 21 | r695 | οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν, ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν | 1 | who have cursed themselves neither to eat nor to drink until they have killed him | “who have sworn to eat or drink nothing until they have killed Paul. And they asked God to curse them if they do not do what they promised to do” | |
2343 | ACT | 23 | 22 | av3g | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “he” refers the chief captain. | ||
2344 | ACT | 23 | 22 | av3h | 0 | General Information: | Felix, who resided at Caesarea, was the roman governor of the area. | ||
2345 | ACT | 23 | 23 | wk7k | προσκαλεσάμενός | 1 | having summoned | “having called to himself” | |
2346 | ACT | 23 | 23 | b7z3 | translate-numbers | ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα | 1 | 70 horsemen | “seventy horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2347 | ACT | 23 | 23 | mgi9 | translate-numbers | δεξιολάβους διακοσίους | 1 | 200 spearmen | “two hundred soldiers that are armed with spears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2348 | ACT | 23 | 23 | kg8s | τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός | 1 | third hour of the night | This was about 9:00 p.m. at night. | |
2349 | ACT | 23 | 25 | vg8x | 0 | General Information: | The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul. | ||
2350 | ACT | 23 | 25 | vg8y | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2351 | ACT | 23 | 26 | zf93 | figs-123person | Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν | 1 | Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings | This is a formal introduction to the letter. The commander begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words “am writing” are understood. Alternate translation: “I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) |
2352 | ACT | 23 | 26 | u2ih | τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι | 1 | to the most excellent Governor Felix | “to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors” | |
2353 | ACT | 23 | 27 | zr7l | figs-synecdoche | τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | This man, having been seized the Jews | Here the Jews means “some of the Jews.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of the Jews seized this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2354 | ACT | 23 | 27 | ha13 | figs-activepassive | μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | about to be killed by them | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were ready to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2355 | ACT | 23 | 27 | v78t | ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐξειλάμην | 1 | having come with detachment of soldiers, I rescued | “I with my soldiers arrived at the place where Paul and these Jews were and I rescued him” | |
2356 | ACT | 23 | 28 | lb1a | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “I” refers to Claudius Lysias, the chief captain. | ||
2357 | ACT | 23 | 28 | lb1b | 0 | General Information: | The word “they” refers to the group of Jews who accused Paul. | ||
2358 | ACT | 23 | 28 | lb1c | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | The word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
2359 | ACT | 23 | 28 | pmq7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The chief captain ends his letter to Governor Felix. | ||
2360 | ACT | 23 | 29 | zt4f | figs-activepassive | ὃν εὗρον ἐνκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν | 1 | I learned that he was being accused concerning questions of their own law | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I learned that they were accusing him about things in their own law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2361 | ACT | 23 | 29 | wsh2 | figs-abstractnouns | μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα | 1 | but there was no accusation worthy of death or imprisonment | The abstract nouns accusation, death, and imprisonment can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “but nobody accused him of anything that should cause Roman authorities to kill him or to send him to prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2362 | ACT | 23 | 30 | i2ji | figs-activepassive | μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα ἔσεσθαι | 1 | And when a plot was to be against the man was revealed to me | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when I later learned that there was a plot to kill this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2363 | ACT | 23 | 31 | ifs1 | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Here the first word “him” refers to Paul; the second use of the word “him” refers to Governor Felix. Antipatris was a city built by Herod in honor of his father, Antipater. It stood at a site located today in central Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2364 | ACT | 23 | 31 | s9rf | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends Paul’s time under arrest in Jerusalem and begins his time of arrest in Caesarea with Governor Felix. | ||
2365 | ACT | 23 | 31 | ny4k | οἱ…οὖν στρατιῶται κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς | 1 | So the soldiers, according to what had been commanded to them | The word so marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is the commander's ordering the soldiers to escort Paul. | |
2366 | ACT | 23 | 31 | ptv4 | ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ νυκτὸς | 1 | having taken Paul, brought him by night | Here brought can be translated as “took.” Alternate translation: “they got Paul and took him at night” | |
2367 | ACT | 23 | 32 | abd1 | ὑπέστρεψαν | 1 | having allowed…they returned | Here they refers to the foot soldiers who left the horsemen and returned to their fortress. | |
2368 | ACT | 23 | 33 | abx1 | οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες | 1 | When they had entered | Here they refers to the horsemen who took Paul all the way to Caesarea. | |
2369 | ACT | 23 | 34 | u44w | 0 | General Information: | Here the first and second words “he” refer to Governor Felix, the third word “he” and the word “him” refer to Paul, and the last word “he” refers to Governor Felix. The words “you” and your” refer to Paul. | ||
2370 | ACT | 23 | 34 | abd2 | ἀναγνοὺς…ἐπερωτήσας…πυθόμενος | 1 | when he had read the letter…had asked…had learned | All of these actions are things the governor did. | |
2371 | ACT | 23 | 34 | dtx1 | figs-quotations | ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχείας ἐστὶν | 1 | had asked what province he was from | This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked Paul, ‘What province are you from?’ When” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2372 | ACT | 23 | 35 | dwv2 | figs-quotations | ἔφη | 1 | he said | This sentence, which begins with the words “When he learned” in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Paul said, ‘I am from Cilicia.’ Then the governor said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2373 | ACT | 23 | 35 | uji1 | διακούσομαί σου | 1 | I will hear you fully | “I will listen to all you have to say” | |
2374 | ACT | 23 | 35 | mga2 | κελεύσας…φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν | 1 | having commanded him to be kept | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “having commanded soldiers to keep him” or “and commanded soldiers to restrain him” | |
2375 | ACT | 24 | intro | j74u | 0 | Acts 24 General NotesStructure and formattingPaul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do. Special concepts in this chapterRespectBoth the Jewish leaders (Acts 24:2-4) and Paul (Acts 24:10) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapterGovernmental leadersThe words “governor,” “commander,” and “centurion” may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |||
2376 | ACT | 24 | 1 | qw1r | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” refers to Felix, the governor. Here “we” refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2377 | ACT | 24 | 1 | bc8k | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul. | ||
2378 | ACT | 24 | 1 | e8rp | μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας | 1 | And after five days | “And five days after the Roman soldiers took Paul to Caesarea” | |
2379 | ACT | 24 | 1 | n9gu | translate-names | Ἁνανίας | 1 | Ananias | This is the name of a man. This is not the same Ananias as in Acts 5:1 nor the same Ananias as in Acts 9:10. See how you translated this in Acts 23:1. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2380 | ACT | 24 | 1 | f3vx | ῥήτορος | 1 | an orator | “a lawyer.” Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who was there to accuse Paul in court. | |
2381 | ACT | 24 | 1 | xm6c | translate-names | Τερτύλλου | 1 | Tertullus | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2382 | ACT | 24 | 1 | q7wj | κατέβη | 1 | went there | “went to Caesarea where Paul was” | |
2383 | ACT | 24 | 1 | nq9x | τῷ ἡγεμόνι | 1 | to the governor | “in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court” | |
2384 | ACT | 24 | 1 | zm5e | ἐνεφάνισαν…κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | appeared…against Paul | “came there…to argue before the governor the case that Paul had broken the law.” | |
2385 | ACT | 24 | 2 | e6zg | figs-exclusive | πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες | 1 | We have obtained great peace | Here we refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: “we, the people that you govern, have obtained great peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
2386 | ACT | 24 | 2 | sv8c | καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας | 1 | and good reforms have happened to our nation through your foresight | “and your planning has greatly improved our nation” | |
2387 | ACT | 24 | 3 | r5jl | μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας | 1 | with all thankfulness | The word thankfulness is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: “so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do” or “so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
2388 | ACT | 24 | 3 | q3fj | κράτιστε Φῆλιξ | 1 | most excellent Felix | “Governor Felix who deserves greatest honor.” Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. See how you translated a similar phrase in Acts 23:25. | |
2389 | ACT | 24 | 4 | tyq8 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | The word “we” refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2390 | ACT | 24 | 4 | jww2 | ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον σε ἐνκόπτω | 1 | However, in order that we may not bother you any longer | Possible meanings are (1) “so that I will not take up too much of your time” or (2) “so that I will not tire you” | |
2391 | ACT | 24 | 4 | xfm5 | ἀκοῦσαί…ἡμῶν συντόμως, τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ | 1 | to briefly listen to us in your kindness | “kindly listen to my short speech” | |
2392 | ACT | 24 | 5 | i1qs | εὑρόντες…τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν | 1 | we have found this man to be a troublemaker | “we have learned that Paul is always causing trouble” | |
2393 | ACT | 24 | 5 | k1v1 | figs-hyperbole | πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην | 1 | among all the Jews who are throughout the world | The word all here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
2394 | ACT | 24 | 5 | zg4a | figs-explicit | πρωτοστάτην…τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως | 1 | he is a leader of the sect of the Nazarenes | The phrase “the sect of the Nazarenes” is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: “he leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2395 | ACT | 24 | 5 | n6zb | αἱρέσεως | 1 | of sect | This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. | |
2396 | ACT | 24 | 7 | ujn8 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Governor Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
2397 | ACT | 24 | 7 | xkr4 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Tertullus finishes presenting the charges against Paul before Governor Felix. | ||
2398 | ACT | 24 | 8 | e26a | ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ | 1 | to learn of what we are accusing him | “to learn that we are bringing very serious charges against him” or “to learn whether or not he is guilty of the things of which we are accusing him” | |
2399 | ACT | 24 | 9 | rq5f | figs-synecdoche | οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul’s trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2400 | ACT | 24 | 10 | my1c | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul. | ||
2401 | ACT | 24 | 10 | ict8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. | ||
2402 | ACT | 24 | 10 | s92a | νεύσαντος…τοῦ ἡγεμόνος | 1 | and the governor motioned | “and the governor gestured” | |
2403 | ACT | 24 | 10 | uu7a | figs-metonymy | κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ | 1 | a judge to this nation | Here **this nation** refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “a judge for the people of the Jewish nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2404 | ACT | 24 | 10 | sr5t | ἀπολογοῦμαι | 1 | I…make my defense | “I…explain my situation” | |
2405 | ACT | 24 | 11 | dr4u | translate-numbers | ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς | 1 | 12 days from when | “twelve days since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2406 | ACT | 24 | 12 | wbf6 | ἢ ἐπίστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου | 1 | nor causing a rebellion of the crowd | “and I did not provoke the crowd to rebel against Rome” | |
2407 | ACT | 24 | 14 | c5xa | ὁμολογῶ…τοῦτό σοι | 1 | I confess this to you | “I acknowledge this to you” | |
2408 | ACT | 24 | 14 | k79p | ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν | 1 | that according to the Way | The phrase **the Way** was a title used for Christianity during Paul’s time. | |
2409 | ACT | 24 | 14 | rqu3 | λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν | 1 | they call a sect | This is a smaller group of people within a larger group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated sect in Acts 24:5. | |
2410 | ACT | 24 | 14 | cg73 | οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ | 1 | in that way I serve the God of our fathers | Paul uses the phrase “in that way” to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God just as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a **sect** or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion. | |
2411 | ACT | 24 | 15 | nv5a | καὶ αὐτοὶ | 1 | also these men | “the same as these men.” Here **these men** refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court. | |
2412 | ACT | 24 | 15 | qza8 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων | 1 | that there is going to be a resurrection of both the righteous and of the unrighteous | The abstract noun **resurrection** can be stated with the verb “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2413 | ACT | 24 | 15 | x1yd | figs-nominaladj | δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων | 1 | of both the righteous and the unrighteous | These nominal adjectives refer to **righteous** people and **unrighteous** people. AT “both of righteous people and unrighteous people” or “both of those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
2414 | ACT | 24 | 16 | sfw4 | αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ…διὰ παντός | 1 | I myself always strive | “I myself always work hard” or “I always do my best” | |
2415 | ACT | 24 | 16 | kcg8 | figs-metonymy | ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | to have a blameless conscience before God | Here **conscience** refers to a person’s inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: “to be blameless before God” or “to always do what is right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2416 | ACT | 24 | 16 | va3b | πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | before God | “in the presence of God” | |
2417 | ACT | 24 | 17 | p92m | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word marks a shift in Paul’s argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him. | |
2418 | ACT | 24 | 17 | py9v | δι’ ἐτῶν…πλειόνων | 1 | after many years | “after many years away from Jerusalem” | |
2419 | ACT | 24 | 17 | ryk6 | figs-go | ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου, παρεγενόμην καὶ προσφοράς | 1 | I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings | Here **I came** can be translated as “I went.” Alternate translation: “I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) |
2420 | ACT | 24 | 18 | pk2m | ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ | 1 | having been cleansed in the temple | “in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself” | |
2421 | ACT | 24 | 18 | x6iy | figs-explicit | οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου, οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου | 1 | not with a crowd nor with an uproar | This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: “I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2422 | ACT | 24 | 19 | ntg3 | εἴ τι ἔχοιεν | 1 | if they have anything | “if they have anything to say” | |
2423 | ACT | 24 | 20 | npt5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him. | ||
2424 | ACT | 24 | 20 | ag5d | αὐτοὶ | 1 | these | This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul’s trial. | |
2425 | ACT | 24 | 20 | hnt9 | εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα | 1 | let…say what wrong they found | “let…prove what I did wrong” | |
2426 | ACT | 24 | 21 | ds1s | figs-abstractnouns | περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν | 1 | concerning the resurrection of the dead | The abstract noun **resurrection** can be stated as “God brings back to life.” Alternate translation: “because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) |
2427 | ACT | 24 | 21 | d2lm | figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν | 1 | I am being judged before you today | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are judging me today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2428 | ACT | 24 | 22 | w1tn | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2429 | ACT | 24 | 22 | a87f | τῆς Ὁδοῦ | 1 | the Way | This is a title for Christianity. See how you translated this in Acts 9:2. | |
2430 | ACT | 24 | 22 | k1f7 | Λυσίας | 1 | Lysias | This is the name of the commander. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:26. | |
2431 | ACT | 24 | 22 | z5f9 | καταβῇ | 1 | may come down | “may come down from Jerusalem.” Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming **down** from Jerusalem. | |
2432 | ACT | 24 | 22 | ldi8 | διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς | 1 | I will decide the things concerning you | “I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you” or “I will judge whether you are guilty” | |
2433 | ACT | 24 | 23 | sxy2 | ἔχειν…ἄνεσιν | 1 | to have rest | “to grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners” | |
2434 | ACT | 24 | 24 | wus4 | μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινὰς | 1 | But after some days | “But after several days” | |
2435 | ACT | 24 | 24 | qy9y | translate-names | Δρουσίλλῃ, τῇ ἰδίᾳ γυναικὶ | 1 | Drusilla his own wife | **Drusilla** is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2436 | ACT | 24 | 24 | xmq5 | figs-explicit | οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ | 1 | who was a Jewess | This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: “who was a Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2437 | ACT | 24 | 25 | b8v1 | ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ | 1 | Felix, having became frightened | Felix may have felt conviction of his sins. | |
2438 | ACT | 24 | 25 | p8yi | τὸ νῦν ἔχον | 1 | Go away for now | “Leave me for a while” | |
2439 | ACT | 24 | 26 | h4v7 | χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | money will be given to him by Paul | Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free. | |
2440 | ACT | 24 | 26 | n45p | διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος, ὡμίλει αὐτῷ | 1 | and therefore often summoning him, he was speaking to him | “and so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul” | |
2441 | ACT | 24 | 27 | ur2y | translate-names | ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον | 1 | Felix received a successor—Porcius Festus | **Porcius Festus** was the new roman governor who succeeded **Felix**. Alternate translation: “Porcius Festus replaced Felix as the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2442 | ACT | 24 | 27 | p59c | figs-synecdoche | θέλων…χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις | 1 | wanted to gain favor with the Jews | Here **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanting the Jewish leaders to like him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2443 | ACT | 24 | 27 | gln6 | ὁ Φῆλιξ…κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον | 2 | Felix left Paul imprisoned | “Felix kept Paul in prison” | |
2444 | ACT | 25 | intro | b6uk | 0 | Acts 25 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterFavorThis word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus “wanted to gain the favor of the Jews,” he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]]) Roman citizenshipThe Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen. | |||
2445 | ACT | 25 | 1 | c84u | 0 | General Information: | Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 24:27. | ||
2446 | ACT | 25 | 1 | tj76 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea. | ||
2447 | ACT | 25 | 1 | w8h3 | οὖν | 1 | then | This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. | |
2448 | ACT | 25 | 1 | i7t9 | Φῆστος…ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ | 1 | Festus…having arrived in the province | Possible meanings are (1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or (2) Festus simply arrived in the area. | |
2449 | ACT | 25 | 1 | zz4l | ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας | 1 | went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem | The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea. | |
2450 | ACT | 25 | 2 | qnc8 | figs-metaphor | ἐνεφάνισάν…αὐτῷ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου | 1 | the chief priest and the most prominent of the Jews made clear to him the things against Paul | This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: “the chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2451 | ACT | 25 | 2 | uj5p | παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν | 1 | they begged him | Here the word **him** refers to Festus. | |
2452 | ACT | 25 | 3 | w8um | χάριν κατ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | a favor against him | Here the word **him** refers to Paul. | |
2453 | ACT | 25 | 3 | qz46 | ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ | 1 | that he might summon him to Jerusalem | This means that Festus would order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “that he might order his soldiers to bring Paul to Jerusalem” | |
2454 | ACT | 25 | 3 | pg8x | ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | to kill him along the way | They were going to ambush Paul on the way to Jerusalem. | |
2455 | ACT | 25 | 4 | p3tt | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “us” refers to Festus and the Romans traveling with him, but not to his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2456 | ACT | 25 | 4 | v5f9 | figs-quotations | Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι | 1 | Festus answered that Paul was being held at Caesarea, and that he himself was about to go there in haste. | This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Festus said, ‘Paul is being held prisoner in Caesarea, and I myself will soon return there.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2457 | ACT | 25 | 5 | a54h | οἱ οὖν ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, δυνατοὶ συνκαταβάντες | 1 | He said, “Therefore, the leaders among you, having come down together | “He said, ‘Therefore, your leaders should go to Caesarea with us and” | |
2458 | ACT | 25 | 5 | iz98 | εἴ τί ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἄτοπον | 1 | If there is something wrong with the man | “If Paul has done anything wrong” | |
2459 | ACT | 25 | 5 | nei6 | κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ | 1 | you should accuse him | “you should accuse him of violating laws” or “you should bring charges against him” | |
2460 | ACT | 25 | 6 | fi27 | 0 | General Information: | Here the first three times the word “he” is used as well as the word “him,” the words refer to Festus. The fourth word “he” refers to Paul. The word “they” refers to the Jews who came from Jerusalem. | ||
2461 | ACT | 25 | 6 | s69c | καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν | 1 | he went down to Caesarea | Jerusalem is higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of coming **down** from Jerusalem. | |
2462 | ACT | 25 | 6 | qv24 | figs-metonymy | καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος | 1 | having sat in the judgment seat | Here **judgment seat** refers to Festus’ ruling as judge over Paul’s trial. Alternate translation: “having sat upon the seat where he acted as judge” or “having sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2463 | ACT | 25 | 6 | j7c5 | figs-activepassive | τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι | 1 | Paul to be brought to him | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his soldiers bring Paul to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2464 | ACT | 25 | 7 | v4v8 | παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ | 1 | And when he had come | “And when he came and stood before Festus” | |
2465 | ACT | 25 | 7 | e7g2 | figs-metaphor | πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα καταφέροντες | 1 | bringing many and serious charges | Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: “they spoke against Paul many serious things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2466 | ACT | 25 | 8 | hc3w | figs-synecdoche | εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν | 1 | against the temple | Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: “against the entry rules of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2467 | ACT | 25 | 9 | m49r | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment. | ||
2468 | ACT | 25 | 9 | b49x | figs-synecdoche | θέλων τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις χάριν καταθέσθαι | 1 | wanting to do a favor for the Jews | Here **the Jews** means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “wanting to please the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2469 | ACT | 25 | 9 | qe8h | εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς | 1 | to go up to Jerusalem | Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going **up** to Jerusalem. | |
2470 | ACT | 25 | 9 | wi2d | figs-activepassive | ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κριθῆναι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | and to be judged there before me about these things | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “where I will judge you with regard to these charges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2471 | ACT | 25 | 10 | u1ef | figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι | 1 | I stand before the judgment seat of Caesar, where it is necessary for me to be judged | The **judgment seat** refers to Caesar’s authority to judge Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am already being judged by Roman authority, which is the only place where I should be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2472 | ACT | 25 | 11 | el9d | figs-hypo | εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν; εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι | 1 | Therefore, if I have done wrong and have done anything worthy of death, I do not refuse to die. But if there is nothing of which they can accuse me, no one is able to hand me over to them | Paul is stating a hypothetical situation. If he were guilty, he would accept the punishment, but he knows that he is not guilty. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) |
2473 | ACT | 25 | 11 | ta55 | ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι | 1 | have done anything worthy of death | “have done some wrong that deserves the death penalty” | |
2474 | ACT | 25 | 11 | hxr1 | εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου | 1 | But if there is nothing of which they can accuse me | “But if the charges against me are not true” | |
2475 | ACT | 25 | 11 | hr23 | οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι | 1 | no one is able to hand me over to them | Possible meanings are (1) Festus does not have the legal authority to hand Paul over to these false accusers or (2) Paul was saying that if he has done nothing wrong, the governor should not give into the request of the Jews. | |
2476 | ACT | 25 | 11 | b1bf | Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι | 1 | I appeal to Caesar | “I ask that I go before Caesar so he himself can judge me” | |
2477 | ACT | 25 | 12 | t96z | μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου | 1 | with the council | This is not the Sanhedrin that is referred to as **council** throughout Acts. This is a political council in the Roman government. Alternate translation: “with his own government advisors” | |
2478 | ACT | 25 | 13 | izu8 | writing-participants | 0 | General Information: | King Agrippa and Bernice are new people in the story. Though he ruled over only a few territories, King Agrippa is the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice is Agrippa’s sister.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2479 | ACT | 25 | 13 | ge5h | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Festus explains Paul’s case to King Agrippa. | ||
2480 | ACT | 25 | 13 | c3gc | δὲ | 1 | Now | This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story. | |
2481 | ACT | 25 | 13 | ukd3 | ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον | 1 | paid their respects to Festus | “to make a formal visit to greet Festus” | |
2482 | ACT | 25 | 14 | x8jf | figs-activepassive | ἀνήρ τὶς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος | 1 | There is a certain man who has been left behind by Felix, a prisoner | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2483 | ACT | 25 | 14 | z7yw | Φήλικος | 1 | Felix | Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in Acts 23:24. | |
2484 | ACT | 25 | 15 | b6hx | figs-metaphor | περὶ οὗ…ἐνεφάνισαν | 1 | brought charges concerning him | To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: “spoke to me against this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2485 | ACT | 25 | 15 | hyp5 | figs-abstractnouns | αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ καταδίκην | 1 | requesting a judgment against him | The abstract noun “judgment” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “asking me to judge him” or “requesting that I judge him to be guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2486 | ACT | 25 | 16 | e4tk | figs-metaphor | χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον | 1 | to hand over any man | Here **hand over** represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: “to let someone punish anyone” or “to condemn anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2487 | ACT | 25 | 16 | xjb4 | figs-idiom | πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος, κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους | 1 | before the one who is accused may have his accusers face to face | Here **have his accusers face to face** is an idiom that means to meet in person with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: “before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
2488 | ACT | 25 | 17 | z6g2 | οὖν | 1 | Therefore | “Because what I have just said is true.” Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense. | |
2489 | ACT | 25 | 17 | rm5z | συνελθόντων…ἐνθάδε | 1 | when they had come together here | “when the Jewish leaders had come to meet with me here” | |
2490 | ACT | 25 | 17 | efe2 | figs-metonymy | καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος | 1 | having sat in the judgment seat | Here **judgment seat** refers to Festus ruling over Paul’s trial as judge. Alternate translation: “having sat upon the seat to act as judge” or “having sat down as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2491 | ACT | 25 | 17 | hm6g | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα | 1 | I commanded the man to be brought in | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2492 | ACT | 25 | 19 | d1qm | τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας | 1 | their own religion | Here **religion** means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural. | |
2493 | ACT | 25 | 20 | y9bv | figs-activepassive | κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων | 1 | and there to be judged concerning these things | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for me to judge him there concerning these charges” or “for a judge to decide if these charges against him are true or not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2494 | ACT | 25 | 21 | yli3 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Festus finishes explaining Paul’s case to King Agrippa. | ||
2495 | ACT | 25 | 21 | ie7x | figs-activepassive | τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν | 1 | But when Paul appealed for him to be kept for the decision of the emperor | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2496 | ACT | 25 | 21 | ceq2 | figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν | 1 | I commanded him to be kept | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody” or “I told the soldiers to guard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2497 | ACT | 25 | 22 | t322 | writing-quotations | αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ | 1 | “Tomorrow,” he says, “you will hear him.” | The phrase **he says** can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: “Festus says, ‘I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) |
2498 | ACT | 25 | 23 | y1yj | 0 | General Information: | Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in Acts 25:13. | ||
2499 | ACT | 25 | 23 | qlm5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Festus again gives information about Paul’s case to King Agrippa. | ||
2500 | ACT | 25 | 23 | yw76 | μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας | 1 | with much ceremony | “with a great ceremony to honor them” | |
2501 | ACT | 25 | 23 | ldb7 | τὸ ἀκροατήριον | 1 | the hall | This was a large room where people gathered for ceremonies, trials, and other events. | |
2502 | ACT | 25 | 23 | at4t | figs-activepassive | ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος | 1 | Paul was brought in | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the soldiers brought Paul to appear before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2503 | ACT | 25 | 24 | n8qj | figs-hyperbole | ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | all the multitude of the Jews | The word **all** is an exaggeration used to emphasize that a great number of Jews wanted Paul to die. Alternate translation: “a great number of the Jews” or “many of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
2504 | ACT | 25 | 24 | yv2q | figs-litotes | μὴ δεῖν αὐτὸν ζῆν μηκέτι | 1 | he ought not to live any longer | This statement is made in the negative to emphasize the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: “he should die immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
2505 | ACT | 25 | 25 | fe2n | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the first “you” is plural; the second “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
2506 | ACT | 25 | 25 | f6hy | αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστὸν | 1 | but he himself having appealed to the emperor | “but because he said that he wanted the emperor to judge him” | |
2507 | ACT | 25 | 25 | g856 | τὸν Σεβαστὸν | 1 | to the emperor | The **emperor** was the ruler of the Roman empire. He ruled over many countries and provinces. | |
2508 | ACT | 25 | 26 | jcq2 | προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα | 1 | I have him before you, and especially before you, King Agrippa | “I have brought Paul to all of you, but especially to you, King Agrippa.” | |
2509 | ACT | 25 | 26 | rhy2 | ὅπως…σχῶ τι γράψω | 1 | so that…I might have something to write | “so that…I will have something else to write” or “so that…I will know what I should write” | |
2510 | ACT | 25 | 27 | txs6 | figs-doublenegatives | ἄλογον…μοι δοκεῖ πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ…σημᾶναι | 1 | it seems unreasonable for me to send a prisoner and to not state | The negative words **unreasonable** and **to not** can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “it seems reasonable to me that if I send a prisoner then I should also state” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
2511 | ACT | 25 | 27 | xm65 | τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας | 1 | the charges against him | Possible meanings are (1) the accusations that the Jewish leaders have brought against him or (2) the charges under Roman law that apply to Paul’s case. | |
2512 | ACT | 26 | intro | e2q6 | 0 | Acts 26 General NotesStructure and formattingThis is the third account of Paul’s conversion in the book of Acts. Because this is such an important event in the early church, there are three accounts of Paul’s conversion. (See: Acts 9 and Acts 22) Paul told the King Agrippa why he had done what he had done and that the governor should not punish him for that. Special concepts in this chapterLight and darknessThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) | |||
2513 | ACT | 26 | 1 | b34d | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Festus has brought Paul before King Agrippa. In verse 2, Paul gives his defense to King Agrippa. | ||
2514 | ACT | 26 | 1 | gz9f | Ἀγρίππας | 1 | Agrippa | **Agrippa** was the current reigning king in Palestine, though he ruled over only a few territories. See how you translated this name in Acts 25:13. | |
2515 | ACT | 26 | 1 | wme6 | ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα | 1 | having stretched out his hand | “holding out his hand” or “gesturing with his hand” | |
2516 | ACT | 26 | 1 | vni8 | figs-abstractnouns | ἀπελογεῖτο | 1 | made his defense | The abstract noun **defense** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “began to defend himself against those who were accusing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2517 | ACT | 26 | 2 | ha47 | ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον | 1 | I consider myself blessed | Paul said he was **blessed** because he considered his appearance before Agrippa to be an opportunity to speak about the gospel. | |
2518 | ACT | 26 | 2 | xhz1 | ἀπολογεῖσθαι | 1 | to make my defense | “to defend myself” or “to explain why I am innocent of these charges” | |
2519 | ACT | 26 | 2 | mdq2 | figs-activepassive | περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐνκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων | 1 | Concerning all the things of which I am accused by the Jews | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “About the crimes that the Jews are saying that I committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2520 | ACT | 26 | 2 | cbr3 | figs-synecdoche | Ἰουδαίων | 1 | the Jews | This does not mean all **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2521 | ACT | 26 | 3 | kns2 | figs-explicit | ζητημάτων | 1 | their controversies | You can make explicit what kinds of **controversies** Paul is speaking about. Alternate translation: “questions about religious matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2522 | ACT | 26 | 4 | t8bg | figs-hyperbole | πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | all the Jews | This is a generalization. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to Jews in general who knew about Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jews” or (2) this refers to Pharisees who knew Paul. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) |
2523 | ACT | 26 | 4 | x96h | ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου | 1 | among my nation | Possible meanings are (1) among his own people, not necessarily in the geographical land of Israel or (2) in the land of Israel. | |
2524 | ACT | 26 | 5 | y9a1 | τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας | 1 | the strictest sect of our religion | “a group within Judaism who live by very strict rules” | |
2525 | ACT | 26 | 6 | xkp9 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here “you” is plural and refers to the people who were listening to Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
2526 | ACT | 26 | 6 | s9kr | νῦν | 1 | Now | This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present. | |
2527 | ACT | 26 | 6 | i9y5 | figs-activepassive | ἕστηκα κρινόμενος | 1 | I stand here being judged | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am here, where they are putting me on trial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2528 | ACT | 26 | 6 | r42g | figs-metaphor | ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς εἰς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν ἐπαγγελίας, γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | because of my hope of the promise that was made to our fathers by God | This speaks about a **promise** as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: “because I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2529 | ACT | 26 | 7 | hnf1 | figs-metonymy | εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι | 1 | to which our 12 tribes hope to attain | The phrase **our 12 tribes** stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: “which is also what our fellow Jews in the 12 tribes are waiting for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2530 | ACT | 26 | 7 | apf2 | figs-metaphor | εἰς ἣν…ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι | 1 | to which…hope to attain | This speaks about a promise as if it were a destination that can be reached. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2531 | ACT | 26 | 7 | kzg4 | figs-merism | νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον | 1 | serving night and day | The extremes **night** and **day** mean they “worshiped God continually.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) |
2532 | ACT | 26 | 7 | c4lm | figs-synecdoche | ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων | 1 | by the Jews | This does not mean all **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “by the leaders of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2533 | ACT | 26 | 8 | de83 | figs-rquestion | τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ Θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει? | 1 | Why is it judged unbelievable among you that God raises the dead? | Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2534 | ACT | 26 | 8 | ukk6 | νεκροὺς ἐγείρει | 1 | raises the dead | Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “makes dead people come alive again” | |
2535 | ACT | 26 | 9 | hm33 | μὲν οὖν | 1 | Then | Paul uses this word to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus’ people. | |
2536 | ACT | 26 | 9 | r4df | figs-metonymy | πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ…ἐναντία | 1 | opposed to the name of Jesus | The word **name** here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: “to stop people from teaching about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2537 | ACT | 26 | 10 | nys7 | figs-activepassive | ἀναιρουμένων…αὐτῶν, κατήνεγκα ψῆφον | 1 | when they were being put to death, I cast my vote against them | The phrase **were being put to death** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn the believers to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2538 | ACT | 26 | 11 | rri6 | πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτοὺς | 1 | often punishing them | Possible meanings are (1) Paul punished some believers many times or (2) Paul punished many different believers. | |
2539 | ACT | 26 | 12 | p55i | 0 | Connecting Statement: | While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him. | ||
2540 | ACT | 26 | 12 | us8d | ἐν οἷς | 1 | While doing this | Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple. | |
2541 | ACT | 26 | 12 | h3ic | ἐν οἷς | 1 | While | This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians. | |
2542 | ACT | 26 | 12 | ajp6 | μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς | 1 | with authority and a commission | Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers. | |
2543 | ACT | 26 | 14 | sip5 | figs-metonymy | ἤκουσα φωνὴν, λέγουσαν πρός με | 1 | I heard a voice speaking to me | Here **voice** stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2544 | ACT | 26 | 14 | du3t | Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? | 1 | Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? | This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: “Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me.” or “Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion) | |
2545 | ACT | 26 | 14 | zsi2 | figs-metaphor | σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν | 1 | It is hard for you to kick against a goad | For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or **goad**) the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: “You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2546 | ACT | 26 | 15 | h2ws | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord. | ||
2547 | ACT | 26 | 18 | fk1k | figs-metaphor | ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | to open their eyes | Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2548 | ACT | 26 | 18 | gw8f | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς | 1 | to turn from darkness to light | Helping someone to stop doing what is evil and to start trusting and obeying God is spoken of as if the person is literally leading someone out of a dark place into a place of light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2549 | ACT | 26 | 18 | q3h8 | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ…τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν | 1 | to turn from…from the power of Satan to God | Helping someone to stop obeying Satan and to start obeying God is spoken of as if a person were literally turning a person and taking them from the place where Satan rules and leading him to the place where God rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2550 | ACT | 26 | 18 | m65i | figs-abstractnouns | τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ | 1 | for them to receive forgiveness of sins and | The abstract noun **forgiveness** can be stated as the verb “forgive.” Alternate translation: “so that God may forgive their sins and give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2551 | ACT | 26 | 18 | m9ve | figs-metaphor | κλῆρον | 1 | an inheritance | The blessings that Jesus gives to those who believe in him are spoken of as if they were **an inheritance** that children receive from their father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2552 | ACT | 26 | 18 | c5ij | figs-metaphor | τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ | 1 | those who have been sanctified by faith that is in me | Jesus choosing some people to belong to him is spoken of as if he set them apart from other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2553 | ACT | 26 | 18 | bgc5 | πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ | 1 | by faith that is in me | “because they believe in me.” Here Paul finishes quoting the Lord. | |
2554 | ACT | 26 | 19 | ljx2 | ὅθεν | 1 | Therefore | “Because what I have just said is true.” Paul had just explained what the Lord had commanded him in his vision. | |
2555 | ACT | 26 | 19 | zv2u | figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ | 1 | I did not disobedient to the heavenly vision | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I obeyed the heavenly vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
2556 | ACT | 26 | 19 | sn4h | figs-metonymy | τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ | 1 | to the heavenly vision | This refers to what the person in the **vision** told Paul. Alternate translation: “to what the person from heaven told me in the vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2557 | ACT | 26 | 20 | fei4 | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν | 1 | to turn to God | To start trusting God is spoken of as if a person turns to start walking toward God. Alternate translation: “to trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2558 | ACT | 26 | 20 | h1v2 | figs-abstractnouns | ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας | 1 | doing deeds worthy of repentance | The abstract noun **repentance** can be stated as the verb “repented.” Alternate translation: “and start doing good deeds to show they truly have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2559 | ACT | 26 | 21 | tl6t | figs-synecdoche | Ἰουδαῖοι | 1 | the Jews | This does not mean all of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “some Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2560 | ACT | 26 | 22 | n5hn | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes giving his defense to King Agrippa. | ||
2561 | ACT | 26 | 22 | t8f4 | μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ | 1 | to both small and great | Here **small** and **great** are used together to mean “all people.” Alternate translation: “to all people, whether common or great” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism) | |
2562 | ACT | 26 | 22 | f6py | οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς…ὧν | 1 | nothing other than what | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “the same thing that” | |
2563 | ACT | 26 | 22 | i9ki | ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται | 1 | what both the prophets | Paul is referring to the collective writings of the Old Testament prophets. | |
2564 | ACT | 26 | 23 | pe9h | figs-explicit | εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός | 1 | that the Christ is to suffer | You can make explicit that Christ must also die. Alternate translation: “that the Christ must suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2565 | ACT | 26 | 23 | p9t8 | ἐξ ἀναστάσεως | 1 | from the resurrection | to be brought back to life | |
2566 | ACT | 26 | 23 | sc5f | νεκρῶν | 1 | of the dead | The phrase **the dead** refers to the spirits of people who have died. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. | |
2567 | ACT | 26 | 23 | z2ms | figs-metaphor | φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν | 1 | is going to proclaim light | “he would proclaim the message about the light.” To tell people about how God saves people is spoken of as if a person were speaking about the light. Alternate translation: “he would proclaim the message about how God saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2568 | ACT | 26 | 24 | h5b9 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and King Agrippa continue to talk together. | ||
2569 | ACT | 26 | 24 | dvn2 | μαίνῃ | 1 | you are insane | “you are speaking nonsense” or “you are crazy” | |
2570 | ACT | 26 | 24 | tk27 | τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει | 1 | your great learning is turning you to insanity | “you have learned so much that it is now making you crazy” | |
2571 | ACT | 26 | 25 | dur9 | figs-doublenegatives | οὐ μαίνομαι…ἀλλὰ | 1 | I am not insane…but | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “I am sane … and” or “I am able to think well … and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
2572 | ACT | 26 | 25 | a6pb | κράτιστε Φῆστε | 1 | most excellent Festus | “Festus, who deserves highest honors” | |
2573 | ACT | 26 | 26 | ed7y | figs-123person | ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν…αὐτὸν | 1 | the king…to him…from him | Paul is still speaking to King Agrippa, but he is referring to him in the third person. Alternate translation: “you … to you … from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) |
2574 | ACT | 26 | 26 | cs7b | παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ | 1 | I am speaking boldly | Paul was not afraid to speak to the king about Christ. Alternate translation: “I speak with confidence” | |
2575 | ACT | 26 | 26 | svn9 | figs-activepassive | πείθομαι | 1 | I am persuaded that | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2576 | ACT | 26 | 26 | tta8 | figs-activepassive | λανθάνειν…αὐτὸν τι τούτων οὐ | 1 | that none of this are hidden from him | This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: “that he is aware of this” or “that you are aware of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
2577 | ACT | 26 | 26 | v1uu | figs-activepassive | οὐ…ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο | 2 | this was not done in a corner | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this has not happened in a corner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2578 | ACT | 26 | 26 | i5wg | figs-metaphor | ἐν γωνίᾳ | 1 | in a corner | This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the **corner** of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: “in a dark place” or “in secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2579 | ACT | 26 | 27 | a4a2 | figs-rquestion | πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις? | 1 | Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? | Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2580 | ACT | 26 | 28 | y8qq | figs-rquestion | ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν ποιῆσαι | 1 | In a short time, are you persuading me to become a Christian? | Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) |
2581 | ACT | 26 | 29 | k7kq | figs-metonymy | παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων | 1 | but without these chains | Here **chains** stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2582 | ACT | 26 | 30 | k7jh | 0 | General Information: | Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa (Acts 25:13). | ||
2583 | ACT | 26 | 30 | gaq5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | This ends Paul’s time before King Agrippa. | ||
2584 | ACT | 26 | 30 | u8vl | ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν | 1 | And then the king got up, and the governor | “And then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus” | |
2585 | ACT | 26 | 31 | blz8 | figs-abstractnouns | οὐδὲν θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄξιον τι πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος | 1 | This man is not doing anything worthy of death or of chains | The abstract noun **death** can be stated as the verb “die.” Here **chains** stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: “This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2586 | ACT | 26 | 32 | n293 | figs-activepassive | ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος | 1 | This man was able to have been released | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This man could have gone free” or “I could have freed this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2587 | ACT | 27 | intro | r82x | 0 | Acts 27 General NotesSpecial concepts in this chapterSailingPeople who lived near the sea traveled by boat powered by the wind. During some months of the year, the wind would blow in the wrong direction or so hard that sailing was impossible. TrustPaul trusted God to bring him safely to land. He told the sailers and soldiers to trust that God would also keep them alive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]]) Paul breaks breadLuke uses almost the same words here to describe Paul taking bread, thanking God, breaking it, and eating it that he used to describe the last supper Jesus ate with his disciples. However, your translation should not make your reader think that Paul was leading a religious celebration here. | |||
2588 | ACT | 27 | 1 | efe4 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word “we” includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2589 | ACT | 27 | 1 | dyf5 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome. | ||
2590 | ACT | 27 | 1 | b2yz | figs-activepassive | ὡς…ἐκρίθη | 1 | when it was decided | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the king and the governor decided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2591 | ACT | 27 | 1 | yv84 | εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν | 1 | to Italy | **Italy** is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated Italy in Acts 18:2. | |
2592 | ACT | 27 | 1 | s6ny | παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας, ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς | 1 | they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners to a centurion named Julius of the Augustan regiment | “they put a centurion named Julius, of the Augustan regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners” | |
2593 | ACT | 27 | 1 | k52u | παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας | 1 | they handed over both Paul and some other prisoners | Possible meanings are that (1) **they** refers to the governor and the king or (2) **they** refers to other Roman officials. | |
2594 | ACT | 27 | 1 | un2s | translate-names | ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ | 1 | to a centurion named Julius | Julius is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2595 | ACT | 27 | 1 | d22f | translate-names | σπείρης Σεβαστῆς | 1 | of the Augustan regiment | This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as “the Imperial regiment.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2596 | ACT | 27 | 2 | dnr9 | figs-metonymy | ἐπιβάντες…πλοίῳ…μέλλοντι πλεῖν | 1 | having boarded a ship…being about to sail | Here **ship…being about to sail** stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: “having boarded a ship … with a crew that was about to sail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2597 | ACT | 27 | 2 | fqy2 | πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ | 1 | a ship from Adramyttium | Possible meanings are (1) a **ship** that had come from Adramyttium or (2) a **ship** that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium. | |
2598 | ACT | 27 | 2 | f8pf | μέλλοντι πλεῖν | 1 | being about to sail | “going to sail soon” or “departing soon” | |
2599 | ACT | 27 | 2 | m3ps | ἀνήχθημεν | 1 | we set sail | “we began our journey on the sea” | |
2600 | ACT | 27 | 2 | h3uy | Ἀριστάρχου | 1 | Aristarchus | Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in Acts 19:29. | |
2601 | ACT | 27 | 3 | r71e | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2602 | ACT | 27 | 3 | u6lt | φιλανθρώπως…ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος | 1 | Julius having treated Paul kindly | “Julius having treated Paul with a friendly concern.” See how you translated **Julius** in Acts 27:1. | |
2603 | ACT | 27 | 3 | rp73 | figs-abstractnouns | πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν | 1 | to go to his friends to receive their care | The abstract noun **care** can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “to go to his friends so they could care for him” or “to go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) |
2604 | ACT | 27 | 4 | d4hg | ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν | 1 | having put to sea, we sailed under | “we started sailing and went under” | |
2605 | ACT | 27 | 4 | mjt8 | ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον | 1 | we sailed under Cyprus | *Here **under Cyprus** means they sailed along the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so the ship was not forced off its course. | |
2606 | ACT | 27 | 5 | g1t7 | Παμφυλίαν | 1 | Pamphylia | This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in Acts 2:10. | |
2607 | ACT | 27 | 5 | y6m6 | figs-explicit | κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα τῆς Λυκίας | 1 | we came to Myra of Lycia | You can make explicit that they got off the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: “we came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2608 | ACT | 27 | 5 | ni2x | translate-names | εἰς Μύρρα | 1 | to Myra | **Myra** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2609 | ACT | 27 | 5 | uaf4 | translate-names | τῆς Λυκίας | 1 | of Lycia | **Lycia** was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2610 | ACT | 27 | 6 | j4cf | figs-explicit | εὑρὼν…πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν | 1 | having found a ship from Alexandria sailing to Italy | It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “having found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2611 | ACT | 27 | 6 | fdq2 | translate-names | Ἀλεξανδρῖνον | 1 | from Alexandria | This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2612 | ACT | 27 | 7 | zzw1 | figs-explicit | δὲ…βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι | 1 | And sailing slowly…and having arrived with difficulty | You can make explicit that the reason they were **sailing slowly** and **with difficulty** was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2613 | ACT | 27 | 7 | pye5 | translate-names | κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον | 1 | near Cnidus | This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2614 | ACT | 27 | 7 | hhf1 | μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου | 1 | the wind no longer allowing us to go that way | “with a strong wind blowing against us so we could no longer go that way” | |
2615 | ACT | 27 | 7 | b746 | ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην | 1 | we sailed along Crete | “we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind” | |
2616 | ACT | 27 | 7 | mq4n | translate-names | κατὰ Σαλμώνην | 1 | opposite Salmone | This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2617 | ACT | 27 | 8 | p4ri | figs-explicit | μόλις…παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν | 1 | sailing along it with difficulty | You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2618 | ACT | 27 | 8 | a64y | translate-names | Καλοὺς Λιμένας | 1 | Fair Havens | This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2619 | ACT | 27 | 8 | n7re | translate-names | πόλις ἦν Λασαία | 1 | the city of Lasea | This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2620 | ACT | 27 | 9 | ea4l | ἱκανοῦ…χρόνου διαγενομένου | 1 | much time having passed | Because of the direction the wind was blowing, the journey from Caesarea to Fair Havens had taken more time than planned. | |
2621 | ACT | 27 | 9 | u6x5 | ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοὸς, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι | 1 | the voyage already being dangerous because even the fast had already passed | This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms. | |
2622 | ACT | 27 | 10 | p29v | θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας…μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν | 1 | I see that the voyage is about to be with injury and much loss | “if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss” | |
2623 | ACT | 27 | 10 | nx9c | ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν | 1 | loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives | Here **loss** means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people. | |
2624 | ACT | 27 | 10 | q9xt | οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου | 1 | not only of the cargo and the ship | **Cargo** is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: “not only the ship and the goods on the ship” | |
2625 | ACT | 27 | 11 | b1kz | figs-activepassive | ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις | 1 | spoken by Paul | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Paul said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2626 | ACT | 27 | 12 | l2n4 | figs-activepassive | ἀνευθέτου…τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν | 1 | the harbor being unsuitable for wintering | You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: “because the harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2627 | ACT | 27 | 12 | jmi3 | λιμένος | 1 | harbor | a place on the coast that is protected from wind and waves so that ships can safely stay there | |
2628 | ACT | 27 | 12 | k2ti | translate-names | Φοίνικα | 1 | Phoenix | **Phoenix** is a city port on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2629 | ACT | 27 | 12 | z1lf | figs-metaphor | παραχειμάσαι | 1 | to spend the winter there | This speaks about the season of winter as if it were a commodity that someone can spend. Alternate translation: “to stay there for the cold season” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2630 | ACT | 27 | 12 | x6vl | βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον | 1 | looking toward the southwest and toward the northwest | This means the opening of the harbor was toward those directions. Alternate translation: “it opened to the northwest and southwest” | |
2631 | ACT | 27 | 12 | gyd2 | κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον | 1 | toward the southwest and toward the northwest | These directions are based on the rising and setting sun. **Southwest** is a little to the left of the setting sun. **Northwest** is a little to the right of the setting sun. | |
2632 | ACT | 27 | 13 | xx67 | ἄραντες | 1 | after they had weighed anchor | Here **weighed anchor** means to pull the anchor out of the water. An **anchor** is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. | |
2633 | ACT | 27 | 14 | hv8h | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul and those traveling on the boat encounter a fierce storm. | ||
2634 | ACT | 27 | 14 | m2xe | μετ’ οὐ πολὺ | 1 | not long after | “after a little while” | |
2635 | ACT | 27 | 14 | fs4z | ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς | 1 | a violent wind | “a very strong, dangerous wind” | |
2636 | ACT | 27 | 14 | g1ek | translate-transliterate | ὁ καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων | 1 | called the northeaster | The word for **northeaster** in the original language is “Euroclydon.” You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) |
2637 | ACT | 27 | 14 | tz2k | ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς | 1 | rushed down from it | “came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship” | |
2638 | ACT | 27 | 15 | fxp1 | συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ | 1 | And having been seized and the ship not being able to face into the wind | “And when the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it” | |
2639 | ACT | 27 | 15 | w1hl | figs-activepassive | ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα | 1 | having given way, we were driven along | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2640 | ACT | 27 | 16 | c4cg | νησίον…τι ὑποδραμόντες | 1 | sailing under the lee of a certain island | “sailing where the wind was not so strong, on the side of the island” | |
2641 | ACT | 27 | 16 | aq56 | translate-names | νησίον…τι…καλούμενον Καῦδα | 1 | of a certain island called Cauda | This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2642 | ACT | 27 | 16 | h9z2 | τῆς σκάφης | 1 | of the lifeboat | This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. | |
2643 | ACT | 27 | 17 | v9ag | ἣν ἄραντες | 1 | Having hoisted it up | “When they had lifted up the lifeboat” or “After they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship” | |
2644 | ACT | 27 | 17 | tx1f | βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον | 1 | they used ropes, binding the ship | They tied ropes around the bottom of the ship so that the ship would not come apart during the storm. | |
2645 | ACT | 27 | 17 | dvv4 | translate-names | τὴν Σύρτιν | 1 | Syrtis | **Syrtis** is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2646 | ACT | 27 | 17 | l8kl | χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος | 1 | having lowered the sea anchor | They put an anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them. | |
2647 | ACT | 27 | 17 | v6dn | σκεῦος | 1 | sea anchor | An **anchor** is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13. | |
2648 | ACT | 27 | 17 | g7rw | figs-activepassive | ἐφέροντο | 1 | they were driven along | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they had to go in whatever direction the wind blew them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2649 | ACT | 27 | 18 | fx4m | figs-activepassive | σφοδρῶς…χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν | 1 | with us being exceedingly battered by the storm | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “since the wind blew us roughly back and forth so that all of us were badly battered and bruised by the storm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2650 | ACT | 27 | 18 | nd5h | ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο | 1 | they began the jettisoning of the cargo | Here **they** is the sailors. This is done to lighten the weight of the ship in an effort to prevent the ship from sinking. | |
2651 | ACT | 27 | 18 | ny6k | ἐκβολὴν | 1 | the jettisoning of the cargo | **Cargo** is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. See how you translated this in Acts 27:10. Alternate translation: “goods on the ship” | |
2652 | ACT | 27 | 19 | vm2k | αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἔριψαν | 1 | they threw overboard the equipment of the ship with their own hands | Here **equipment** refers to the sailors’ equipment needed to sail the ship: tackle, hoists, beams of wood, block and tackle, ropes, lines, sails, and the like. This indicates how desperate the situation was. | |
2653 | ACT | 27 | 20 | if7a | μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας | 1 | But neither sun nor stars appearing for many days | They could not see the sun and stars because of the dark storm clouds. Sailors needed to see the sun and stars in order to know where they were and what direction they were headed. | |
2654 | ACT | 27 | 20 | p2wd | χειμῶνός…οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου | 1 | no small storm assaulting us | “as the terrible storm blew us roughly back and forth” | |
2655 | ACT | 27 | 20 | mnj5 | figs-activepassive | λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα, τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | all remaining hope for us to be saved was taken away | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone stopped believing we would survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2656 | ACT | 27 | 21 | mmb2 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship. | ||
2657 | ACT | 27 | 21 | d1le | figs-explicit | πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης | 1 | And after being a long time without food | It is implied that neither the sailors, nor Luke, Paul, and those with them had eaten anything. Alternate translation: “And when we had gone a long time without food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2658 | ACT | 27 | 21 | zns2 | ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν | 1 | in the midst of them | “in the middle of the people on the ship” | |
2659 | ACT | 27 | 21 | bc1x | κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην, καὶ τὴν ζημίαν | 1 | and to suffer this injury and loss | “and as a result to suffer this harm and loss” | |
2660 | ACT | 27 | 22 | d95r | figs-explicit | ἀποβολὴ…ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν | 1 | there will be no loss of life among you | Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: “none of us will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2661 | ACT | 27 | 22 | djh4 | πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου | 1 | but only of the ship | Here “loss” is implied. Alternate translation: “but the only thing that will be lost is the ship” | |
2662 | ACT | 27 | 24 | z1j8 | figs-metonymy | Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι | 1 | You must stand before Caesar | The phrase **stand before Caesar** refers to Paul’s going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: “You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2663 | ACT | 27 | 24 | s3wv | κεχάρισταί σοι…πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ | 1 | has graciously granted to you all those who are sailing with you | “has graciously decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live” | |
2664 | ACT | 27 | 25 | r9t8 | figs-activepassive | καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι | 1 | according to the way it was told to me | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the angel told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2665 | ACT | 27 | 26 | vmp6 | εἰς νῆσον…τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν | 1 | we must run aground upon some island | “the ship is going to be wrecked on some island” | |
2666 | ACT | 27 | 27 | im34 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The fierce storm continues. | ||
2667 | ACT | 27 | 27 | rrm5 | translate-ordinal | ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο | 1 | And when the fourteenth night came | The ordinal number **fourteenth** can be translated as “fourteen” or “14.” Alternate translation: “After 14 days since the storm started, that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2668 | ACT | 27 | 27 | la7u | figs-activepassive | διαφερομένων ἡμῶν | 1 | as we were being driven this way and that | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as the wind blew us back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2669 | ACT | 27 | 27 | afs6 | translate-names | τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ | 1 | the Adriatic Sea | This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2670 | ACT | 27 | 28 | ruj1 | βολίσαντες | 1 | taking soundings | “measuring the depth of the sea water.” They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water. | |
2671 | ACT | 27 | 28 | tq53 | translate-numbers | εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι | 1 | they found 20 fathoms | A **fathom** is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “they found the water was 40 meters deep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2672 | ACT | 27 | 28 | ig3m | translate-numbers | εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε | 1 | they found 15 fathoms | A “fathom” is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: “they found the water was about 30 meters deep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2673 | ACT | 27 | 29 | b1qc | ἀγκύρας | 1 | anchors | An **anchor** is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in Acts 27:13. | |
2674 | ACT | 27 | 29 | q4am | ἐκ πρύμνης | 1 | from the stern | “from the back of the ship” | |
2675 | ACT | 27 | 30 | br71 | figs-you | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
2676 | ACT | 27 | 30 | b4wv | τὴν σκάφην | 1 | the lifeboat | This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in Acts 27:16. | |
2677 | ACT | 27 | 30 | rr89 | ἐκ πρῴρης | 1 | from the bow | “from the front of the ship” | |
2678 | ACT | 27 | 31 | ez5c | figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε | 1 | Unless these men stay in the ship, you are not able to be saved | The negative words **unless** and **not able** can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase **be saved** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2679 | ACT | 27 | 33 | q3y8 | ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι | 1 | And up until it was about to become daytime | “And until almost sunrise” | |
2680 | ACT | 27 | 33 | j5yg | translate-ordinal | τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν | 1 | Today is the fourteenth day | The ordinal number **fourteenth** can be stated as “fourteen.” Alternate translation: “For 14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) |
2681 | ACT | 27 | 34 | j3qx | figs-idiom | οὐδενὸς…ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀπολεῖται | 1 | a hair from the head of none of you will perish | This was a customary way of saying no harm would come upon them. Alternate translation: “none of you will be injured in any way in this disaster” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) |
2682 | ACT | 27 | 35 | yh7y | κλάσας | 1 | having broken bread | “after he had torn the bread into pieces” or “tearing off a piece from the loaf of bread” | |
2683 | ACT | 27 | 36 | zt9q | figs-activepassive | εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες, καὶ | 1 | And they were all encouraged and | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And this encouraged all of them and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2684 | ACT | 27 | 37 | ynq3 | translate-numbers | ἤμεθα δὲ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ | 1 | And in all, we were 276 souls in the ship | “And there was a total of two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship.” This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
2685 | ACT | 27 | 39 | vdk2 | κόλπον | 1 | a bay | a large area of water partly surrounded by land | |
2686 | ACT | 27 | 39 | r1bx | τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον | 1 | they did not recognize the land | “they saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew” | |
2687 | ACT | 27 | 40 | k66v | τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων | 1 | having cut loose the anchors, they left them | “they cut the ropes and left the anchors behind” | |
2688 | ACT | 27 | 40 | ntr9 | τῶν πηδαλίων | 1 | of the rudders | large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering | |
2689 | ACT | 27 | 40 | cn2w | τὸν ἀρτέμωνα | 1 | the foresail | “the sail at the front of the ship.” The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship. | |
2690 | ACT | 27 | 40 | pa1k | κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν | 1 | they headed to the beach | “they steered the ship toward the beach” | |
2691 | ACT | 27 | 41 | y22n | περιπεσόντες…εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον | 1 | having come to a place between two seas | A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes where two seas meet, the current of one can flow across the current of the other. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow, and dangerous for ships. | |
2692 | ACT | 27 | 41 | cpu5 | πρῷρα | 1 | bow of the ship | “front of the ship” | |
2693 | ACT | 27 | 41 | v35z | ἡ…πρύμνα | 2 | the stern | “the back of the ship” | |
2694 | ACT | 27 | 42 | qul7 | τῶν…στρατιωτῶν, βουλὴ ἐγένετο | 1 | the plan of the soldiers was | “the soldiers were planning” | |
2695 | ACT | 27 | 43 | s2sz | ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος | 1 | stopped their plan | “kept them from doing what they planned to do” | |
2696 | ACT | 27 | 43 | br8u | ἀπορίψαντας | 1 | having jumped overboard | “having jumped off the ship into the water” | |
2697 | ACT | 27 | 44 | hw7p | οὓς…ἐπὶ σανίσιν | 1 | some on planks | “some on wooden boards” | |
2698 | ACT | 28 | intro | w8yn | 0 | Acts 28 General NotesStructure and formattingNo one knows for sure why Luke ends his history without telling what happened to Paul after he had been in Rome for two years. Special concepts in this chapter“Letters” and “brothers”The Jewish leaders were surprised that Paul wanted to speak with them, because they had received no letters from the high priest in Jerusalem telling them that Paul was coming. When the Jewish leaders spoke of “brothers,” they were referring to fellow Jews, not to Christians. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter“He was a god”The native people believed that Paul was a god, but they did not believe that he was the one true God. We do not know why Paul did not tell the native people that he was not a god. | |||
2699 | ACT | 28 | 1 | p1bd | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2700 | ACT | 28 | 1 | twx8 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months. | ||
2701 | ACT | 28 | 1 | j1yf | figs-activepassive | καὶ διασωθέντες | 1 | And having been brought safely through | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And when we had arrived safely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2702 | ACT | 28 | 1 | tt1i | figs-exclusive | τότε ἐπέγνωμεν | 1 | we then learned | Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: “we learned from the people” or “we found out from the residents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) |
2703 | ACT | 28 | 1 | f8y4 | translate-names | Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται | 1 | the island was called Malta | **Malta** is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2704 | ACT | 28 | 2 | e7w6 | οἵ…βάρβαροι | 1 | the native people | “the local people” | |
2705 | ACT | 28 | 2 | v8yh | figs-metaphor | παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν | 1 | offered to us not ordinary kindness | Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: “were especially kind to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2706 | ACT | 28 | 2 | r7jy | figs-litotes | οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν | 1 | not just ordinary kindness | This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: “a great deal of kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) |
2707 | ACT | 28 | 2 | z9cp | ἅψαντες…πυρὰν | 1 | having lit a fire | “when they put together twigs and branches and burned them” | |
2708 | ACT | 28 | 2 | itw2 | προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς | 1 | they welcomed us all | Possible meanings are (1) “welcomed all of the people from the ship” or (2) “welcomed Paul and all his companions.” | |
2709 | ACT | 28 | 3 | g4ad | ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ τῆς θέρμης ἐξελθοῦσα | 1 | a viper, having come out from the heat | “a poisonous snake, driven from the bundle of sticks by the heat of the fire” | |
2710 | ACT | 28 | 3 | xmx4 | καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | fastened on to his hand | “bit Paul’s hand and did not let go” | |
2711 | ACT | 28 | 4 | ye7h | πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος | 1 | This man certainly is a murderer | “For sure, this man is a murderer” or “This man is truly a murderer” | |
2712 | ACT | 28 | 4 | ma1b | figs-explicit | ἡ δίκη | 1 | justice | The word **justice** refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: “the god called Justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) |
2713 | ACT | 28 | 5 | q5i3 | ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ | 1 | shaking off the snake into the fire | “after shaking his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire” | |
2714 | ACT | 28 | 5 | asr8 | ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν | 1 | suffered no harm | “was not hurt at all” | |
2715 | ACT | 28 | 6 | m11i | πίμπρασθαι | 1 | to become inflamed | Possible meanings are (1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or (2) he would become very hot with fever. | |
2716 | ACT | 28 | 6 | i6i6 | figs-doublenegatives | μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον | 1 | nothing unusual happening to him | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “everything about him was as it should be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) |
2717 | ACT | 28 | 6 | u81u | figs-metaphor | μεταβαλόμενοι | 1 | having changed their minds | To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: “thinking again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2718 | ACT | 28 | 6 | cfe9 | figs-quotations | ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν | 1 | they said that he was a god | This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “they said, ‘This man must be a god.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) |
2719 | ACT | 28 | 6 | d1rj | ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν | 1 | they said that he was a god | Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god. | |
2720 | ACT | 28 | 7 | f4sa | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “us” and we” refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2721 | ACT | 28 | 7 | r95r | ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον | 1 | Now in the area near that same place | **Now** is used to introduce a new person or event in the account. | |
2722 | ACT | 28 | 7 | wx6t | τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου | 1 | of the most important man of the island | Possible meanings are (1) the main leader of the people or (2) someone who was the most important person on the island, perhaps because of his wealth. | |
2723 | ACT | 28 | 7 | wh2d | translate-names | ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ | 1 | named Publius | This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2724 | ACT | 28 | 8 | g12t | writing-background | ἐγένετο δὲ, τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι | 1 | And it happened that the father of Publius was lying sick, having been afflicted with fever and dysentery | This is background information about Publius’ father that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) |
2725 | ACT | 28 | 8 | m154 | figs-activepassive | πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίῳ συνεχόμενον | 1 | having been afflicted with fever and dysentery | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “was suffering from fever and dysentery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2726 | ACT | 28 | 8 | fr46 | δυσεντερίῳ | 1 | dysentery | **Dysentery** is an infectious intestinal disease. | |
2727 | ACT | 28 | 8 | pwk5 | ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ | 1 | having placed his hands on him | “having touched him with his hands” | |
2728 | ACT | 28 | 9 | yk6u | figs-activepassive | ἐθεραπεύοντο | 1 | were being healed | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he healed them too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2729 | ACT | 28 | 10 | ydg4 | πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς | 1 | honored us with many honors | Probably they honored Paul and those with him by giving them gifts. | |
2730 | ACT | 28 | 11 | jc5t | figs-explicit | 0 | General Information: | The Twin Brothers refers to Castor and Pollux, the twin sons of Zeus, a Greek god. They were thought to be protectors of ships. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
2731 | ACT | 28 | 11 | be1c | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul’s journey to Rome continues. | ||
2732 | ACT | 28 | 11 | qi6e | παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ | 1 | that had wintered at the island | “that the crew left at the island for the cold season” | |
2733 | ACT | 28 | 11 | cm2t | ἐν πλοίῳ…Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ | 1 | in an Alexandrian ship | Possible meanings are this refers to (1) a ship that came from Alexandria, or (2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Alexandria. | |
2734 | ACT | 28 | 11 | em5p | παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις | 1 | with a “Twin Gods” figurehead | On the bow of the ship, there was a carving of the two idols called “the Twin Gods.” Their names were Castor and Pollux. | |
2735 | ACT | 28 | 12 | w5c6 | translate-names | Συρακούσας | 1 | Syracuse | **Syracuse** is a city on the southeast coast of the modern-day island of Sicily, just southwest of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2736 | ACT | 28 | 13 | se8v | translate-names | 0 | General Information: | The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns was a popular market and inn on the main highway called the Appian Way, about 50 kilometers south of the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
2737 | ACT | 28 | 13 | z2u4 | translate-names | Ῥήγιον | 1 | Rhegium | This is the port city located at the southwestern tip of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2738 | ACT | 28 | 13 | p633 | ἐπιγενομένου νότου | 1 | a south wind having sprung up | “when the wind began to blow from the south” | |
2739 | ACT | 28 | 13 | tz4h | translate-names | Ποτιόλους | 1 | Puteoli | **Puteoli** is located in modern-day Naples on the west coast of Italy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) |
2740 | ACT | 28 | 14 | m1is | οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | Having found brothers there | “When we met fellow believers there” | |
2741 | ACT | 28 | 14 | n3tw | figs-gendernotations | ἀδελφοὺς | 1 | brothers | These were followers of Jesus, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) |
2742 | ACT | 28 | 14 | a2c5 | figs-activepassive | παρεκλήθημεν | 1 | we were begged | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they begged us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2743 | ACT | 28 | 14 | bc3j | καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθαμεν | 1 | and in this way, we came to Rome | Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: “and after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome” or “and so our trip ended as we arrived in Rome” | |
2744 | ACT | 28 | 15 | k754 | ἀκούσαντες, τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν | 1 | having heard the things about us | “after they heard why we were there” | |
2745 | ACT | 28 | 15 | m9tz | figs-metaphor | εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος | 1 | having thanked God, took courage | Here **courage** is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could **take**. Alternate translation: “thanked God and was encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2746 | ACT | 28 | 16 | fib2 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “we” refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2747 | ACT | 28 | 16 | hf2t | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him. | ||
2748 | ACT | 28 | 16 | te8v | figs-activepassive | ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ μένειν καθ’ ἑαυτὸν | 1 | Paul was allowed to stay by himself | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to stay by himself instead of in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2749 | ACT | 28 | 17 | vf7r | ἐγένετο δὲ | 1 | And it happened that | This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. | |
2750 | ACT | 28 | 17 | d77z | τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους | 1 | the most important of the Jews | These were the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome. | |
2751 | ACT | 28 | 17 | e1dd | ἀδελφοί | 1 | brothers | Here this means “fellow Jews.” | |
2752 | ACT | 28 | 17 | g55i | ἐναντίον…τῷ λαῷ | 1 | opposed to the people | “against our people” or “against the Jews” | |
2753 | ACT | 28 | 17 | hgk4 | figs-activepassive | ἐγώ…δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων | 1 | I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2754 | ACT | 28 | 17 | x3r2 | figs-metonymy | εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων | 1 | into the hands of the Romans | Here **hands** stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2755 | ACT | 28 | 18 | fed7 | τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί | 1 | there is no reason in me for a death penalty | “I had done nothing to cause them to execute me” | |
2756 | ACT | 28 | 19 | lr96 | figs-synecdoche | τῶν Ἰουδαίων | 1 | the Jews | This does not mean all of **the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) |
2757 | ACT | 28 | 19 | zk8f | ἀντιλεγόντων | 1 | objecting | “complaining about what the Roman authorities wanted to do” | |
2758 | ACT | 28 | 19 | n6vf | figs-activepassive | ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα | 1 | I was forced to appeal to Caesar | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I had to ask for Caesar to judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2759 | ACT | 28 | 19 | e7gr | figs-metonymy | οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν | 1 | not as if I have anything to accuse my nation | Here **nation** stands for the people. Alternate translation: “but it was not because I wanted to accuse the people of my nation before Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2760 | ACT | 28 | 20 | b1fd | τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | the hope of Israel | Possible meanings are (1) the people of Israel confidently expect the Messiah to come or (2) the people of Israel confidently expect God to bring those who have died back to life. | |
2761 | ACT | 28 | 20 | pgr8 | figs-metonymy | τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι | 1 | I am bound with this chain | Here **bound with this chain** stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: “I am a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2762 | ACT | 28 | 20 | n3s7 | figs-metonymy | τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | of Israel | Here **Israel** stands for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2763 | ACT | 28 | 21 | x5d5 | figs-exclusive | 0 | General Information: | Here the words “We,” “we,” and “us” refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: Acts 28:17 and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
2764 | ACT | 28 | 21 | biz7 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | The Jewish leaders respond to Paul. | ||
2765 | ACT | 28 | 21 | y4bx | οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν | 1 | nor have any of the brothers come | Here **brothers** stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “and none of our fellow Jews have come” | |
2766 | ACT | 28 | 22 | kw1d | τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης | 1 | this sect | A **sect** is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “this group to which you belong” | |
2767 | ACT | 28 | 22 | gy8t | figs-activepassive | γνωστὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν | 1 | it is known to us | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2768 | ACT | 28 | 22 | j12v | figs-activepassive | πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται | 1 | it is spoken against everywhere | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2769 | ACT | 28 | 23 | u7pc | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words “him,” “his,” and “He” and refer to Paul (Acts 28:17). | ||
2770 | ACT | 28 | 23 | q4iv | ταξάμενοι…αὐτῷ ἡμέραν | 1 | when they had appointed a day for him | “when they had chosen a time for him to speak to them” | |
2771 | ACT | 28 | 23 | dg5f | figs-metonymy | διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | testifying about the kingdom of God | Here **kingdom of God** stands for God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “telling them about God’s rule as king” or “telling them how God would show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2772 | ACT | 28 | 23 | peu1 | figs-metonymy | τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | from the prophets | Here **the prophets** refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: “from what the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2773 | ACT | 28 | 24 | pmd6 | figs-activepassive | καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις | 1 | And some were convinced about the things which he was saying | This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Paul was able to convince some of them by what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2774 | ACT | 28 | 25 | t5dq | 0 | General Information: | Here the word “they” refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome (Acts 28:17). The word “your” refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah. | ||
2775 | ACT | 28 | 25 | i5xz | 0 | Connecting Statement: | As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time. | ||
2776 | ACT | 28 | 25 | n7pm | figs-metonymy | εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἓν | 1 | after Paul had spoken one word | Here **word** stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: “after Paul had said one more thing” or “after Paul had made this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2777 | ACT | 28 | 25 | b11n | figs-quotesinquotes | καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν | 1 | The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. | This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
2778 | ACT | 28 | 26 | qj7q | figs-quotesinquotes | λέγων, πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, καὶ εἰπόν, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε | 1 | saying, ‘Go to this people and say, “By hearing you will hear, but you will certainly not understand; and by seeing you will see, but you will certainly not perceive | This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words “The Holy Spirit spoke” in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. “The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) |
2779 | ACT | 28 | 26 | pax8 | ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε…βλέποντες βλέψετε | 1 | By hearing you will hear…by seeing you will see | The words **hear** and **see** are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “When you listen you will hear … when you look you will see” | |
2780 | ACT | 28 | 26 | s1ti | figs-parallelism | καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε…καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε | 1 | but you will certainly not understand…but you will certainly not perceive | Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God’s plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) |
2781 | ACT | 28 | 27 | fz42 | 0 | General Information: | Translate Paul’s quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in Acts 28:25-26. | ||
2782 | ACT | 28 | 27 | qu6t | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet. | ||
2783 | ACT | 28 | 27 | ts5a | figs-metaphor | ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου | 1 | For the heart of this people has become dull | People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here “heart” is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2784 | ACT | 28 | 27 | f5m4 | figs-metaphor | τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν | 1 | with their ears they hardly heard, and they shut their eyes | People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2785 | ACT | 28 | 27 | lr99 | figs-metonymy | τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν | 1 | might understand with their heart | Here **heart** stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |
2786 | ACT | 28 | 27 | q8c2 | figs-metaphor | ἐπιστρέψωσιν | 1 | might turn again | To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically **turning** toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) |
2787 | ACT | 28 | 27 | vb9f | ἰάσομαι αὐτούς | 1 | I will heal them | This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins. | |
2788 | ACT | 28 | 28 | c575 | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome. | ||
2789 | ACT | 28 | 28 | b2za | figs-metaphor | τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles | God’s message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |
2790 | ACT | 28 | 28 | d18n | αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται | 1 | they also will listen | “some of them also will listen.” This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time refused to listen to God. | |
2791 | ACT | 28 | 30 | c56e | writing-endofstory | 0 | Connecting Statement: | Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
2792 | ACT | 28 | 31 | wv1l | figs-metonymy | κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | proclaiming the kingdom of God | Here **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “preaching about God’s rule as king” or “preaching about how God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) |